ACCOUNTING
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Units
ACCOUNTING
A $2.00 materials fee is payable upon registration for
Accounting classes.
TRAIN FOR A NEW JOB IN JUST EIGHT WEEKS!
In our Accelerated Program you can train to be an Accounting Assistant
in just eight weeks. Many jobs paying $12 to $17 per hour are
available. The Accelerated Program includes Accounting Procedures
(ACTG 100), Ten-Key Skills (ACTG 103), QuickBooks (ACTG 144),
Introduction to Microcomputers (BUSW 105), Excel (BUSW 415), and
Career Choices (CRER 133). A sixteen-week program is also available.
An Information Meeting will be held from 7:00 to 8:00 p.m. in
Building 14, Room 220 on the first Thursday in December and the first
Thursday in May. For more information visit our website at
www.smccd.net/accounts/maule or call 574-6519.
ACTG 100 ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES
Study of the accounting cycle for service and merchandising businesses.
Preparation of journals, ledgers, and financial statements using manual
work papers and Peachtree accounting software. ACTG 100 provides
an important foundation for ACTG 121. Recommended Preparation:
BUS. 115; BUSW 105 or equivalent; eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836.
(CSU)
Students may complete ACTG 100 and ACTG 121 in one semester by
enrolling in ACTG 100 A1 (first eight weeks) and ACTG 121 B2
(second eight weeks).
35724 ACTG 100 A1 Daily
9:05 10:00 14-220 Maule, B.
3.0
Start and end dates for section 35724: 1/13
3/14
34543 ACTG 100 AA MWF
10:10 11:00 14-220 Maule, B.
3.0
EVENING CLASSES
34431 ACTG 100 JA T
6:30 9:20 14-220 Neuebaumer, W. 3.0
31605 ACTG 100 KA W
6:30 9:20 14-220 Savitz, J.
3.0
ACTG 103 TEN-KEY SKILLS
Self-paced course covering development of speed and accuracy using
a ten-key calculator and the ten-key pad on a computer keyboard.
Students must complete twenty-four hours of self-paced work. For
complete information about this course, including how to get started,
visit our website at www.smccd.net/accounts/maule. Open entry/open
exit. Credit/No Credit grading. May be taken twice for a maximum of 1
unit. (CSU)
36337 ACTG 103 AO 24 Hrs by Arr.
15-160 Maule, B.
0.5
ACTG 121 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Preparation and interpretation of accounting information. Includes
application of accounting principles to value assets, liabilities, and
equity; accounting systems; use of software applications to prepare
and analyze accounting information; use of accounting information by
decision makers. Students taking their first course in accounting are
encouraged to complete ACTG 100 before enrolling in ACTG 121.
Prerequisite: BUSW 105 or equivalent. Recommended Preparation:
ACTG 100; BUSW 415 or equivalent; ENGL 100. (CSU/UC) (CAN
BUS 2)
Students may complete ACTG 100 and ACTG 121 in one semester by
enrolling in ACTG 100 A1 (first eight weeks) and ACTG 121 B2
(second eight weeks).
31606 ACTG 121 AA MWF
7:35 9:00 14-216 Ambrose, R.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-216
21
Units
SCHEDULE OF CLASSES
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
A
5.0
37439 ACTG 121 B2 Daily
8:40 10:00 14-220
By Arr 4.0 Hrs/Wk
14-220
Start and end dates for section 37439: 3/17
31607 ACTG 121 CC Daily
9:10 10:00 14-216
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-216
31608 ACTG 121 DD MWF
11:10 12:35 14-220
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-220
EVENING CLASSES
31609 ACTG 121 JA T
6:00 9:50 14-216
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-216
*37987 ACTG 121 JB W
6:00 9:50 14-216
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-216
*On-Campus/Online course. (See description below.)
Maule, B.
4.0
5/16
Staff
5.0
Maule, B.
5.0
Hefter, W.
4.0
Nurre, R.
4.0
ACTG 121 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
(WITH ONLINE COMPONENT)
Preparation and interpretation of accounting information. Includes
application of accounting principles to value assets, liabilities, and
equity; accounting systems; use of software applications to prepare
and analyze accounting information; use of accounting information by
decision makers. Students taking their first course in accounting are
encouraged to complete ACTG 100 before enrolling in ACTG 121.
Prerequisite: BUSW 105 or equivalent. Recommended Preparation:
ACTG 100; BUSW 415 or equivalent; ENGL 100. (CSU/UC) (CAN
BUS 4)
This class will be held on campus and online. Classes will meet every
other Wednesday on campus. Remaining class time will be online.
Students must have email and web access. See instructor’s web site for
additional information (www.smccd.net/accounts/nurre).
EVENING/ONLINE CLASSES
37987 ACTG 121 JB W
6:00 9:50 14-216 Nurre, R.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-216
4.0
ACTG 131 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Use of accounting information by management for analysis, planning,
decision making and control; use of software applications to prepare
and analyze accounting information. Includes product cost
accumulation, cost-volume-profit analysis, responsibility accounting,
budgeting, and capital budgeting. Prerequisite: ACTG 121; BUSW
105 or equivalent. Recommended Preparation: BUSW 415 or
equivalent. (CSU/UC) (CAN BUS 4)
31610 ACTG 131 AA Daily
10:10 11:00 14-216 Ambrose, R.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-0216
31612 ACTG 131 CC MWF
11:10 12:35 14-218 Nurre, R.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-218
EVENING CLASSES
31613 ACTG 131 JA W
6:00 9:50 14-218 Whitten, L.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-218
*38549 ACTG 131 JB M
6:00 9:50 14-218 Nurre, R.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-218
*On-Campus/Online course. (See description below.)
5.0
5.0
4.0
4.0
ACTG 131 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
(WITH ONLINE COMPONENT)
Use of accounting information by management for analysis, planning,
decision making and control; use of sotware applications to prepare
and analyze accounting information. Includes product cost
accumulation, cost-volume-profit analysis, responsibility accounting,
budgeting, and capital budgeting. Prerequisite: ACTG 121; BUSW
105 or equivalent. Recommended Preparation: BUSW 415 or
equivalent. (CSU/UC) (CAN BUS 4)
This class will be held primarily online. The class will meet on campus
for the first class (1/13/03), midterm (3/17/03), and final (5/19/03).
Students must have email and web access. See instructor’s web site
(http://www.smccd.net/accounts/nurre) for additional information.
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
Accounting courses continued on next page
22
A
ACCOUNTING
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
EVENING/ONLINE CLASSES
38549 ACTG 131 JB M
6:00 9:50 14-218 Nurre, R.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-218
Units
4.0
ACTG 144 QUICKBOOKS: SET-UP
AND SERVICE BUSINESS
Practical hands-on introduction to QuickBooks accounting software.
Covers set-up and service business transactions, including sales,
receivables, cash collections, purchases, payables, cash payments,
and end-of-period procedures. ACTG 144 and ACTG 145 are
independent courses and may be taken in either order or concurrently.
May be taken twice for a maximum of 3 units. (CSU)
37031 ACTG 144 A1 TTh
11:10 12:25 14-121 Raeber, S.
Start and end dates for section 37031: 1/14
3/13
EVENING CLASSES
37036 ACTG 144 J1 T
6:30 9:20 14-121 Raeber, S.
Start and end dates for section 37036: 1/14
3/11
37039 ACTG 144 K1 Th
6:30 9:20 14-121 Raeber, S.
Start and end dates for section 37039: 1/16
3/13
1.5
1.5
1.5
Practical, hands-on instruction to QuickBooks accounting software.
Covers payroll and merchandising business transactions, including
sales, receivables, cash collections, purchases, payables, and cash
payments and payroll, and end-of-period procedures. ACTG 144 and
ACTG 145 are independent courses and may be taken in either order
or concurrently. May be taken twice for a maximum of 3 units. (CSU)
1.5
1.5
1.5
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean, Bldg. 15, Room 157. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
31615 ACTG 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
31616 ACTG 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-157 Avelar, L.
15-157 Avelar, L.
2.0
1.0
ACTG 880 TAX PREPARATION WORKSHOP
A practical hands-on approach to individual income tax preparation.
A short course for the first time preparer, or a refresher course for the
professional preparer. Emphasis will focus on form preparation. Credit/
No Credit grading.
EVENING CLASSES
34832 ACTG 880 K1 M
6:30 9:35 14-220 Neuebaumer, W. 0.5
Start and end dates for section 34832: 3/03
3/24
ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE
ADMJ 100 INTRODUCTION TO
THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM
History and philosophy of justice in America; identification of
subsystems; role expectations; theories of crime; education and training.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Includes
POST Basic Learning Domains. (CSU/UC) (CAN AJ2)
@ Courses open for audit.
8:10
31629 ADMJ 102 AA MWF
9:25 18-290 Chase, T.
8:10
9:00 18-290 Derr, P.
3.0
ADMJ 104 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL LAW
Historical development; philosophy of law and constitutional provisions;
definitions; classifications of crime and their application to the system
of administration of justice; legal research. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Includes POST Basic Learning Domains.
(CSU/UC)
33955 ADMJ 104 AA TTh
EVENING CLASSES
31632 ADMJ 104 JA M
9:45 11:00 18-290 Chase, T.
3.0
7:00 10:05 18-290 Pierpoint, C.
3.0
Origin, development, philosophy, and constitutional basis of evidence;
constitutional and procedural considerations affecting arrest, search,
and seizure. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or
836. Includes POST Basic Learning Domains. (CSU)
31633 ADMJ 106 AA MWF
EVENING CLASSES
35729 ADMJ 106 JA W
10:10 11:00 18-290 Derr, P.
7:00
9:50 18-290 Etezadi, S.
3.0
3.0
ADMJ 108 POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS/
MULTICULTURAL ISSUES
Study of relationships between police agencies and the public. Analysis
of problems regarding policing in today’s multicultural communities
and development of positive working relationships involving law
enforcement personnel as community problem solvers. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Includes POST Basic
Learning Domains. (CSU/UC)
31634 ADMJ 108 AA TTh
ACTG 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
31628 ADMJ 100 AA TTh
Role and responsibilities of each segment of the administration of
justice system: law enforcement, judiciary, and corrections.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Includes
POST Basic Learning Domains. (CSU/UC)
ADMJ 106 LEGAL ASPECTS OF EVIDENCE
ACTG 145 QUICKBOOKS :
PAYROLL AND MERCHANDISING BUSINESS
37037 ACTG 145 A2 TTh
11:10 12:25 14-121 Raeber, S.
Start and end dates for section 37037: 3/18
5/15
EVENING CLASSES
37038 ACTG 145 J2 T
6:30 9:20 14-121 Raeber, S.
Start and end dates for section 37038: 3/18
5/20
37040 ACTG 145 K2 Th
6:30 9:20 14-121 Raeber, S.
Start and end dates for section 37040: 3/20
5/22
ADMJ 102 PRINCIPLES AND PROCEDURES
OF THE JUSTICE SYSTEM
11:10 12:25 18-290 Chase, T.
3.0
ADMJ 120 CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION
Basic principles of criminal investigations. Search, collection,
preservation, and identification of physical evidence; technical
resources. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800. (CSU)
(CAN AJ8)
31635 ADMJ 120 AA MWF
10:10 11:00 18-290 Derr, P.
3.0
ADMJ 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 19, Room 113. Register after first week of classes.
Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion of at
least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33241 ADMJ 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33243 ADMJ 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
19-113 McGinnis, T.
19-113 McGinnis, T.
2.0
1.0
ADMJ 771 PENAL CODE 832:
ARREST AND CONTROL TRAINING
Arrest, search and seizure; theory and practical application of related
laws. Students must meet performance objectives upon completion of
course. Credit/No Credit grading. Course is certified by POST (Peace
Officer Standards and Training Commission) as required under Penal
Code 832.6(a)(1). POST requires strict attendance to mandated training
hours. Students arriving late or missing classes may be dropped.
Students are required to attend classes both on Monday evenings and
on Saturdays.
3.0
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
ADMINISTRATION
OF JUSTICE
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
EVENING AND SATURDAY CLASSES
31640 ADMJ 771 J1 M
6:30 10:35 23-154 McGinnis, T.
S
8:00 5:05 23-154
Start and end dates for section 31640: 1/13
2/22
3.0
procedures as specified by Federal Aviation Regulation Part 147.
Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in AERO 301. Recommended
Preparation: AERO 130. (CSU)
31656 AERO 300 AA TTh
Includes handgun familiarization; safety; care, cleaning, and storage;
shooting principles; firearms range qualifications. Firearms used in this
course are those typically used by law enforcement. Firearms and
materials will be supplied in class. Range fees required. Prerequisite:
per Penal Code 13511.5, students must obtain written clearance from
the California Department of Justice verifying that they are not prohibited
from firearms training. Please allow five to six weeks for DOJ clearance.
Call the Administration of Justice Office for more information. Credit/
No Credit grading. May be taken two times for a maximum of 2 units.
Students are required to attend classes both on Tuesday and Thursday
evenings and on Sundays.
McGinnis, T.
1.0
7:30
8:35 26-144 Cooney, S.
2.5
AERO 301 GENERAL MAINTENANCE LAB I
Laboratory course to accompany AERO 300. Coordinate with AERO
counselor. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Corequisite:
concurrent enrollment in AERO 300. (CSU)
31657 AERO 301 AA TTh
MWF
8:45 10:35 25-170 Cooney, S.
7:30 10:35 25-170
4.5
AERO 310 GENERAL MAINTENANCE II
Fundamentals of direct and alternating current electricity, fundamentals
of applied mathematics, fundamentals of applied physics as specified
by Federal Aviation Regulation Part 147. Corequisite: concurrent
enrollment in AERO 311. Recommended Preparation: AERO 130.
(CSU)
31658 AERO 310 AA MW
3/09
10:45 11:50 26-142 Lewis, D.
2.5
AERO 311 GENERAL MAINTENANCE LAB II
ADMJ 776 REGULAR BASIC COURSE LEVEL III
Supplemental training for assignment as a Level III Reserve Police
Officer. Prepares individuals who have completed all 64 hours of P.C.
832 Training for the limited support duties expected of Level III
Reserve Police Officers. Covers CPR/First Aid; arrest and control
techniques and baton training; chemical agents training; driving
competency. Includes Peace Officer Standards and Basic Course
Learning Domains. Prerequisite: ADMJ 771 and 775. Valid California
Driver’s License required. Credit/No Credit grading. Students are
required to attend classes both on Monday evenings and on Saturdays.
EVENING AND SATURDAY CLASSES
37616 ADMJ 776 J2 M
6:30 10:35 23-154 McGinnis, T.
S
8:00 5:05 23-154
Start and end dates for section 37616: 3/10
5/19
23
Units
ADMJ 775 PENAL CODE 832: FIREARMS TRAINING
EVENING AND SUNDAY/OFF-CAMPUS CLASSES
37092 ADMJ 775 J1 TTh
6:30 10:35 CPFR
Sun
6:30 10:35 CPFR
Start and end dates for section 37092: 2/25
A
4.0
Laboratory course to accompany AERO 310. Coordinate with AERO
counselor. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Corequisite:
concurrent enrollment in AERO 310. (CSU)
31659 AERO 311 AA TThF
Daily
10:45 12:00 25-170 Lewis, D.
12:30 2:00 25-170
4.5
AERO 330 AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE I
Principles of aircraft sheet metal and wooden structures, identification
of aircraft fasteners, and aircraft sheet metal layout and fabrication as
specified in Federal Aviation Regulations Part 147. A $125.00 materials
fee is payable upon registration. Prerequisite: AERO 300/301 and 310/
311. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in AERO 331. (CSU)
31662 AERO 330 AA TTh
10:45 11:50 26-144 Cooney, S.
2.5
ADMJ 777 REGULAR BASIC COURSE LEVEL II
Continues training for assignment as a Level II Reserve Police Officer.
Prepares individuals who have completed all 64 hours of P.C. 832
Training and the supplemental 98 hours of Level III training. Covers
investigative report writing; additional arrest and control and firearms
training; cultural diversity and discrimination; community relations;
victimology/crisis intervention; general crime statutes; sex crimes; crimes
against property, persons, and children. Includes Peace Officer
Standards and Training Basic Course Learning Domains. Prerequisite:
ADMJ 776. Credit/No Credit grading. Students are required to attend
classes both on Tuesday and Thursday evenings and on Saturdays.
EVENING AND SATURDAY CLASSES
37626 ADMJ 777 JA TTh
6:30 10:35 18-290 McGinnis, T.
S
8:00 5:05 18-290
Start and end dates for section 37626: 1/14
5/22
12.0
AERONAUTICS
AERO 100 PRIVATE PILOT GROUND SCHOOL
Principles of flight. Federal Aviation Regulations, flight environment,
aircraft performance, and aviation weather. Prepares students to take
FAA Private Pilot written exam. Recommended Preparation: eligibility
for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
31648 AERO 100 JA T
7:00
9:50 11-030 Kuhns, D.
3.0
AERO 300 GENERAL MAINTENANCE I
Blueprint reading, mechanical drawing, aircraft weight and balance
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
AERO 331 AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE LAB I
Laboratory course required for airframe and powerplant certificate.
Coordinate with AERO counselor. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in AERO 330. (CSU)
31664 AERO 331 AA MWF
Daily
10:45 12:00 25-170 Cooney, S.
12:30 2:00 25-170
4.5
AERO 350 AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE II
Principles of construction of aircraft structures, repair of aircraft synthetic
material, and principles of rigging fixed- and rotary-wing as specified
in Federal Aviation Regulations Part 147. Prerequisites: AERO 300/
Aeronautics courses continued on next page
24
A
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
AERONAUTICS
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
301 and 310/311. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in AERO 351.
(CSU)
31668 AERO 350 AA MW
7:30
8:35 26-144 Lewis, D.
2.5
AERO 351 AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE LAB II
Laboratory course required for airframe and powerplant certificate.
Coordinate with AERO counselor. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in AERO 350. (CSU)
31670 AERO 351 AA MW
TThF
8:45 10:35 25-170 Lewis, D.
7:30 10:35 25-170
4.5
AERO 370 AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE III
Theory of operation of aircraft hydraulic, pneumatic, oxygen, and
auto-pilot systems and other aircraft systems and components as
specified in Federal Aviation Regulations Part 147. Prerequisite: AERO
300/301 and 310/311. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in AERO
371. (CSU)
31674 AERO 370 AA MW
7:30
8:35 26-144 Elame, C.
2.5
AERO 371 AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE LAB III
Laboratory course required for airframe and powerplant certificate.
Coordinate with AERO counselor. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in AERO 370. (CSU)
31675 AERO 371 AA MW
TThF
8:45 10:35 25-170 Staff
7:30 10:35 25-170
4.5
AERO 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 19, Room 113. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33244 AERO 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33246 AERO 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
19-113 McGinnis, T.
19-113 McGinnis, T.
2.0
1.0
AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDENT
RECRUITMENT AND RETENTION
PROGRAM
After an intensive student orientation, AFAM students work with a
counselor to develop a Student Education Plan and to enroll in the
AFAM learning community, consisting of courses that are clustered
with an Afrocentric theme. These courses must be taken concurrently.
All students will also participate in AFAM activities. Please join us in
this exciting new program.
9:10 12:00 16-270
9:10 1:00
10.0
Consists of:
ETHN 261
READ 836
ENGL 836
CRER 121
MWF
MWF
MWF
W
9:10 10:00 16-270 Crawford, Z.
10:10 11:00 18-268 Mueller, F.
11:10 12:00 18-288 Jones, F.
12:10 1:00 14-122 Ramsey, C.
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.0
Recommended Preparation for ETHN 261: eligibility for ENGL 800 or
836. Recommended Preparation for READ 836: READ 801 or 826
with Credit or a grade of C or higher (or appropriate skill level
indicated by the Reading placement tests and other measures).
@ Courses open for audit.
For more information about AFAM, please contact Carolyn Ramsey
(Bldg. 1, Room 247, 574-6197).
AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE
For a general explanation of course numbers and levels, please see
FOREIGN LANGUAGES, page 55.
ASL 111 ELEMENTARY AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE I
Basic course in American Sign Language taught as a second language
using dialogue drills, commands, and creative ideas. Plus one lab hour
by arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
(CSU/UC)
EVENING CLASSES
34544 ASL 111 JA
T
7:00
9:50 18-287 Johnson, M.
3.0
ASL 112 ELEMENTARY AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE II
Encoding, decoding, interaction, and acquisition techniques for skilled
hearing signers and deaf people. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per
week. Prerequisite: ASL 111 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C
or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
EVENING CLASSES
34545 ASL 112 JA
Th
7:00
9:50 18-287 Johnson, M.
3.0
ASL 121 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY
AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE I
Covers the fundamental principles of Level II American Sign Language
and introduces more advanced information about the Deaf community
and Deaf culture. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Prerequisite: ASL 112 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or
higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
38807 ASL 121 JA
The African-American Student Recruitment and Retention Program
(AFAM) uses a personal development, learning community approach
to support students in their goal of transferring to historically Black
colleges and universities, a California State University, or a University
of California campus to earn a Bachelor’s degree. AFAM includes a
comprehensive academic program; support resources, including
intensive counseling; a mentoring and peer support network; four-year
college and university tours; student leadership training; and cocurricular activities and service learning opportunities.
38352 AFAM 110 AA MF
W
Prerequisite for ENGL 836: ENGL 801, 826, or 400 with a grade of C
or higher (or appropriate skill level indicated by the English placement
tests and other measures); and READ 801 or 826 with Credit or a
grade of C or higher or eligibility for READ 802, 836, or 400-level
Reading courses (indicated by the Reading placement tests and other
measures).
M
7:00 10:05 18-287 Staff
3.0
ANTHROPOLOGY
ANTH 110 CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
Study of culture as the man-made environment of particular societies.
A cross-cultural comparison of cultural practices. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU/UC) (CAN ANTH 4)
31679 ANTH 110 AA TTh
EVENING CLASSES
37613 ANTH 110 JA Th
11:10 12:25 16-154 Matsuda, D.
7:00
9:50 14-101 Nass, G.
3.0
3.0
ANTH 180 MAGIC, SCIENCE AND RELIGION
Cross-cultural study of preliterate societies’ beliefs about the nature of
reality, and their religious, scientific, and magical practices as a
consequence of these beliefs. Recommended Preparation: eligibility
for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/ No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/
UC)
31680 ANTH 180 AA TTh
1:10
2:25 16-154 Matsuda, D.
3.0
ANTH 350 INTRODUCTION TO ARCHAEOLOGY
Survey of four million years of human biological evolution and the
archaeological study of sociocultural adaptation. Recommended
Preparation: ANTH 110 and eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
ANTHROPOLOGY
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
TV CLASSES
36544 ANTH 350 TV See pages 98-102
Instructor
TV-CRS Gonzales, A.
3.0
Develops an awareness and understanding of the major
accomplishments of Olmec, Zapotec, Teotihuacan, Maya, Toltec, and
Aztec subcultures via their myths, philosophy, religion, art, and sociopolitical traditions. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
9:20 16-154 Gonzales, A.
3.0
ANTH 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
31682 ANTH 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
31683 ANTH 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-169 Acena, A.
15-169 Acena, A.
2.0
1.0
ARABIC
For a general explanation of course numbers and levels, please see
FOREIGN LANGUAGES, page 55.
Conversation, reading, and dictation in Arabic; fundamentals of
grammar; oral and written exercises. Study of Arabic culture. Plus one
lab hour by arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU/UC*)
M
7:00 10:05 16-250 Mango, N.
3.0
ARBC 112 ELEMENTARY ARABIC II
Continuation of Arabic 111. Conversation, reading, and dictation in
Arabic; fundamentals of grammar; oral and written exercises. Study of
Arabic culture. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
ARBC 111 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
36446 ARBC 112 JA
M
7:00 10:05 16-253 Staff
3.0
ARBC 121 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY ARABIC I
The third course in elementary Arabic. Continued emphasis on reading,
grammar, sentence structure, composition, aural, and oral
comprehension. Also enhances appreciation of Arabic culture. Plus
one lab hour by arrangement per week. (CSU/UC)
EVENING CLASSES
38035 ARBC 121 JA
W
7:00
9:50 18-280 Mango, N.
3.0
ARBC 801 CONVERSATIONAL
ARABIC I, ELEMENTARY
T
Basic values in contemporary architecture; its relationship to the
environment, the individual and society, the home and neighborhood.
A $4.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. (CSU/UC*)
7:00
9:50 16-254 Khoury, G.
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
9:45 11:00 11-030 Lucchesi, J.
2.0
3.0
ARCH 130 COLOR GRAPHICS
Representational freehand drawing involving water color and ink.
Further development in composition and visual perspective. Graphic
supplies required. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. May be
taken twice for a maximum of 2 units. (CSU/UC*)
31693 ARCH 130 AA W
2:10
5:00 19-114 Staff
1.0
ARCH 140 ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING
Development of the ability to visualize and graphically express forms
and spaces in two and three dimensions, utilizing orthographic, paraline
and perspective drawing. Graphic supplies required. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 120 or equivalent and
MATH 115 or equivalent or one year of high school geometry with a
grade of C or higher. (CSU/UC)
1:10
5:15 19-120 Dixon, P.
2.0
ARCH 220 DESIGN II
Continuation of ARCH 210. Introductory studies in visual and physical
spacial relationships unique to architecture. Graphic and photographic
supplies required. Plus three hours by arrangement per week.
Prerequisite: ARCH 120, 210 and 666 with a grade of C or higher.
Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in ARCH 140. Transfers admitted
by portfolio evaluation only. (CSU/UC*)
31695 ARCH 220 AA TTh
TTh
11:10 12:25 19-114 Zimmerman, P.
12:45 2:00 19-114
4.0
ARCH 240 DESIGN IV
Continuation of ARCH 230. Advanced studies in the application of
design determinants to architectural problems with an emphasis on
integrated design solutions. Graphic and photographic supplies required.
Plus three hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisites: ARCH 145
and 230 with a grade of C or higher. Transfers admitted by portfolio
evaluation only. (CSU)
31696 ARCH 240 AA TTh
2:10
5:00 19-120 Lucchesi, J.
4.0
ARCH 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 11, Room 136. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33092 ARCH 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33094 ARCH 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
Intensive drill in patterns and idioms of daily speech with sufficient
grammar to give flexibility in the spoken language. Credit/No Credit
grading. (This course will not fulfill the language requirement at
California State Universities or the University of California.)
EVENING CLASSES
37045 ARBC 801 JA
ARCH 100 SURVEY
OF CONTEMPORARY ARCHITECTURE
31694 ARCH 140 AA M
ARBC 111 ELEMENTARY ARABIC I
EVENING CLASSES
36441 ARBC 111 JA
ARCHITECTURE
31691 ARCH 100 AA TTh
6:30
25
Units
ANTH 370 OLMEC, MAYA AND AZTEC PEOPLE AND
CULTURES OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA
EVENING CLASSES
35934 ANTH 370 JA T
A
11-136 Kowerski, R.
11-136 Kowerski, R.
2.0
1.0
ART
ART 100 ART OF THE WESTERN WORLD
“Art of the Western World” traces the Western tradition in the visual
arts from ancient Greece to the present day. Chronologically introducing
the societies, values, and ideals that gave birth to Western Art, it
explores the connection between great works and the environment
that stimulated their creation. Not intended for Art majors.
Recommended Preparation: ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or
letter grade option. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
35402 ART 100 TV
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Bernard, B.
3.0
Art courses continued on next page
26
A
ART
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Units
Drawing in various dry media. Drawing proficiency is not required.
Plus two lab hours by arrangement per week. (CSU/UC*) (CAN ART 8)
31703 ART 201 AA
31704 ART 201 BB
EVENING CLASSES
31705 ART 201 JX
MW
TTh
9:10 12:00 4-250
9:10 12:00 4-250
Bourely, C.
Pittman, J.
3.0
3.0
MW
6:30
Smyth, J.
3.0
9:20 4-160
ART 202 FORM AND COMPOSITION II
Advanced composition; further study of three-dimensional form. Plus
two lab hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ART 201. (CSU/
UC*)
31706 ART 202 AA
EVENING CLASSES
31707 ART 202 JX
MW
9:10 12:00 4-160
Rumer, D.
3.0
MW
6:30
Smyth, J.
3.0
9:20 4-160
ART 206 FIGURE DRAWING AND PORTRAITURE
Drawing the human figure in the modern approach, using charcoal,
conte and ink. Emphasizes gesture, line, texture, and expressiveness.
Plus two lab hours per week. May be taken four times for a maximum
of 12 units. (CSU/UC*)
31708 ART 206 AA@ TTh
ART 101 HISTORY OF ART I
Survey of artistic expression from prehistoric times to the late Middle
Ages. Emphasizes the relationship of visual form to its historical and
cultural context. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800
or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC) (CAN ART 2)
(Completion of ART 101, 102, and 103=CAN ART SEQ A)
31697 ART 101 AA
TTh
8:10
9:25 4-152
Black, J.
3.0
ART 102 HISTORY OF ART II
Survey of artistic expression during the Renaissance, High Renaissance,
and Baroque periods (c.1300-c.1700). Emphasizes the relationship of
visual form to its historical and cultural context. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU/UC) (Completion of ART 101, 102, and 103=CAN
ART SEQ A)
31699 ART 102 AA
TTh
9:45 11:00 4-152
Black, J.
3.0
ART 103 HISTORY OF ART III
Survey of European and American artistic expression from the 18th
Century to the present. Emphasizes development of modern painting
and sculpture. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or
836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC) (Completion of
ART 101, 102, and 103 = CAN ART SEQ A)
EVENING CLASSES
31700 ART 103 JA
6:30
9:20 4-152
Bernard, B.
Survey of principal styles in western art from 1888 to 1999, from PostImpressionism to Modernism and Post-Modernism, from Paris to New
York and the West Coast. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for
English 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
38541 ART 104 JA
M
6:30
9:35 4-152
Bourely, C.
3.0
ART 105 ART OF ASIA AND THE NEAR EAST
Introduction to some of the major monuments and themes of the visual
arts of Asia and the Near East. Explores the connection between great
works and the societies, values, and ideals that stimulated their creation.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
31701 ART 105 AA
MW
11:10 12:25 4-152
Black, J.
3.0
ART 201 FORM AND COMPOSITION I
Study of two- and three-dimensional forms and space relationships.
@ Courses open for audit.
Pittman, J.
3.0
Drawing the human figure in the traditional manner. Study of artistic
anatomy. Plus two lab hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
ART 201. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken four
times for a maximum of 12 units. (CSU/UC*)
31709 ART 207 AA@ TTh
9:10 12:00 4-160
Morley, J.
3.0
ART 214 COLOR
Study of the physical and psychological properties of color. Stresses
knowledge and skills needed to use color aesthetically. Drawing
proficiency is not required. Plus two lab hours by arrangement per
week. (CSU/UC*)
31710 ART 214 AA
EVENING CLASSES
37989 ART 214 JA
TTh
1:10
4:00 4-150
Pearce, P.
3.0
MW
6:30
9:20 4-150
Kirby, V.
3.0
ART 223 OIL PAINTING I
Basic techniques; emphasizes the use of value, color and light. Plus
two lab hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ART 201 or
202. Recommended Preparation: ART 214 and 301. Credit/ No Credit
or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*) (CAN ART 10)
3.0
ART 104 ART OF THE 20TH CENTURY
4:00 4-250
ART 207 LIFE DRAWING
31711 ART 223 AX
T
1:10
EVENING CLASSES
31712 ART 223 JX
F
F
9:10 12:00 4-160
1:10 4:00 4-160
Moran, P.
3.0
TTh
6:30
Alex, R.
3.0
9:20 4-160
ART 224 OIL PAINTING II
Continuation of ART 223 with increased emphasis on technique,
color, composition and development of personal style. Plus two lab
hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ART 223. Recommended
Preparation: ART 214 and 301. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
May be taken three times for a maximum of 9 units. (CSU/UC*)
Students are required to attend both the morning and the afternoon
sessions of the Friday class.
31713 ART 224 AX@ F
F
EVENING CLASSES
31714 ART 224 JX@ TTh
9:10 12:00 4-160
1:10 4:00 4-160
Moran, P.
3.0
6:30
Alex, R.
3.0
9:20 4-160
ART 231 WATERCOLOR I
Basic tools and techniques of watercolor; washes, wet-into-wet, dry
brush, and color theory. Prerequisite: ART 201. Recommended
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
ART
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
MW
1:10
4:00 4-151
Carnie, K.
3.0
Continuation of ART 231. Advanced techniques. Prerequisite: ART
231. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken three times
for a maximum of 9 units. (CSU/UC*)
1:10
4:00 4-151
Carnie, K.
3.0
ART 241 SILKSCREEN I
Introduction to fine art application of silkscreen with non-toxic
waterbase inks. Extra supplies required. (CSU/UC*)
31719 ART 241 AX
F
8:10 12:00 4-150
Rumer, D.
2.0
ART 242 SILKSCREEN II
Advanced serigraphy. Extra supplies required. Prerequisite: ART 241.
May be taken three times for a maximum of 9 units. (CSU/UC*)
31720 ART 242 AX@ F
8:10 12:00 4-151
Rumer, D.
2.0
ART 301 DESIGN
Design principles of composition, balance, rhythm, pattern, etc.
Collage, drawing, painting, and optional digital art assignments. Plus
two lab hours by arrangement per week. (CSU/UC*)
31721 ART 301 AA
MW
1:10
4:00 4-150
Pittman, J.
3.0
Basic composition, using 35mm camera, meters, slide film, filters.
Extra supplies required. (CSU)
T
1:10
4:00 4-152
Bhattacharji, S.
3.0
W
6:30
9:20 4-152
Lohmann, R.
3.0
ART 351 BEGINNING BLACK AND
WHITE PHOTOGRAPHY
Introduction to basic black and white photographic skills and equipment
including developing, printing, finishing, and darkroom work. Extra
supplies required. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. A
$15.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Recommended
Preparation: ART 201, 301, or 350. (CSU/UC*) (CAN ART 18)
31725 ART 351 AA
EVENING CLASSES
31726 ART 351 JA
MW
1:10
4:00 4-263
Gomes, L.
3.0
TTh
6:30
9:20 4-263
Lohmann, R.
3.0
36340 ART 366 AX
9:10 12:00 4-263
Gomes, L.
3.0
MW
6:30
Gomes, L.
3.0
9:20 4-263
TTh
9:10 12:00 4-263
Gomes, L.
3.0
MW
6:30
Gomes, L.
3.0
9:20 4-263
ART 353 ADVANCED BLACK AND
WHITE PHOTOGRAPHY
Designed for students who have intermediate camera and black and
white darkroom skills. Further refinement of visual and technical skills.
Covers advanced exposure and development techniques. Extra supplies
required. A $15.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Plus two
lab hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ART 352. May be
taken twice for a maximum of 6 units. (CSU/UC)
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
4:10
6:00 27-102 Lohmann, R.
4.0
Review of scanning, image editing, and available print technology
leading to advanced techniques and theory in a workshop environment.
Development of a portfolio. Prerequisite: ART 365. (CSU)
37469 ART
Start
36996 ART
Start
367 A1
and end
367 A2
and end
MW
4:10 6:00 27-102 Lohmann, R.
dates for section 37469: 1/13
3/12
MW
4:10 6:00 27-102 Lohmann, R.
dates for section 36996: 3/17
5/14
.5
.5
ART 405 SCULPTURE I
Beginning modeling of abstract and human forms. May be cast, carved,
or welded. Extra supplies required. A $30.00 materials fee is payable
upon registration. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
TTh
10:10 1:00 4-010
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
4-010
Nakata, R.
3.0
ART 406 SCULPTURE II
Continuation of ART 405, with an emphasis on self expression. Choice
of media is open. Extra supplies required. A $30.00 materials fee is
payable upon registration. Prerequisite: ART 405 or equivalent. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken three times for a
maximum of 9 units. (CSU/UC*)
31730 ART 406 AX@ TTh
10:10 1:00 4-010
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
4-010
Nakata, R.
3.0
ART 411 CERAMICS I
Elementary clay construction; methods of ornamentation, glazing,
firing; introduction to potter’s wheel. Extra supplies required. A $30.00
materials fee is payable upon registration. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU/UC*) (CAN ART 6)
EVENING CLASSES
31732 ART 411 JX
Designed for students who have basic black and white camera and
darkroom skills. Refinement of visual and technical skills. Extra supplies
required. A $15.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Plus two lab
hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ART 351. (CSU/UC*)
MW
ART 367 DIGITAL IMAGING WORKSHOP
31731 ART 411 AX
ART 352 INTERMEDIATE BLACK AND
WHITE PHOTOGRAPHY
31727 ART 352 AX
EVENING CLASSES
31728 ART 352 JX
TTh
Intermediate scanning from film and flat art; intermediate editing and
printing using the current tools, technologies, and software.
Development of a portfolio. Extra supplies required. A $15.00 materials
fee is payable upon registration. Extra supplies may be required. Plus
one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ART 365 with a
grade of C or higher. (CSU)
31729 ART 405 AX
ART 350 VISUAL PERCEPTION
31723 ART 350 AA
EVENING CLASSES
33767 ART 350 JA
32923 ART 353 AX
EVENING CLASSES
35197 ART 353 JX
ART 366 INTERMEDIATE DIGITAL IMAGING
ART 232 WATERCOLOR II
31716 ART 232 AX@ MW
27
Units
Preparation: ART 214. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/
UC*)
31715 ART 231 AX
A
MW
1:10 4:00 4-010
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
4-010
Nakata, R.
3.0
TW
6:00 8:50 4-010
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
4-010
Nakata, R.
3.0
ART 412 CERAMICS II
Continuation and advanced study of topics introduced in ART 411.
Extra supplies required. A $30.00 materials fee is payable upon
registration. Prerequisite: ART 411. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. May be taken three times for a maximum of 9 units. (CSU/UC*)
31733 ART 412 AX@ MW
1:10 4:00
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
EVENING CLASSES
31734 ART 412 JX@ TW
6:00 8:50
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
4-010
4-010
Nakata, R.
3.0
4-010
4-010
Nakata, R.
3.0
ART 681 ADVANCED CERAMICS WORKSHOP
Continuation and advanced techniques of the potter’s wheel and glaze
formulation experimentation. Extra supplies may be required. A $30.00
materials fee is payable upon registration for each section. Prerequisite:
ART 412 or equivalent. May be taken twice for a maximum of 1 unit. (CSU)
36999 ART 681 A1 T
1:10 4:00 4-010
Start and end dates for section 36999: 1/14
Nakata, R.
3/11
0.5
Art courses continued on next page
28
A
ART
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
37000 ART 681 A2 T
1:10 4:00 4-010
Start and end dates for section 37000: 3/18
Instructor
Units
Nakata, R.
5/13
0.5
ART 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 157. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
31736 ART 690 AA
31737 ART 690 BB
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-157 Avelar, L.
15-157 Avelar, L.
2.0
1.0
36995 BIOL 100 AD MWF
31755 BIOL 100 AE MWF
EVENING CLASSES
31757 BIOL 100 JA T
Descriptive study of the solar system, stars, galaxies, and life in the
universe. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. (CSU/UC)
31738 ASTR 100 AX TTh
12:10 1:00
T
10:10 11:00
33003 ASTR 100 BX TTh
12:10 1:00
T
11:10 12:00
38017 ASTR 100 CX TTh
12:10 1:00
Th
11:10 12:00
TV CLASSES
31739 ASTR 100 TV See pages 98-102
18-076 Stanford, D.
13-102
18-076 Stanford, D.
13-102
18-076 Stanford, D.
13-102
3.0
TV-CRS Vanajakshi, C.
3.0
3.0
3.0
ASTR 101 ASTRONOMY LABORATORY
Constellation identification, coordinate systems and basic astronomical
measurements of planets, stars and spectra. Extra supplies may be
required. Prerequisite: MATH 110 or equivalent with a grade of C or
higher and completion of (with a grade of C or higher) or concurrent
enrollment in ASTR 100. (CSU/UC)
2:10
2:10
5:00 12-188 Stanford, D.
5:00 12-181 Stanford, D.
1.0
1.0
ASTR 680 OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY
LABORATORY
Introduction to observational astronomy for the general public interested
in astronomy and students taking ASTR 100 and/or ASTR 101. Students
will learn to observe and image planets, stars and galaxies. They will
also investigate the rotation of the Earth, take measurements of the sky
and the height of Polaris above the northern horizon. Focus on
observational techniques. Students will have hands-on access to
telescopes. Credit/No Credit grading. (CSU)
38264 ASTR 680 A1 T
7:00 9:50 13-102 Stanford, D.
Start and end dates for section 38264: 1/14
3/11
0.5
ASTR 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 11, Room 136. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33107 ASTR 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33108 ASTR 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
11-136 Kowerski, R.
11-136 Kowerski, R.
2.0
1.0
BIOLOGY
For non-science majors. Fundamental principles of life. Covers plant
and animal inter-dependencies. Examines the human role in the world
of living things in relation to contemporary problems. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Possible field trip(s).(CSU/UC*)
@ Courses open for audit.
3.0
The relationship of humans to the environment: conservation of
resources, dynamics of ecosystems, and alternative energy sources.
Possible field trip(s). Plus one hour by arrangement per week. (CSU/UC)
10:10 11:00 10-133 Beliz, T.
3.0
8:10 9:00 11-033 Staff
9:10 10:00 11-033 Whyte, W.
9:45 11:00 11-133 Lucero, F.
Lecture/lab study of major principles of biology; one or more field trips
may be required. Extra supplies may be required. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. (CSU/UC) (CAN BIOL 2)
31760 BIOL 110 AX
MWF
T
33089 BIOL 110 BX MWF
Th
31763 BIOL 110 CX MWF
M
33550 BIOL 110 DX MWF
W
34534 BIOL 110 FX MWF
W
EVENING CLASSES
34853 BIOL 110 JA Th
T
3.0
3.0
3.0
9:10
11:10
9:10
11:10
10:10
12:10
10:10
12:10
11:10
2:10
10:00
2:00
10:00
2:00
11:00
3:00
11:00
3:00
12:00
5:00
6:30
6:30
11-030
10-120
11-030
10-120
11-030
10-120
11-030
10-120
11-031
10-116
Staff
4.0
Staff
4.0
Whyte, W.
4.0
Whyte, W.
4.0
Diamond, K.
Tonini, C.
4.0
9:20 11-133 Malik, A.
9:20 10-116
4.0
BIOL 130 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Introduction to human anatomy and physiology, including the functional
relationship of cells to each body system. Plus one hour by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: BIOL 100 or 110 with a grade of C or higher.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836.
Recommended especially for students in the Medical Assisting program.
(CSU/UC*)
31766 BIOL 130 AA MWF
EVENING CLASSES
38802 BIOL 130 JA W
9:10 10:00 11-133 Martin, T.
3.0
6:30
3.0
9:20 11-131 Tonini, C.
BIOL 140 ANIMALS, PEOPLE AND ENVIRONMENT
Animals and their relationship to man. Animals as predators, prey,
servants, companions, and bearers of disease. One or more field trips
may be required. General education course for non-science majors.
Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
31767 BIOL 140 AA TTh
11:10 12:25 11-131 Fark, R.
3.0
BIOL 145 PLANTS, PEOPLE, AND ENVIRONMENT
Introduction to plants and their functions as they apply to man. Principles
of living organisms, their structure-functions, evolution, and ecology.
Emphasizes the role of plants in the development of human civilization
and considers their impact as a primary food source for human
population. One or more field trips may be required. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC*)
38801 BIOL 145 AA TTh
BIOL 100 INTRODUCTION TO THE LIFE SCIENCES
31753 BIOL 100 AA MWF
31754 BIOL 100 AB MWF
31756 BIOL 100 AC TTh
9:20 11-131 Beliz, T.
BIOL 110 GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
ASTR 100 INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY
31740 ASTR 101 AA T
38439 ASTR 101 AB M
6:30
3.0
3.0
BIOL 102 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION
31758 BIOL 102 AA MWF
ASTRONOMY
10:10 11:00 11-033 Martin, T.
11:10 12:00 11-133 Beliz, T.
1:10
2:25 11-131 Beliz, T.
3.0
BIOL 184 WILDLIFE BIOLOGY
Study of wildlife species, emphasizing mammals of the Pacific states:
characteristics, life histories, ecology, and economic importance. One or
more field trips may be required. Plus one hour by arrangement per week.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
31769 BIOL 184 AA TTh
9:45 11:00 11-131 Wilson, M.
3.0
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
BIOLOGY
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
10) (BIOL 250 and 260 = CAN BIOL SEQ B)
Emphasis on field trips to selected sites with laboratory preparation.
Covers a wide range of topics including animals, both domestic and
wild; natural and human-made ecosystems; forests; habitat disruption;
and museums and parks. Designed for non-science majors to fulfill
laboratory science G.E. requirement. Plus one hour by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent enrollment in
BIOL 100, 102, 140, 145, 180, or 184. (CSU/UC)
1:10
1:10
4:00 10-102 Wilson, M.
4:00 10-102 Wilson, M.
1.0
1.0
BIOL 210 GENERAL ZOOLOGY
Introduction to principles of animal biology. Includes the molecular
basis of life, structure, function and behavior. One or more field trips
may be required. Extra supplies may be required. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: BIOL 110 and CHEM 192 or 410
with a grade of C or higher OR one year of high school biology with
lab with a grade of B or higher and one year of high school chemistry
with lab with a grade of B or higher. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC) (CAN BIOL 4)
31770 BIOL 210 AA MWF
TTh
8:10 9:00 10-102 Diamond, K.
8:10 11:00 10-102
5.0
BIOL 220 GENERAL BOTANY
Biology principles illustrated by plants, emphasizing structure,
physiology, and reproduction in green plants. Extra supplies may be
required. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: BIOL
110 and CHEM 192 or 410 with a grade of C or higher OR one year of
high school biology with lab with a grade of B or higher and one year
of high school chemistry with lab with a grade of B or higher.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/
UC) (CAN BIOL 6)
31771 BIOL 220 AA TTh
TTh
1:10
2:35
2:25 11-131 Beliz, T.
5:25 10-116
5.0
BIOL 230 INTRODUCTORY CELL BIOLOGY
Examines cell structures and metabolism as they relate to cell function
and reproduction. Extra supplies may be required. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 220 with a grade of C or
higher; BIOL 110 with a grade of C or higher or one year of high
school biology with lab with a grade of B or higher. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836 and concurrent enrollment
in CHEM 231. (CSU/UC)
34273 BIOL 230 AA MWF
W
10:10 11:00 10-102 Diamond, K.
2:10 5:00 10-102
4.0
BIOL 240 GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY
Introduction to morphology and physiology or microorganisms, with
emphasis on control by chemical and physical means; their role in the
human body and the environment. One or more field trips may be
required. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite: one semester of
college chemistry and college-level biology with lab course with
grade of C or higher. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. (CSU/UC) (CAN BIOL 14)
31772 BIOL 240 AX
38664 BIOL 240 BX
TTh
TTh
TTh
TTh
2:10
12:45
2:10
3:45
3:25
2:00
3:25
5:00
11-030 Zahedi, S.
10-123
11-030 Zahedi, S.
10-123
4.0
4.0
BIOL 250 ANATOMY
Human body structure. Lab study and dissection of human male and
female. Extra supplies may be required. Plus one hour by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: high school biology with a grade of B or higher
OR BIOL 110 or 130 with a grade of C or higher. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC*) (CAN BIOL
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
29
Units
BIOL 195 BIOLOGY FIELD LABORATORY
36512 BIOL 195 AA T
36923 BIOL 195 AB Th
B
31773 BIOL 250 AX
33836 BIOL 250 BX
MWF
M
MWF
W
1:10
2:10
1:10
2:10
2:00
5:15
2:00
5:00
11-130 Martin, T.
10-103
11-130 Martin, T.
10-103
4.0
4.0
BIOL 260 INTRODUCTORY PHYSIOLOGY
Functions of organs and systems of the human body. Intended for
students of nursing, physiotherapy, P.E., psychology and related fields.
Extra supplies may be required. Plus one hour by arrangement per
week. Prerequisite: BIOL 250 and CHEM 192 or 410 with a grade of C
or higher OR one year of high school biology with lab with a grade of
B or higher and one year of high school chemistry with lab with a
grade of B or higher. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. (CSU/UC*) (CAN BIOL 12) (BIOL 250 and 260 = CAN
BIOL SEQ B)
31774 BIOL 260 AA TTh
TTh
9:10 10:25 10-116 Tonini, C.
11:10 2:00 10-103
5.0
BIOL 666 CAREERS IN BIOTECHNOLOGY
AND BIOLOGY
Introduction to the recombinant DNA methods used in medicine,
agriculture, and industry. Recommended Preparation: high school
biology or equivalent. One or more field trips may be required. Extra
supplies may be required. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
(CSU)
SATURDAY CLASSES
33095 BIOL 666 S1 S
9:00 12:15 10-120 Searle, J.
Start and end dates for section 33095: 2/22
3/22
1.0
BIOL 675 HONORS COLLOQUIUM IN BIOLOGY
Readings, discussion, and lectures covering selected advanced topics
in biology. Prerequisite: limited to students in the Honors Program
(ENGL 100 eligibility; GPA=3.3) who have completed or are currently
enrolled in an associated non-honors course in biology. (CSU/UC*)
31776 BIOL 675 H1 W
2:10 4:00 10-106 Beliz, T.
Start and end dates for section 31776: 2/19
4/16
1.0
BIOL 680 BIOTECHNOLOGY WORKSHOP
Principles, application, and hands-on techniques in the polymerase
chain reaction. Prerequisite: BIOL 110. Recommended Preparation:
BIOL 210, 220, 230, or 240. (CSU)
SATURDAY CLASSES
36529 BIOL 680 S1 S
9:00 12:15 10-120 Diamond, K.
Start and end dates for section 36529: 4/05
5/10
1.0
BIOL 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 11, Room 136. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33109 BIOL 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33110 BIOL 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
11-136 Kowerski, R.
11-136 Kowerski, R.
2.0
1.0
BROADCAST AND
ELECTRONIC MEDIA
BCST 100 VIDEO AND AUDIO AESTHETICS
Examines visual and aural elements-including light, color, sound,
motion, framing, and many others-and the ways they are used to
influence viewers' feelings and responses. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU)
36341 BCST 100 A1 TTh
8:10 9:00 4-251
Start and end dates for section 36341: 1/14
Staff
3/13
1.0
Broadcast and Electronic Media courses continued on next page
30
B
BROADCAST &
ELECTRONIC MEDIA
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Units
BCST 101 CAREERS IN ELECTRONIC MEDIA
Provides students with an overview of the Broadcast and Electronic
Media industry and the varied career opportunities within it. Covers
both academic and professional preparation necessary for student
success. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
38009 BCST 101 A1 TTh
9:45 11:00 4-251
Start and end dates for section 38009: 1/14
Hughes, G.
3/13
1.5
BCST 110 ELECTRONIC MEDIA IN SOCIETY
Introduction to the radio and television industry; its history, organization,
programming, and business procedures. Examines the effects of and
influences of broadcasting (and cable and other forms of electronic
communications) on society. (CSU)
31741 BCST 110 AA MWF
9:10 10:00 4-251
Hughes, G.
EVENING CLASSES
31751 BCST 244 JA
Th
4:10 5:00 4-251
Th
5:10 8:00 9-140
By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
9-140
Staff
3.0
BCST 682 CAMCORDER BASICS
Basic use of the digital camcorder and accessories. Tips on preproduction planning and shooting techniques to help improve your
videomaking will be covered. Extra supplies required. Credit/No Credit
or letter grade option. May be taken twice for a maximum of 2 units.
(CSU)
38090 BCST 682 A1 F
12:45 4:35 4-251
Start and end dates for section 38090: 1/17
Staff
3/14
1.0
3.0
BCST 131 BASIC AUDIO OPERATIONS
Study of basic principles of sound and audio. Instruction in the use of
audio control equipment in electronic media operations including
analog and digital mixing, recording and editing techniques. (CSU)
31743 BCST 131 AA M
W
10:10 12:00 3-178
10:10 1:00 3-178
Isaacs, M.
3.0
BCST 132 ADVANCED AUDIO OPERATIONS
Continuation of BCST 131. Emphasizes audio production including
multitrack digital recording, web-based audio and audio for multimedia.
Advanced students may be selected for on-air and production at
KCSM-FM. Prerequisite: BCST 131 with a grade of C or higher. May
be taken three times for a maximum of 9 units. (CSU)
31744 BCST 132 AA TTh
8:10 11:00 3-178
Isaacs, M.
3.0
BCST 194 WRITING FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA
Writing and editing for radio, television, and non-broadcast video.
Covers libel and slander laws. (CSU)
33961 BCST 194 AA TTh
11:10 12:25 4-251
Nelson, J.
3.0
BCST 231 TELEVISION STUDIO TECHNIQUES
Television production including all crew positions and operation of all
equipment in the television studio (cameras, audio, switcher, CG,
lights, etc.) Includes writing, producing and directing. (CSU)
33962 BCST 231 AA TTh
TTh
12:45
1:20
1:10 4-251
4:00 9-140
Nelson, J.
3.0
Continued activity in television production. Greater emphasis on writing,
producing, and directing. Introduction to single camera remote
production and videotape editing. Prerequisite: BCST 231 with a
grade of C or higher. Recommended Preparation: BCST 194 with a
grade of C or higher. May be taken twice for a maximum of 8 units. (CSU)
1:10
2:10
2:00 4-251
5:00 9-140
Zanardi, R.
4.0
BCST 242 ADVANCED TELEVISION PRODUCTION
Advanced activity in productions, remote productions, and editing.
Suitable program material may air on KCSM-TV and SAMNET.
Prerequisite: BCST 232 with a grade of C or higher. May be taken
three times for a maximum of 12 units. (CSU)
31749 BCST 242 AA TTh
12:30
4:20 4-251
Staff
4.0
BCST 244 INTERNSHIP IN BROADCASTING
Supervised experience in broadcast operations at KCSM or related
industry. Prerequisite: concurrent enrollment in or completion of
BCST 232 with a grade of C or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. May be taken four times for a maximum of 12 units. (CSU)
@ Courses open for audit.
Continued activity with the use of the digital camcorder. Greater
emphasis on pre-production planning and shooting techniques for incamera and post-production editing. Further experience with lighting
and audio. Recommended Preparation: BCST 682, Camcorder Basics,
or the equivalent. Extra supplies required. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. May be taken twice for a maximum of 2 units. (CSU)
38091 BCST 682 A2 F
12:45 4:35 4-251
Start and end dates for section 38091: 3/21
BCST 232 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
31747 BCST 232 AA MW
MW
BCST 683 CAMCORDER PRODUCTION
Staff
5/23
1.0
BCST 684 IMOVIE 2
Introduction to non-linear video and audio editing using Apple's
iMovie software. Instruction in the use of iMovie2 for practical
application in video and multimedia production. Extra supplies required.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken twice for a
maximum of 2 units. (CSU)
38093 BCST 684 A1
Start and end
38095 BCST 684 A2
Start and end
Th
2:30 6:00 27-102 Staff
dates for section 38093: 1/16
3/13
Th
2:00 6:00 27-102 Staff
dates for section 38095: 3/20
5/15
1.0
1.0
BCST 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 19, Room 113. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
31752 BCST 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33564 BCST 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
19-113 McGinnis, T.
19-113 McGinnis, T.
2.0
1.0
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
BUILDING INSPECTION
TECHNOLOGY
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
31
B
Units
BUILDING INSPECTION
TECHNOLOGY
BUSINESS
BLDG 700 INTRODUCTION TO THE BUILDING CODE
BUS. 100 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN BUSINESS
Also see Management
Survey of the four required courses covering building inspections,
code terminology, techniques of inspection, and construction practices.
Since this course may cover an updated version of the code, it may be
taken four times for a maximum of 12 units.
EVENING CLASSES
31777 BLDG 700 JA T
6:30
9:20 19-107 Dunlap, E.
3.0
BLDG 710 NON-STRUCTURAL PROVISIONS OF
THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE
Study of the fire and life safety provisions of the Uniform Building
Code. Prerequisite: BLDG 700 or equivalent with a grade of C or
higher. Since this course may cover an updated version of the code, it
may be taken four times for a maximum of 12 units.
EVENING CLASSES
31778 BLDG 710 JA Th
6:30
9:20 19-107 Grieco, A.
3.0
BLDG 720 ELECTRICAL INSPECTION I
Provides an overview of the National Electrical Code, recent code
changes, appropriate research techniques, and code interpretation
considerations. Prerequisite: BLDG 700 or equivalent with a grade of
C or higher. Recommended Preparation: ELEC 110. Since this course
may cover an updated version of the code, it may be taken four times
for a maximum of 12 units.
EVENING CLASSES
35447 BLDG 720 JA W
6:30
9:20 19-103 Nolfi, M.
3.0
Continuation of Building Inspection Technology 720. Covers in-depth,
advanced study of specific sections of the National Electrical Code
dealing with calculations. Prerequisite: BLDG 720 or equivalent with
a grade of C or higher. Since this course may cover an updated version
of the code, it may be taken four times for a maximum of 12 units.
6:30
9:35 19-107 Hansen, D.
3.0
BLDG 760 ENERGY REGULATIONS
6:30
9:20 19-107 LaTorra, J.
3.0
BLDG 775 INTRODUCTION TO RESIDENTIAL
DWELLING INSPECTION TECHNOLOGY
Introduction to inspection techniques for residential dwellings and the
writing of reports designed to identify material defects in the current
condition of systems and components of a typical residential dwelling
and/or conditions that present a hazard to personal safety. Since this
course may cover an updated version of the code, it may be taken four
times for a maximum of 12 units.
EVENING CLASSES
35030 BLDG 775 JA M
6:30
9:35 19-103 McCarthy, J.
MWF
MWF
TTh
MWF
MWF
Th
8:10
9:10
9:45
10:10
11:10
9:00
10:00
11:00
11:00
12:00
6:30
Blake, C.
Blinn, T.
Blinn, T.
Blake, C.
Blake, C.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
9:20 14-206 Blake, C.
3.0
See pages 98-102
14-206
14-206
14-206
14-206
14-200
TV-CRS Janssen, W.
3.0
BUS. 101 HUMAN RELATIONS I
Designed to increase competency in personal and interpersonal skills
necessary in business. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. (CSU)
31786 BUS. 101 AA
31788 BUS. 101 BB
31787 BUS. 101 CC
31789 BUS. 101 DD
EVENING CLASSES
31791 BUS. 101 JA
MWF
TTh
MWF
MWF
Th
9:10
9:45
10:10
11:10
10:00
11:00
11:00
12:00
7:00
14-201
14-201
14-201
14-201
Kennedy,
Kennedy,
Kennedy,
Kennedy,
V.
V.
V.
V.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
9:50 14-201 Kennedy, V.
3.0
Calculating interest, discount, financial statements, ratios. Prerequisite:
appropriate skill level as measured by a satisfactory score on the CSM
Math Placement Test One and other measures. Recommended
Preparation: BUS. 810. (CSU)
31794 BUS. 115 AA
EVENING CLASSES
31795 BUS. 115 JA
MWF
W
10:10 11:00 14-200 McGlasson, P.
6:30
9:20 16-169 Staff
3.0
3.0
BUS. 140 SECURITY INVESTMENTS
Methods of compliance with energy regulations applicable to dwellings,
apartments, condominiums, and hotels. Prerequisite: BLDG 700 or
equivalent with a grade of C or higher. Since this course may cover an
updated version of the code, it may be taken four times for a maximum
of 12 units.
EVENING CLASSES
31779 BLDG 760 JA W
31780 BUS. 100 AA
31782 BUS. 100 BB
31781 BUS. 100 BD
31783 BUS. 100 CC
37424 BUS. 100 DD
EVENING CLASSES
31784 BUS. 100 JA
TV CLASSES
31785 BUS. 100 TV
BUS. 115 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS
BLDG 725 ELECTRICAL INSPECTION II
EVENING CLASSES
35031 BLDG 725 JA M
Explores various aspects of the business world: management, marketing,
accounting, finances, production, management information systems,
small business, business law and world trade. Helps students identify
career opportunities. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
3.0
Stocks, bonds, and investment trusts; investment policies, evaluation
and charting. Recommended Preparation: MATH 811 and eligibility
for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
33976 BUS. 140 JA
W
6:30
9:20 14-200 Staff
3.0
BUS. 150 SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
TELECOURSE: Examination of opportunities and hazards of small
business operations; for business students who plan to establish a
small business. Prerequisite: BUS. 100 or equivalent. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
31801 BUS. 150 TV
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Sato, M.
3.0
BUS. 170 SALESMANSHIP FUNDAMENTALS
TELECOURSE: “The Sales Connection” is designed to provide the
basic information, procedures, principles, and techniques of the sales
process as used in the various areas of business. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
34386 BUS. 170 TV
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Janssen, W.
3.0
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
Business courses continued on next page
32
B
BUSINESS
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
BUS. 180 MARKETING
35045 BUS. 317 A1
Introduces and examines the various elements of contemporary
marketing; product/service development, distribution, promoting and
pricing. Emphasizes the creation of long-range customer relationships.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
31808 BUS. 180 TV
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Blake, C.
3.0
BUS. 201 BUSINESS LAW I
Introduction to the law applicable to business sources, agencies, and
procedures for enforcement. Emphasizes contract law. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC) (CAN BUS 8)
31809 BUS. 201 AA
31811 BUS. 201 BB
EVENING CLASSES
31813 BUS. 201 JA
TV CLASSES
31814 BUS. 201 TV
MWF
TTh
8:10
8:10
9:00 14-200 Isler, S.
9:25 14-200 Isler, S.
3.0
3.0
Th
6:30
9:20 14-205 Lau, L.
3.0
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Trimble, J.
3.0
BUS. 295 COMPUTER SYSTEMS IN BUSINESS
Develop and design a business computer system; write and run
programs in BASIC; use of microcomputer software applications for
word processing, spreadsheets, and database management. A $2.00
materials fee is payable upon registration. Prerequisite: BUSW 415 or
equivalent; BUS. 115 or MATH 110 or equivalent; and concurrent
enrollment in or completion of ACTG 100 or 121. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU) (CAN BUS 6)
31815 BUS. 295 AA
TTh
11:10 1:25 14-206 Dorsett, D.
By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
14-206
4.0
BUS. 315 KEYBOARDING I
Beginning course to develop skills in computer keyboarding by touch
including speed and accuracy building, basic word processing
techniques, basic formatting, and printing. Two 3 1/2-inch High Density
diskettes required at first class meeting. A $2.00 materials fee is
payable upon registration. (CSU)
33968 BUS. 315 AX
MWF
By Arr
33969 BUS. 315 BX TTh
By Arr
33971 BUS. 315 CX MWF
By Arr
33970 BUS. 315 DD MWF
By Arr
EVENING CLASSES
33967 BUS. 315 JX M
By Arr
9:10 10:00
2.0 Hrs/Wk
9:40 11:00
2.0 Hrs/Wk
10:10 11:00
2.0 Hrs/Wk
11:10 12:00
2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-0121 Brannock, P.
14-0121
14-0121 Brannock, P.
14-0121
14-0121 Brannock, P.
14-0121
14-0121 McGlasson, P.
14-0121
3.0
6:30 9:35 14-121 McGlasson, P.
2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-121
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
BUS. 316 KEYBOARDING II
An advanced course to develop skills for information processing,
including speed and accuracy of document processing, word
processing, techniques, and advanced formatting. Two 3 1/2-inch
High Density diskettes required at first class meeting. A $2.00 materials
fee is payable upon registration. Prerequisite: BUS. 315 or one year of
high school keyboarding or equivalent. May be taken twice for a
maximum of 6 units. (CSU)
35042 BUS. 316 AX
MWF
9:10 11:00 14-123 Brannock, P.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-123
3.0
BUS. 317 MICRO/KEYBOARDING: SKILLBUILDING
Increase keyboard speed and accuracy through the use of an interactive
microcomputer skillbuilding program. A 3 1/2-inch High Density
diskette required at first class meeting. A $2.00 materials fee is payable
upon registration. Prerequisite: BUS. 315 or one year of high school
keyboarding or equivalent. May be taken twice for a maximum of 3
units. (CSU)
@ Courses open for audit.
MWF
By Arr
Start and end dates for
35781 BUS. 317 A2 TTh
By Arr
Start and end dates for
EVENING CLASSES
35780 BUS. 317 J2 M
By Arr
Start and end dates for
10:10 11:00
2.0 Hrs/Wk
section 35045:
9:40 11:00
2.0 Hrs/Wk
section 35781:
14-123
14-123
1/13
14-123
14-123
3/18
Brannock, P.
1.5
3/14
Brannock, P.
1.5
5/15
6:30 9:35 14-123 McGlasson, P.
2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-123
section 35780: 3/24
5/19
1.5
BUS. 326 ELECTRONIC FILING AND RECORDS
MANAGEMENT
Study both manual and microcomputer filing methods. Create and
maintain data records alphabetically, numerically, geographically,
and by subject. Recommended Preparation: BUS. 315 or equivalent;
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. May be taken twice for a maximum of
3 units. (CSU)
35047 BUS. 326 B2
MWF
10:10 11:00 14-123 Brannock, P.
By Arr 2.1 Hrs/Wk
14-123
Start and end dates for section 35047: 3/17
5/16
1.5
BUS. 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean, Bldg. 15, Room 157. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
35634 BUS. 690 AA
31940 BUS. 690 BB
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-157 Avelar, L.
15-157 Avelar, L.
2.0
1.0
BUSINESS APPLICATIONS DOS PLATFORM
Also see Computer and Information Science,
Graphics, and Multimedia
A $2.00 materials fee is payable upon registration for
DOS Platform classes.
BUSD 114 DOS FUNDAMENTALS I
Introduces purpose and use of disk operating system (DOS). Uses
version 6.2 for creating, naming, copying, and deleting files; creating
subdirectories; configuring the operating system; redirecting command
input and output; use of DOS text editors and basic batch file
programming. Two 3 1/2- inch High Density diskettes required at first
class meeting. Recommended Preparation: BUSW 105 or equivalent;
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. May be taken twice for a maximum of
3 units. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
35060 BUSD 114 J1
T
7:00 9:50 14-221 Dorsett, D.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-221
Start and end dates for section 35060: 1/14
3/11
1.5
BUSD 115 DOS FUNDAMENTALS II
Reviews DOS Fundamental I techniques to control business application
programs and to organize subdirectory structure for hard disk
management. Examines disk editing techniques using debug and hex
editors to correct operating system problems. Looks in-depth at DOS
operators and interactors with files. A 3 1/2-inch High Density diskette
required at first class meeting. Prerequisite: BUSD 114 or equivalent.
May be taken twice for a maximum of 3 units. (CSU)
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
BUSINESS APPLICATIONSDOS PLATFORM
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
T
7:00 9:50 14-221 Dorsett, D.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-221
Start and end dates for section 35062: 3/18
5/20
1.5
Windows; how to install software application programs; how to
configure devices, drivers, and memory; and how to set up fonts and
printers. Prerequisite: BUSW 114 or equivalent. To increase
competency, may be taken twice for a maximum of 3 units. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
35069 BUSW 680 J1 T
7:00 9:50 14-119 Kistler, T.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-119
Start and end dates for section 35069: 1/14
3/11
BUSINESS APPLICATIONS WINDOWS PLATFORM
A $2.00 materials fee is payable upon registration for
Windows Platform classes.
1.5
BUSW 127 WINDOWS 2000
INSTALLATION AND SUPPORT
TRAIN FOR A NEW JOB IN JUST EIGHT WEEKS!
In our Accelerated Program you can train to be an Office Assistant in
just eight weeks. Many jobs paying $12 to $17 per hour are available.
The Accelerated Program includes Windows (BUSW 114), Word
(BUSW 214), Excel (BUSW 415), Internet (BUSW 530), MicroSkillbuilding (BUS. 317), and Career Choices (CRER 133). A sixteenweek program is also available. An Information Meeting will be held
from 7-8 p.m. in Bldg. 14, Room 220 on the first Thursday in December
and the first Thursday in May. For more information visit our website at
www.smccd.net/accounts/Maule or call 574-6519.
BUSW 105 INTRODUCTION TO MICROCOMPUTERS
Introduction to microcomputers. Covers equipment, operating systems,
and Windows software applications including Microsoft Word, Excel,
and Power Point. A 3 1/2-inch High Density diskette required at first
class meeting. Prerequisite: BUS. 315 or equivalent. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit grading.
May be taken twice for a maximum of 3 units. (CSU)
9:45 11:00
2.0 Hrs/Wk
section 35782:
9:45 11:00
2.0 Hrs/Wk
section 37758:
11:10 12:00
2.1 Hrs/Wk
section 36168:
14-119
14-119
1/14
14-215
14-215
3/18
14-215
14-215
1/13
Dorsett, D.
1.5
3/13
Dorsett, D.
1.5
5/15
Brown, S.
1.5
6:30 9:20
2.0 Hrs/Wk
section 35786:
7:00 9:50
2.0 Hrs/Wk
section 35787:
14-121
14-121
1/15
14-215
14-215
3/20
Brown, S.
1.5
3/12
Morgan, M.
1.5
Introduction to installation, configuration, and support of Microsoft
Windows 2000 in a networked environment. Includes system setup
and configurations of hardware and software; creation and management
of user accounts; application support; security; maintenance and
troubleshooting. Prepares students for Microsoft Windows 2000
Certification Exam. Prerequisite: CIS 153 or equivalent. May be taken
two times for a maximum of 6 units. (CSU)
SATURDAY CLASSES
38559 BUSW 127 S1 S
8:00 11:50 14-119 Brown, T.
S
1:00 2:50 14-119
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-119
Start and end dates for section 38559: 1/25
3/22
3.0
3/14
5/22
BUSW 114 WINDOWS FUNDAMENTALS I
Introduction to Microsoft Windows. Includes hardware needs,
relationship to DOS, GUI use and procedures, program navigation,
desktop concepts and organization, accessory applications, file
management, and OLE. A 3 1/2-inch High Density diskette required at
first class meeting. Prerequisite: BUSW 105 or equivalent.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. May be
taken twice for a maximum of 3 units. (CSU)
37839 BUSW 114 A1 MW
By Arr
Start and end dates for
EVENING CLASSES
35068 BUSW 114 J1 Th
By Arr
Start and end dates for
33
Units
EVENING CLASSES
35062 BUSD 115 J2
35782 BUSW 105 A1 TTh
By Arr
Start and end dates for
37758 BUSW 105 A2 TTh
By Arr
Start and end dates for
36168 BUSW 105 C1 MWF
By Arr
Start and end dates for
EVENING CLASSES
35786 BUSW 105 J1 W
By Arr
Start and end dates for
35787 BUSW 105 J2 Th
By Arr
Start and end dates for
B
12:10 1:25 14-119 McGlasson, P.
2.1 Hrs/Wk
14-119
section 37839: 1/13
3/14
1.5
7:00 9:20 14-215 Morgan, M.
2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-215
section 35068: 1/16
3/13
1.5
BUSW 680 WINDOWS FUNDAMENTALS II
Continuation of BUSW 114. Covers how to install and customize
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
BUSW 214 WORD PROCESSING I
USING WORD FOR WINDOWS
Introduction to WORD for Windows software. Includes overview of
document formats; preparation (creating, editing, formatting, saving,
and printing) of both single- and multi-page documents; outlines;
tables of content; tables; multiple windows; and file management. A 3
1/2-inch High Density diskette required at first class meeting.
Prerequisite: BUS. 315 or equivalent. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. May be taken twice for a maximum of
3 units. (CSU)
36392 BUSW 214 A1 MW
By Arr
Start and end dates for
EVENING CLASSES
35081 BUSW 214 J1 M
By Arr
Start and end dates for
12:10 1:25 14-215 Brown, K.
2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-215
section 36392: 1/13
3/12
1.5
6:30 9:20 14-215 Brown, K.
2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-215
section 35081: 1/13
3/17
1.5
BUSW 215 WORD PROCESSING II
USING WORD FOR WINDOWS
Continuation of BUSW 214. Covers graphics, tables, templates, macros,
Business Applications - Windows Platform courses continued on next page
34
B
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
BUSINESS APPLICATIONSWINDOWS PLATFORM
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Units
styles, OLE, and conversions. A 3 1/2-inch High Density diskette
required at first class meeting. Prerequisite: BUSW 214 or equivalent.
May be taken twice for a maximum of 3 units. (CSU)
35084 BUSW 215 A2 MW
By Arr
Start and end dates for
EVENING CLASSES
36395 BUSW 215 J2 M
By Arr
Start and end dates for
12:10 1:25 14-215 Brown, K.
2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-215
section 35084: 3/17
5/14
1.5
6:30 9:35 14-119 Brown, K.
2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-119
section 36395: 3/24
5/19
1.5
BUSW 383 BUSINESS PRESENTATIONS
USING POWER POINT FOR WINDOWS
Using Power Point, examines the components of effective business
presentations and capabilities and features of business presentation
software for the purpose of planning and creating a complete
presentation of integrated text and graphics in a slide format. A 3 1/2inch High Density diskette required at first class meeting. Prerequisite:
BUSW 214 or equivalent. May be taken twice for a maximum of 3
units. (CSU)
35087 BUSW 383 A2 MWF
By Arr
Start and end dates for
EVENING CLASSES
35131 BUSW 383 J1 T
By Arr
Start and end dates for
11:10 12:00 14-215 Brown, S.
2.1 Hrs/Wk
14-215
section 35087: 3/17
5/16
1.5
7:00 9:50 14-215 Morgan, M.
2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-215
section 35131: 1/14
3/11
1.5
Creation and use of spreadsheets. Includes spreadsheet design, use of
menu systems, basic formulas and functions, relative and absolute
addressing, formatting, printing, and graphing. A 3 1/2-inch High
Density diskette required at first class meeting. Prerequisite: BUSW
105 or equivalent. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. May be taken twice for a maximum of 3 units. (CSU)
14-119
14-119
1/13
14-119
14-119
1/14
14-119
14-119
3/17
14-119
14-119
1/16
14-121
14-121
1/25
Brown, S.
1.5
3/14
Perkins, G.
1.5
3/13
Hitchcock, M.
1.5
3/13
Weiner, G.
1.5
1.5
3/15
BUSW 416 SPREADSHEET II
USING EXCEL FOR WINDOWS
Advanced spreadsheet functions. Includes design and optimization of
large and complex spreadsheet, advanced formulas and functions,
database features, macros, and linking of spreadsheets with other
software programs. A 3 1/2-inch High Density diskette required at first
class meeting. Prerequisite: BUSW 415 or equivalent. (CSU)
35094 BUSW 416 A2 MWF
By Arr
Start and end dates for
35095 BUSW 416 B2 TTh
By Arr
Startopen
and for
endaudit.
dates for
@ Courses
10:10 11:00
2.1 Hrs/Wk
section 35094:
11:10 12:25
2.0 Hrs/Wk
section 35095:
14-119
14-119
3/17
14-119
14-119
3/18
Brown, S.
1.5
5/16
Perkins, G.
1.5
5/15
Dorsett, D.
1.5
5/22
Weiner, G.
1.5
5/17
BUSW 464 DATABASE MANAGEMENT
FUNDAMENTALS USING ACCESS FOR WINDOWS
Introduction to database creation and applications for business using
Microsoft Access. Covers database structures; adding, manipulating,
and displaying data; using queries; generating forms, reports and
labels. A 3 1/2-inch High Density diskette required at first class meeting.
Prerequisite: BUSW 114 or equivalent. May be taken twice for a
maximum of 6 units. (CSU)
EVENING AND SATURDAY CLASSES
35099 BUSW 464 JA Th
7:00 9:50
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
36655 BUSW 464 SA S
1:00 4:05
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-221 Kistler, T.
14-221
14-121 Weiner, G.
14-121
3.0
3.0
Exploration of Internet features (BBBs, E-mail, File Transfer Protocol,
and World Wide Web); Internet tools (web browser interfaces, search
engines, IRC, Chat, and HTML; and Internet activities (telecommuting,
marketing, product updating, web publishing, and general support). A
3 1/2-inch High Density diskette required at first class meeting.
Prerequisite: BUSW 114 or equivalent Windows software experience.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. May be
taken twice for a maximum of 3 units. (CSU)
35800 BUSW 530 B2 MW
By Arr
Start and end dates for
EVENING CLASSES
35802 BUSW 530 J2 W
By Arr
Start and end dates for
12:10 1:25 14-119 McGlasson, P.
2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-119
section 35800: 3/17
5/14
1.5
6:30 9:20 14-121 Brown, S.
2.0 Hrs/Wk
section 35802: 3/19
5/21
1.5
BUSW 534 HTML I (HYPERTEXT MARKUP LANGUAGE)
5/16
Dorsett, D.
14-119
14-119
3/20
14-121
14-121
3/22
BUSW 530 INTRODUCTION TO THE INTERNET
BUSW 415 SPREADSHEET I USING EXCEL
FOR WINDOWS
35798 BUSW 415 A1 MWF
10:10 11:00
By Arr 2.1 Hrs/Wk
Start and end dates for section 35798:
35091 BUSW 415 B1 TTh
11:10 12:25
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
Start and end dates for section 35091:
35089 BUSW 415 B2 MWF
8:10 9:00
By Arr 2.1 Hrs/Wk
Start and end dates for section 35089:
EVENING AND SATURDAY CLASSES
35092 BUSW 415 J1 Th
7:00 9:50
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
Start and end dates for section 35092:
35093 BUSW 415 S1 S
9:00 12:15
By Arr 2.4 Hrs/Wk
Start and end dates for section 35093:
EVENING AND SATURDAY CLASSES
35096 BUSW 416 J2 Th
7:00 9:50
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
Start and end dates for section 35096:
35097 BUSW 416 S2 S
9:00 12:05
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
Start and end dates for section 35097:
HyperText Markup Language. Explores creating and maintaining Web
pages for Internet and Intranet; using HTML source code; creating
filestructures; using FTP to upload files. Examines page features such
as design, use of tables, color codes, applets, fonts, extensions,
hyperlinks, image maps, and graphics. A 3 1/2-inch High Density
diskette required at first class meeting. Prerequisite: BUSW 530 or
equivalent. May be taken twice for a maximum of 3 units. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
36401 BUSW 534 J1 M
7:00 10:05 14-221 Kistler, T.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-221
Start and end dates for section 36401: 1/13
3/17
ONLINE CLASSES
36477 BUSW 534 W1 See pages 96-97
Online-CRS DiNocco, J.
1.5
1.5
BUSW 535 HTML II
(ADVANCED HYPERTEXT MARKUP LANGUAGE)
Examines forms, JAVA script, JAVA script objects and events, multimedia
Web pages, JAVA applets, cascading style sheets, and database use. A
3 1/2-inch High Density diskette required at first class meeting.
Prerequisite: BUSW 534 or equivalent. May be taken twice for a
maximum of 3 units. (CSU)
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
BUSINESS APPLICATIONSWINDOWS PLATFORM
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
EVENING CLASSES
37823 BUSW 535 J2 M
7:00 10:05 14-221 Kistler, T.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-221
Start and end dates for section 37823: 3/24
5/19
ONLINE CLASSES
37052 BUSW 535 W2 See pages 96-97
Online-CRS DiNocco, J.
1.5
1.5
3.0
BUSW 591 INTEGRATED SOFTWARE SUITES
Introduction to the concepts and uses of integrated MS Office suites.
Covers software for information creation and management. MS
Office suites include Word, Excel, Power Point, personal information
manager (document transfer/calendaring/scheduling) and email. A 31/2-inch DS/HD diskette is required at the first meeting. Prerequisite:
BUSW 105 or equivalent and BUSW 114 or equivalent. To increase
competency, may be taken twice for a maximum of 3 units. (CSU)
14-119
14-119
1/13
14-119
14-119
3/18
Hitchcock, M.
1.5
3/14
Perkins, G.
1.5
5/15
14-215 Motipara, S.
14-215
1/25
3/15
1.5
Explores e-commerce and doing business on the Internet, including
setting up a commerce site on the World Wide Web. Emphasizes the
history and purpose of e-commerce, market models; statistics and
demographics; legal issues and how business is conducted in a
networked, paperless world using electronic data transactions. Special
emphasis on the infrastructure needs, the role of networks and
telecommunications, commerce software and hardware systems,
security, payments, hosting, and marketing logistics of developing and
deploying an Internet business. Students create and implement a
business plan for designing, building, launching and marketing a web
site, searchable inventory, order processing, and payment acceptance.
Prerequisite: BUSW 530 or equivalent. Recommended Preparation: BUS.
100 or equivalent. May be taken twice for a maximum of 6 units. (CSU)
Online-CRS DiNocco, J.
3.0
BUSW 682 E-COMMERCE:
WEB STORE DEVELOPMENT
Explores the principles and methods for designing, setting up and
launching a functional Internet commerce site to do business on the
WWW. Students will create a business plan for a WWW commerce
site, set up and launch a working Web store with a business license, a
functional catalog, the ability to process orders and (optionally) the
ability to accept real time payment. Prerequisite: BUSW 681 (ECommerce: Introduction) or equivalent. Recommended Preparation:
familiarity with HTML and/or Web page design. (CSU)
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
See pages 96-97
Online-CRS DiNocco, J.
1.5
Introduction to developing a Web strategy and creating marketing and
advertising plans for doing business on the Internet. Emphasis will be
defining realistic goals and objectives; planning, budgeting and
conducting marketing and advertising campaigns. Special emphasis
will be on the cost, effectiveness, and return on investment for direct
email, Web banner, radio, television, print, signage and the logistics of
managing a Web advertising campaign. Prerequisite: BUSW 681 (ECommerce: Introduction) or equivalent. Recommended Preparation:
familiarity with HTML and/or Web page design. (CSU)
ONLINE CLASSES
37591 BUSW 683 W2 See pages 96-97
Online-CRS DiNocco, J.
1.5
BUSW 684 WINDOWS UTILITIES
Introduction to Windows Utilities including contact management,
e-mail, calendar use and scheduling on a network. Additional
utilities include use of Palm Operating System, File Transfer Program,
WinZip and Acrobat Writer to create PDF files. A 3-1/2-inch DS/HD
diskette is required at the first class meeting. Prerequisite: BUSW 114
or equivalent. May be taken twice for a maximum of 3 units. (CSU)
34575 BUSW 684 J2 T
7:00 9:50 14-119 Kistler, T.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-119
Start and end dates for section 34575: 3/18
5/20
1.5
BUSW 880 MOUS CERTIFICATION
TEST PREPARATION
This self-paced course measures and evaluates student skill levels in
the MS Office applications of Word, Excel, PowerPoint and Access to
prepare them for the Microsoft User Specialist certification test. The
measurement and evaluation indicates whether they are prepared for
the test or need additional study. Credit/No Credit grading. Open
entry/open exit. May be repeated for each application.
37592 BUSW 880 AA By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
Start and end dates for section 37592:
BUSW 681 E-COMMERCE: INTRODUCTION
ONLINE CLASSES
37518 BUSW 681 WW See pages 96-97
ONLINE CLASSES
37587 BUSW 682 W1
BUSW 683 E-COMMERCE:
WEB STRATEGY AND MARKETING
Comprehensive introduction to the use of Web publishing software to
create professional internet and intranet pages and administer a Web
site. Includes interactivity, special effects, tables, frames, and graphics.
Uses Microsoft FrontPage. A 3 1/2-inch High Density diskette required
at first class meeting. Prerequisite: BUSW 530 or equivalent.
Recommended Preparation: BUSW 534 or equivalent. May be taken
twice for a maximum of 6 units. (CSU)
35101 BUSW 591 A1 MWF
8:10 9:00
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
Start and end dates for section 35101:
35102 BUSW 591 B2 TTh
9:45 11:00
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
Start and end dates for section 35102:
SATURDAY CLASSES
35103 BUSW 591 S1 S
9:00 12:15
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
Start and end dates for section 35103:
35
Units
BUSW 541 WEB DEVELOPMENT TOOLS
EVENING CLASSES
37057 BUSW 541 JA W
6:30 9:20 14-221 McGlasson, P.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-221
B
15-172 McGlasson, P.
1/13
5/16
0.5
CAREER AND LIFE PLANNING
CRER 112 CAREER ADVANTAGE
TELECOURSE: For those who are undecided about career goals or are
changing their career direction. Stresses the significance of clearly
defined values and the development of strategies and goals for life
work. Credit/No Credit grading. (Open entry/open exit). May be taken
up to four times for a maximum of 2 units.) (CSU)
TV CLASSES
32022 CRER 112 TV See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Staff
.5-2.0
CRER 120 COLLEGE AND CAREER SUCCESS
A comprehensive approach to life and career planning. Emphasizes
self-assessment, decision-making, educational planning, college success
strategies and techniques for addressing changes associated with college
and career. Explores college life, responsibilities, and career options.
Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU)
37176 CRER 120 AA TTh
38812 CRER 120 AB MWF
9:45 11:00 16-255 Gutierrez, M.
11:10 12:00 16-273 Valenti, M.
3.0
3.0
CRER 121 PLANNING FOR STUDENT SUCCESS
Provides students with the tools necessary to maximize their academic
success by enhancing their familiarity with college expectations,
resources, facilities, and requirements. A preliminary educational plan
is researched and developed. Plus one hour by arrangement per week.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
Career and Life Planning courses continued on next page
36
C
CAREER &
LIFE PLANNING
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
37180 CRER 121 A1 TTh
8:35 9:25 14-100 Caviel, A.
Start and end dates for section 37180: 1/14
3/13
*CRER 121 AA W
12:10 1:00 14-207 Ramsey, C.
Units
1.0
1.0
*Special Note: Career 121 AA must be taken as part of the AfricanAmerican Student Recruitment and Retention Program. See page 24.
Provides students with the tools necessary to maximize their academic
success by enhancing their familiarity with college expectations,
resources, facilities, and requirements. A preliminary educational plan
is researched and developed. Plus one hour by arrangement per week.
Emphasis on educational planning and academic survival skills for
students of limited English backgrounds. Offered primarily for EOPS
students. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
1.0
CRER 121 PLANNING FOR STUDENT SUCCESS
Provides students with the tools necessary to maximize their academic
success by enhancing their familiarity with college expectations, resources,
facilities, and requirements. A preliminary educational plan is researched
and developed. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Offered primarily
for EOPS students. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
37178 CRER 121 C1 MW
12:10 1:00 14-122 Turner, R.
Start and end dates for section 37178: 1/27
3/31
1.0
CRER 122 STRATEGIES FOR EDUCATIONAL SUCCESS
Provides students with an introduction to a variety of techniques to
increase confidence and develop strategies for success. Students will
assess their learning styles, develop effective study habits, reduce testtaking anxiety, and create a study system. Plus one hour by arrangement
per week. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
37188 CRER 122 A2 TTh
8:35 9:25 14-100 Caviel, A.
Start and end dates for section 37188: 3/18
5/05
*CRER 122 CA T
9:10 10:00 12-173 Burns, E.
1.0
1.0
*CRER 122 CA must be taken as part of the Learning Community:
ASSET DEVELOPMENT. See page 64.
38174 CRER 122 E2 MW
1:10 2:00 14-122 Paparelli, M.
Start and end dates for section 38174: 3/17
5/14
1.0
Career 122 E2 is offered primarily for students with disabilities, but is
open to all students.
CRER 123 CAREER EXPLORATION FOR SUCCESS
Assists students in understanding their personality, values, interests,
and abilities. Students explore career and work options in relation to
college majors and integrate their personal preferences in career and
college major decision-making. Plus one hour by arrangement per
week. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
37201 CRER 123 A1
Start and end
37198 CRER 123 A3
Start and end
38175 CRER 123 E3
Start and end
MW
8:10 9:00 5-106A Staff
dates for section 37201: 1/13
3/12
TTh
8:10 9:00 14-122 Staff
dates for section 37198: 3/18
5/15
MW
1:10 2:00 14-124 Staff
dates for section 38175: 3/17
5/16
5-106A Burns, E.
0.5-1.0
5-106A O’Brien, E.
For Career 133 DO, please visit Bldg. 5, Room 108 for class schedule.
CRER 138 SKILL DEVELOPMENT FOR CAREER GROWTH
CRER 121 PLANNING FOR STUDENT SUCCESS
37190 CRER 121 B1 TTh
11:10 12:00 16-255 Aguirre/Alberto
Start and end dates for section 37190: 1/28
3/27
32023 CRER 133 AO By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
OFF-CAMPUS CLASSES
38443 CRER 133 DO By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
1.0
1.0
1.0
CRER 133 CAREER CHOICES
A career exploration course covering the process of career assessment
and job search preparation. Emphasis is on collecting career and labor
market information to assist in making career decisions. Includes
seminars, research on careers and tests to appraise aptitudes, interests,
and values. Plus three to six total lab hours by arrangement. Credit/ No
Credit grading. Open entry/open exit. Variable units. May be taken up
to four times for a maximum of 2 units.
(It is recommended that students report to the Career Services Center,
Bldg. 5, Room 128, during the first week of classes to select class
@ Courses
opentimes.)
for audit.
dates and
A practical, contemporary, and diversified approach to maintaining a
healthy, purposeful, well-balanced life. Emphasizes the importance of
developing effective personal skills for career growth. Offered primarily
for students with psychological disabilities. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU)
33554 CRER 138 AA TTh
1:10
2:25 14-103 Stringari, L.
.5-3.0
CRER 140 PEER COUNSELING
An orientation and training course to develop peer counseling skills,
emphasizing the experiential process of interpersonal communication
as well as the theoretical explanation of the counseling process and
behavior. Offered primarily for students who have a psychological
disability. (CSU)
32025 CRER 140 AA TTh
2:10
3:30 14-104 Stringari, L.
3.0
CRER 680 JOB SEARCH STRATEGY
Designed to help the student develop practical job search skills.
Emphasis on developing the knowledge and skills required to write a
resume, successful employment interview techniques. A plan of action
will be developed as a means of becoming a successful job applicant.
Open entry/open exit.
38442 CRER 680 CO By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
5-106A O’Brien, E.
0.5
Please visit Bldg. 5, Room 108 for class schedule.
CRER 880 TRANSITION TO COLLEGE
Designed to provide students with the personal, social and academic
skills needed to make a successful transition into college. Offered
primarily for students who have a psychological disability. Credit/No
Credit grading. Open entry/open exit. Variable units.
34801 CRER 880 AO TTh
11:10 12:25 14-207 Stringari, L.
1.0-3.0
CHEMISTRY
CHEM 100 SURVEY OF CHEMISTRY
General survey of the more important concepts and applications of
chemistry for non-science majors. Plus one hour by arrangement per
week. Prerequisite: one semester of high school level algebra or
equivalent. This course is designed for non-science majors and is not
open to students who are taking or have had CHEM 210. (CSU/UC*)
TV CLASSES
36048 CHEM 100 TV See pages 98-102
TV-CRS DeGregorio, M.
3.0
CHEM 192 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Basics in measurement, symbols, reactions, equations, gases, solutions
and periodic table. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Extra
supplies may be required. A $4.00 materials fee is payable upon
registration. Prerequisite: MATH 110 or one year of high school
algebra with a grade of C or higher. It is recommended that students
enroll concurrently in MATH 115 or MATH 120 or 122. (CSU/UC*)
31951 CHEM 192 AX MWF
M
33111 CHEM 192 BX MWF
W
EVENING CLASSES
36627 CHEM 192 JA TTh
TTh
10:10 11:00 11-032 Lawrence, Y.
2:10 5:15 10-007 Clay, M.
10:10 11:00 11-032 Lawrence, Y.
2:10 5:00 10-007 Clay, M.
6:30
8:05
7:45 11-031 Song, S.
9:20 10-007
4.0
4.0
4.0
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
CHEMISTRY
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
CHEM 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
College chemistry: structure, bonding, reactions, gases, solutions,
organic chemistry, thermodynamics, and periodic table with related
calculations. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Extra supplies
may be required. A $4.00 materials fee is payable upon registration.
Prerequisite: CHEM 192 OR high school chemistry with lab with a
grade of C or higher; MATH 120 or equivalent high school mathematics
with a grade of C or higher. Recommended Preparation: high school
physics and eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC*) (CAN CHEM
2) (CHEM 210 and 220 = CAN CHEM SEQ A)
11:10 12:00 11-030 Rezaie, N.
2:10 5:00 12-079
11:10 12:00 11-030 Rezaie, N.
11:10 2:00 12-079 Clay, M.
5.0
5.0
College chemistry: equilibrium, chemical spontaneity, kinetics, acidbase, redox, complex ions, nuclear chemistry, with related calculations.
Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be
required. A $4.00 materials fee is payable upon registration.
Prerequisite: CHEM 210 or 224 with a grade of C or higher. (CSU/
UC*) (CAN CHEM 4) (CHEM 210 and 220 = CAN CHEM SEQ A)
11:10 12:00 11-033 Deline, C.
8:10 11:00 12-085
11:10 12:00 11-033 Deline, C.
11:10 2:00 12-085
6:15 7:30 11-033 Li, J.
7:40 10:30 12-082
5.0
5.0
5.0
CHEM 232 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II
More rigorous treatment of mechanisms, reactions, and synthesis.
Structure determination using classical and spectroscopic methods.
Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be
required. Prerequisite: CHEM 231 with a grade of C or higher. (CSU/
UC)
31958 CHEM 232 AX MWF
Th
Th
33540 CHEM 232 BX MWF
Th
F
11:10
11:10
12:10
11:10
11:10
12:10
12:00
12:00
5:00
12:00
12:00
5:00
11-032 Lawrence, Y.
11-032
10-012
11-032 Lawrence, Y.
11-032
10-012
5.0
5.0
Introduction to chemistry: metric system, symbols, periodic table,
bonding, reactions, gases, solutions, stoichiometry. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite:
MATH 110 or high school algebra with a grade of C or higher.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Students
who complete CHEM 210-220 and CHEM 410-420 will receive credit
for CHEM 210-220 only. (CSU) (CAN CHEM 6)
12:10
2:10
1:00 11-030 Deline, K.
5:00 10-011
4.0
CHEM 420 HEALTH SCIENCE CHEMISTRY II
Study of organic and biochemistry: carbohydrates, lipids, proteins,
and vitamins and their respective metabolisms. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite:
CHEM 410 with a grade of C or higher. Students who complete CHEM
210-220 and CHEM 410-420 will receive credit for CHEM 210-220
only. (CSU)
31961 CHEM 420 AA MWF
F
10:10 11:00 11-031 DeGregorio, M.
12:10 3:00 10-007 Staff
33114 CHEM 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33115 CHEM 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
11-136 Kowerski, R.
11-136 Kowerski, R.
2.0
1.0
CHINESE
For a general explanation of course numbers and levels, please see
FOREIGN LANGUAGES, page 55.
A beginning course in Mandarin Chinese with instruction and practice
in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
36022 CHIN 111 AA MWF
31962 CHIN 111 AC TTh
EVENING CLASSES
35671 CHIN 111 JA T
9:10 10:00 18-286 Wu, J.
9:45 11:00 18-286 Wu, J.
3.0
3.0
6:30
3.0
9:20 18-286 Gao, L.
CHIN 112 ELEMENTARY CHINESE II
Continuation of CHIN 111 with further development of the skills of
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: CHIN 111 or equivalent with
Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/ No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU/UC)
31963 CHIN 112 AA MWF
EVENING CLASSES
31964 CHIN 112 JA M
8:10
9:00 18-286 Wu, J.
3.0
6:30
9:35 14-102 Yu, T.
3.0
CHIN 121 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY CHINESE I
The third course in elementary Mandarin, with increased emphasis on
grammar and the spoken language. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: CHIN 112 or equivalent with Credit or a grade
of C or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
36450 CHIN 121 AX TTh
11:10 12:25 18-286 Wu, J.
3.0
CHIN 122 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY CHINESE II
CHEM 410 HEALTH SCIENCE CHEMISTRY I
31960 CHEM 410 AA MWF
W
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 11, Room 136. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
CHIN 111 ELEMENTARY CHINESE I
CHEM 220 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II
31953 CHEM 220 AX MWF
TTh
33113 CHEM 220 BX MWF
TTh
EVENING CLASSES
31954 CHEM 220 JA TTh
TTh
37
Units
CHEM 210 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I
31952 CHEM 210 AX MWF
MW
33112 CHEM 210 BX MWF
TTh
C
4.0
Continuation of CHIN 121 with further training in spoken and written
Mandarin. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
CHIN 121 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
33990 CHIN 122 AX TTh
11:10 12:25 18-286 Wu, J.
3.0
CHIN 131 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I
Covers approximately the first half of the semester’s work in intermediate
Mandarin Chinese as taught at four-year institutions. Plus one lab hour
by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: CHIN 122 or equivalent with
Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU/UC)
EVENING CLASSES
35056 CHIN 131 JA
W
6:30
9:20 16-255 Yu, T.
3.0
CHIN 201 CHINESE CHARACTER WRITING
FOR BEGINNERS
Introductory course that focuses on recognizing, reading, and writing
Chinese characters. Emphasizes the evolution of characters and their
writing regulations; analyzing their structures and stroke orders; and
recognizing their use in context. Includes some Chinese calligraphy
forms and offers hands-on experience in calligraphy pen writing. Plus
one hour by arrangement per week for eight weeks. Corequisite:
CHIN 111 or 112. Credit/No Credit grading. (CSU)
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
Chinese courses continued on next page
38
C
CHINESE
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
EVENING CLASSES
38573 CHIN 201 JA W
6:10 8:00 16-172 Gao. L.
Start and end dates for section 38573: 1/15
3/05
Units
1.0
CHIN 211 COLLOQUIAL MANDARIN
CHINESE I, ELEMENTARY
W
6:30
9:20 16-252 Wu, J.
3.0
CHIN 212 COLLOQUIAL MANDARIN CHINESE II,
ADVANCED ELEMENTARY
A continuation of CHIN 211. Extensive oral training in Mandarin.
Emphasizes further development of practical vocabulary, pronunciation,
and idiomatic usage, with sufficient grammar to give flexibility to the
spoken language. The phonetic system Pinyin is used to represent
sounds in Mandarin and substitute for characters as a written form.
Course designed for students who wish to extend their basic skills of
spoken Mandarin Chinese. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per
week. Prerequisite: CHIN 211 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of
C or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
37049 CHIN 212 JA
M
6:30
9:35 16-268 Gao, L.
3.0
3.0
CIS 115/116 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAM DESIGN
A beginning conversational Mandarin Chinese course. Extensive oral
training in Mandarin. Emphasizes practical vocabulary, pronunciation,
and idiomatic usage, with sufficient grammar to give flexibility to the
spoken language. The phonetic system Pinyin is used to represent
sounds in Mandarin and substitute for characters as a written form.
Designed for students who wish to acquire basic skills of spoken
Mandarin Chinese. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
37048 CHIN 211 JA
EVENING CLASSES
31969 CIS 110 JC
Th
7:00 9:50 18-076 Martens, B.
ONLINE CLASSES
34791 CIS 110 WW See pages 96-97
Online-CRSMartens, B.
Introduction to computer programming for non-CIS majors and CIS
majors with no previous programming experience. Includes computer
hardware and operating systems concepts necessary for program coding,
compilation, and execution; problem-solving techniques using objectoriented methods and programming in Visual Basic; program testing;
documentation issues and techniques. A $4.00 materials fee is payable
upon registration. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
MATH 110 or equivalent with a grade of C or higher. Corequisite: CIS
116. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836.
Enroll in CIS 115/116 sections as paired. CIS 115: Credit/No Credit or
letter grade option. CIS 116: Credit/No Credit grading. (CSU/UC)
31971 CIS
31973 CIS
EVENING
33535 CIS
33536 CIS
115 AA
116 AA
CLASSES
115 JA
116 JA
MWF
TTh
9:10 10:00 18-096 Hom, M.
9:45 11:00 18-096 Hom, M.
3.0
1.0
MW
MW
5:30
7:00
3.0
1.0
6:45 18-086 Pezzaglia, W.
8:15 18-095 Pezzaglia, W.
3.0
CHIN 683 COLLOQUIAL MANDARIN FOR SPEAKERS
OF OTHER CHINESE DIALECTS I
A beginning conversation course in Mandarin Chinese. Designed for
students who speak another Chinese dialect and wish to acquire basic
skills in spoken Mandarin. Emphasis on practical vocabulary,
pronunciation, and idiomatic usage. The phonetic system Pinyin is
used to represent the sounds in Mandarin and substitute the characters
as a written form. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
38814 CHIN 683 JA
T
6:30
9:20 18-280 Wu, J.
3.0
COMPUTER AND INFORMATION
SCIENCE
CIS 118/119 INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT-ORIENTED
PROGRAM DESIGN
Also see Business Applications,
Graphics, and Multimedia
Many CIS courses are web-assisted, allowing flexibility for busy
schedules. Interested students should contact the instructor for details.
CIS 110 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER AND
INFORMATION SCIENCE
Introduction to computers and information systems. Includes computer
terminology; common operating systems and applications; computer
hardware components and their functions; data communications and
Internet access issues and options; systems development process; and
beginning programming in Visual Basic or HTML. A $4.00 materials
fee is payable upon registration for those sections meeting on campus.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU/UC)
31965 CIS 110 AA
31966 CIS 110 AB
31967 CIS 110 AC
MWF
TTh
MWF
@ Courses open for audit.
9:10 10:00 18-076 Clay, M.
9:45 11:00 18-076 Clay, M.
10:10 11:00 18-076 Tilmann, M.
3.0
3.0
3.0
Introduction to object-oriented computer programming for computer
science majors. Covers computer hardware and operating systems
concepts necessary for program coding, compilation and execution;
problem-solving techniques; object-oriented program design; program
coding, testing, and implementation; and documentation issues and
techniques. Students use the Java programming language to explore
algorithm development, data types, flow of control, classes, objects,
methods, vectors, and event-driven programming. A $4.00 materials
fee is payable upon registration. Plus one hour by arrangement per
week. Prerequisite: MATH 110 or equivalent coursework with a grade
of C or higher. Corequisite: CIS 119. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Enroll in CIS 118/119 sections as
paired. CIS 118: Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. CIS 119:
Credit/No Credit grading. May be taken twice for a maximum of 8
units. (CSU)
37961 CIS 118 AA
37962 CIS 119 AA
MWF
MWF
11:10 12:00 18-096 Grasso, S.
12:10 1:00 18-096 Grasso, S.
3.0
1.0
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
COMPUTER &
INFORMATION SCIENCE
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
EVENING
37965 CIS
37966 CIS
37963 CIS
37964 CIS
MW
MW
TTh
TTh
CLASSES
118 JA
119 JA
118 JB
119 JB
Bldg/
Room
Hours
5:30
4:00
7:00
8:30
6:45
5:15
8:15
9:45
18-096
18-096
18-096
18-096
Instructor
Units
Grant, G.
Grant, G.
Rashid, O.
Rashid, O.
3.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
CIS 150 NETWORKS AND DATA COMMUNICATIONS
Introduction to networking and data communications. Covers Internet
and intranets, LANs, WANs, common protocols, networking hardware
and topologies, and trends in data communications. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: CIS 110 or 115/116 or 118/119
or equivalent with a grade of C or higher. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
31975 CIS 150 JA
T
7:00 9:50 18-076 Cunningham, S. 3.0
34422 CIS 150 JB
W
7:00 9:50 16-170 Collado, G.
3.0
ONLINE CLASSES
36050 CIS 150 WW See pages 96-97
Online-CRSKennedy, C.
3.0
CIS 152 PRINCIPLES OF NETWORK DESIGN AND
MANAGEMENT
Basic concepts of local and wide area network architecture, design,
implementation, security, and management. Covers connectivity
standards and protocols, bridging, switching, routing, micro-tomainframe links, and network administration responsibilities. Case
studies of TCP/IP and Novell NetWare, Microsoft, and UNIX networks.
Prepares interested students for Novell, Net+, and Microsoft certification
exams. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: CIS 150
or equivalent with a grade of C or higher. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
31976 CIS 152 JA
W
7:00 9:50 18-096 Grant, G.
ONLINE CLASSES
34423 CIS 152 WW See pages 96-97
Online-CRS Grant, G.
3.0
3.0
CIS 153 MICROSOFT WINDOWS NETWORK
INFRASTRUCTURE ADMINISTRATION
Study of TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) and
common applications including Telnet and FTP (File Transfer Protocol).
Diagnosing and troubleshooting TCP/IP environments. Addressing,
routing and tunneling in the IP internetwork. Includes SNMP (Simple
Network Management Protocol), NFS (Network File System)
configuration, DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol), and
DNS (Domain Name Service). Plus one lab hour by arrangement per
week. Prepares students for Novell and Microsoft certification exams.
Prerequisite: CIS 152 or equivalent with a grade of C or higher.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option.
EVENING CLASSES
35206 CIS 153 JA
W
7:00
9:50 29-100 Brown, R.
3.0
CIS 250/251 PROGRAMMING METHODS I: C++
An introduction to computer science and software engineering using
the C++ programming language for CIS majors and computer
professionals. Includes language basics, object behavior, input/output,
conditionals, iteration, files, arrays, strings, and computer ethics. This
course conforms to the ACM CS1 standards. A $4.00 materials fee is
payable upon registration. Plus one hour by arrangement per week.
Prerequisite: MATH 120 or equivalent; CIS 118/119 or equivalent, all
with a grade of C or higher OR a semester programming course in high
school or college OR six months of professional programming
experience. Corequisite: CIS 251. Recommended Preparation: eligibility
for ENGL 800 or 836. Enroll in CIS 250/251 sections as paired. CIS
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
C
39
250: Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. CIS 251: Credit/No Credit
grading. (CSU/UC) (CIS 250 and CIS 251 = CAN CSCI 22)
31985 CIS 250 AA MW
31986 CIS 251 AA MW
EVENING CLASSES
33537 CIS 250 JA
TTh
33538 CIS 251 JA
TTh
ONLINE/EVENING CLASSES
36527 CIS 250 WW See pages
35226 CIS 251 JB
M
1:10
2:35
2:25 18-088 Tilmann, M.
3:50 18-088 Tilmann, M.
3.0
1.0
6:00
7:30
7:15 18-090 Staff
8:45 18-090 Staff
3.0
1.0
96-97
Online-CRS Tilmann, M.
6:00 9:05 18-076 Tilmann, M.
3.0
1.0
CIS 252/253 PROGRAMMING METHODS II: C++
Continuation of Programming Methods I for CIS majors or computer
professionals. Includes advanced classes (inheritance and
polymorphism), data abstraction, container classes, pointers and
dynamic memory allocation (linked lists, stacks, queues, and trees),
recursive thinking, graphs, and advanced sorting/searching algorithms.
This course conforms to the ACM CS2 standards. A $4.00 materials fee
is payable upon registration. Plus one hour by arrangement per week.
Prerequisite: CIS 250/251 or equivalent with a grade of C or higher or
one full year of C language professional programming experience.
Corequisite: CIS 253. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. Enroll in CIS 252/253 sections as paired. CIS 252: Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. CIS 253: Credit/No Credit grading.
(CSU/UC) (CIS 252 and CIS 253 = CAN CSCI 24)
31987 CIS 252 AA MWF
31988 CIS 253 AA MWF
ONLINE/EVENING CLASSES
34863 CIS 252 WW See pages
34864 CIS 253 JA
W
9:10 10:00 18-291 Demsetz, L.
8:10 9:00 18-291 Demsetz, L.
3.0
1.0
96-97
Online-CRS Tilmann, M.
6:00 8:50 18-076 Tilmann, M.
3.0
1.0
CIS 284/285 PROGRAMMING METHODS I: JAVA
Introduction to computer science and software engineering for computer
science majors and computer professionals. A systematic approach to
the design, construction, and management of computer programs,
emphasizing object-oriented design and programming documentation,
testing and debugging techniques. Focuses on designing and
implementing robust, well-styled and maintainable computer programs.
Also includes introduction to basic data structures and computer
ethics. This course conforms to the ACM CS1 standards. A $4.00
materials fee is payable upon registration. Plus one hour by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: MATH 120 or equivalent; CIS 118/119 or
equivalent, all with a grade of C or higher. Corequisite: CIS 285.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Enroll in
CIS 284/285 sections as paired. CIS 284: Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. CIS 285: Credit/No Credit grading. (CSU/UC)
38642 CIS 284 AB TTh
11:10 12:25 18-096 Green, M.
37970 CIS 285 AB TTh
12:35 1:50 18-096 Green, M.
ONLINE/AFTERNOON CLASSES
37969 CIS 284 WW See pages 96-97
Online-CRS Green, M.
38643 CIS 285 AC TTh
3:00 4:15 18-095 Green, M.
3.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
CIS 286/287 PROGRAMMING METHODS II: JAVA
Data structures and programming techniques for computer science
majors and computer professionals. Object-oriented approach to a
variety of data structures including: vectors, stacks, queues, linked
lists, trees, dictionaries, maps, sets and graphs. Includes sorting and
searching topics, such as Big O notation and hash tables. This course
conforms to the ACM CS2 standards. A $4.00 materials fee is payable
upon registration. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
CIS 284/285 or equivalent with a grade of C or higher. Corequisite:
CIS 287. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836.
Enroll in CIS 286/287 sections as paired. CIS 286: Credit/No Credit or
letter grade option. CIS 287: Credit/No Credit grading. (CSU/UC)
37971 CIS 286 AA MWF
10:10 11:00 18-096 Grasso, S.
37972 CIS 287 AA MWF
9:10 10:00 18-095 Grasso, S.
ONLINE/EVENING CLASSES
37978 CIS 286 WW See pages 96-97
Online-CRS Grasso, S.
37979 CIS 287 JA
MW
5:00 6:15 18-095 Grasso, S.
3.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
Computer and Information Science courses continued on next page
40
C
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
COMPUTER &
INFORMATION SCIENCE
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Units
CIS 290/291 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
Examines computer architecture, design, and organization. Includes
number systems, data representation, input/output, interrupts and
exception handling, paging, memory management, performance, and
other relevant issues. Lab assignments and exercises are completed in
Assembly language. A $4.00 materials fee is payable upon registration.
Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: knowledge of a
programming language. Corequisite: CIS 291. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Enroll in CIS 290/291
sections as paired. CIS 290: Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. CIS
291: Credit/No Credit grading. (CSU/UC) (Completion of CIS 290 and
291=CAN CSCI 10)
EVENING CLASSES
31995 CIS 290 JA
31996 CIS 291 JA
TTh
TTh
5:30
4:00
6:45 18-096 Grant, G.
5:15 18-096 Grant, G.
3.0
1.0
CIS 308/309 VISUAL BASIC PROGRAMMING
Intermediate course in Visual Basic. Includes review of VB fundamentals,
working with multiple forms, database objects and SQL, custom
controls, classes, linking with other programs from VB, and other
relevant topics. A $4.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Plus
one hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: CIS 115/116 or
equivalent with a grade of C or higher. Corequisite: CIS 309.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Enroll in
CIS 308/309 sections as paired. CIS 308: Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. CIS 309: Credit/No Credit grading. (CSU/UC)
EVENING CLASSES
37973 CIS 308 JA
37974 CIS 309 JA
TTh
TTh
7:00
8:30
8:15 18-088 Loomis, J.
9:45 18-088 Loomis, J.
3.0
1.0
Introduction to the UNIX operating system. Familiarizes students
with the UNIX kernel, basic shell scripts, use of elementary
commands, and common utilities. Includes an overview of
operating systems and their relationship to hardware and software,
file management techniques, editing and printing and I/O controls. A
$2.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Prerequisite: prior
experience using computers. Recommended Preparation: eligibility
for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
1.0
1.0
1.0
CIS 313 UNIX OPERATING SYSTEMS II
Continuation of CIS 312. Course introduces more advanced features
and utilities of UNIX, advanced script programming, configuration
of the kernel, and extensive coverage of system administration
tasks, from installation and set-up through daily system maintenance.
A $2.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Prerequisite: CIS
312 with a grade of C or higher or hands-on familiarity with the
content of that course. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
EVENING AND SATURDAY CLASSES
38334 CIS 313 J3
MW
7:00 10:05 18-088 Staff
Start and end dates for section 38334: 4/21
5/14
37976 CIS 313 S2
S
12:00 4:30 18-096 Staff
Start and end dates for section 37976: 3/08
4/05
1.0
1.0
CIS 372/373 OBJECT-ORIENTED SOFTWARE
DEVELOPMENT: ADVANCED TOPICS
Introduction to high level object-oriented software development for
computer science majors and computer professionals using the Unified
@ Courses open for audit.
EVENING CLASSES
34563 CIS 372 JA
34564 CIS 373 JA
MW
MW
7:00
8:30
8:15 18-086 Gotesman, M.
9:45 18-086 Gotesman, M.
3.0
1.0
CIS 374/375 JAVA PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE
Coverage of the Java programming language for programmers. Includes
learning the Java environment, using and creating Java applets, and
writing stand-alone applications. Covers the Java environment, objectoriented programming, language basics, classes, interfaces, packages,
threads, exceptions, Java and HotJava Class Libraries, and utility class
libraries. A $4.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Plus one
hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: CIS 250/251 or equivalent
“C” coursework with a grade of C or higher. Corequisite: CIS 375.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Enroll in
CIS 374/375 sections as paired. CIS 374: Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. CIS 375: Credit/No Credit grading. (CSU/UC)
EVENING CLASSES
35227 CIS 374 JA
35228 CIS 375 JA
M
W
7:00 10:05 18-090 Chintalapudi, R. 3.0
7:00 9:50 18-090 Chintalapudi, R. 1.0
CIS 378 INTERNET PROGRAMMING: PERL
CIS 312 UNIX OPERATING SYSTEMS I
EVENING AND SATURDAY CLASSES
38331 CIS 312 J1
MW
7:00 10:05 18-088 Staff
Start and end dates for section 38331: 1/13
2/10
38332 CIS 312 J2
MW
7:00 10:05 18-088 Staff
Start and end dates for section 38332: 3/03
3/26
37975 CIS 312 S1
S
12:00 4:30 18-096 Staff
Start and end dates for section 37975: 1/25
3/01
Modeling Language (UML). Includes conceptualization, analysis, design,
implementation, testing and maintenance of software. Students use the
above tools to build a project involving the development of a software
application in competing groups. A $4.00 materials fee is payable
upon registration. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
CIS 252/253 or 286/287 or equivalent with a grade of C or higher.
Corequisite: CIS 373. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. Enroll in CIS 372/373 sections as paired. CIS 372: Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. CIS 373: Credit/No Credit grading.
(CSU)
Study of the Perl programming language. Covers the basic components
of the language, packages, modules, object classes, standard Perl
library, and other supporting topics such as installation and debugging.
Prerequisite: CIS 115/116 or 118/119 or equivalent coursework.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836 and
familiarity with the Internet. Access to a computer with Internet
capability is strongly recommended. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
36166 CIS 378 J1
Start and end
38645 CIS 378 J2
Start and end
TTh
5:00 6:50 18-088 Isaacs, S.
dates for section 36166: 1/14
2/20
TTh
5:00 6:50 18-088 Isaacs, S.
dates for section 38645: 2/25
4/03
1.0
1.0
CIS 409 CISCO ROUTER
CONFIGURATION FUNDAMENTALS
Comprehensive course in Cisco router configuration basics. Includes
router and access server configuration and maintenance techniques;
hands-on implementation and task instruction; presentations of syntax
for router commands and interface management; systems management,
file loading and autoinstall set-up functions. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: CIS 153 or equivalent with a
grade of C or higher. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
EVENING CLASSES
37015 CIS 409 J1
Start and end
37090 CIS 409 K1
Start and end
M
7:00 10:05 29-100 Brown, R.
dates for section 37015: 1/13
3/17
W
7:00 9:50 27-120 Titus, T.
dates for section 37090: 1/15
3/12
1.5
1.5
CIS 410 CISCO ADVANCED
NETWORK CONFIGURATION
Advanced course in Cisco network configuration. Includes advanced
design topics and access control; configuring TCP/IP, IPX, AppleTalk
and OSPF (Open Shortest Path First) routing; BGP (Border Gateway
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
COMPUTER &
INFORMATION SCIENCE
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
1.5
1.5
Covers administration of Microsoft Windows for Advanced Network
Management, including installation, management of accounts, disk
resources, printers, servers, and backups. This course is the foundation
for supporting Microsoft Windows-based networks. Prepares students
for Microsoft MCSE certification exams. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: CIS 150 and BUSW 114 or
equivalent coursework with a grade of C or higher. Recommended
Preparation: CIS 152 and eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. May be taken twice for a maximum of 6
units.
MW
5:30
6:45 29-100 Brown, R.
3.0
MW
5:00
6:50 18-088 Green, M.
3.0
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 11, Room 136. Register after first week of classes.
Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion of at
least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33118 CIS 690 AA
33119 CIS 690 BB
T
7:00
9:50 29-100 Brown, R.
3.0
CIS 479 WINDOWS NETWORK
SECURITY DESIGN
Analysis, risk assessment and strategy for designing network security
for the Windows network environment. Includes analysis of company
and management models; enterprise risk assessment; evaluation and
design of security solutions; authentication strategies; DNS/SNMP,
remote services, and communication channel security. Prepares students
for Microsoft MCSE certification exam. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: CIS 153 with a grade of C or higher or
equivalent. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or
836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken twice for a
maximum of 6 units.
Th
7:00
9:50 29-100 Brown, R.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
11-136 Kowerski, R.
11-136 Kowerski, R.
2.0
1.0
CIS 880 COMPUTER AND INFORMATION
SCIENCE LABORATORY
Academic support to assist students in developing a learning
methodology for computer science. Students will discuss and solve
computer science problems with tutors and fellow students, evaluate
their learning skills, learn effective learning skills and habits for computer
science, and practice and apply these learning skills. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Open entry/open exit. (Does not apply toward
AA/AS degree.)
Daily Hours by Arr.
18-089 Green, M.
0.0
CONSUMER ARTS AND SCIENCE
CA&S 310 NUTRITION
Covers design of Microsoft Windows-based networks using Microsoft
Windows Directory Services, including evaluation of client’s existing
and planned technology and analysis of management requirements.
Includes design of network structures, modification policies,
implementation plans; and configuration and maintenance of operations
masters, global catalog servers, domain controllers, and DNS servers.
Prepares students for Microsoft MCSE certification exams. Plus one lab
hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: CIS 476 or equivalent
with a grade of C or higher. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for
ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be
taken twice for a maximum of 6 units.
EVENING CLASSES
37984 CIS 479 JA
EVENING CLASSES
38647 CIS 680 JA
38646 CIS 880 AO
CIS 477 MICROSOFT WINDOWS
DIRECTORY SERVICES DESIGN
EVENING CLASSES
37983 CIS 477 JA
computer with Internet capability is strongly recommended. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
CIS 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
M
7:00 10:05 29-100 Brown, R.
dates for section 37985: 3/24
5/19
W
7:00 9:50 27-120 Titus, T.
dates for section 37986: 3/19
5/21
CIS 474 ADVANCED NETWORK MANAGEMENT WITH
MICROSOFT WINDOWS
EVENING CLASSES
35712 CIS 474 JA
41
Units
Protocol); WAN scalability; Cisco serial line support. Prepares students
for Cisco CCNP certification exam. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: CIS 409 or equivalent with a grade of C or
higher. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
EVENING CLASSES
37985 CIS 410 J2
Start and end
37986 CIS 410 K2
Start and end
C
3.0
CIS 680 INTERNET PROGRAMMING: XML
Comprehensive course in XML (eXtensible Markup Language). Includes
writing well-formed and valid XML, the use of DTDs (Document Type
Definitions), XML schema, CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) and XSLT
(eXtensible Style Sheet Language Transformation) for formatting; and
advanced topics such as XPath, XLink and XPointer. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: CIS 115/116 or 118/119 or
equivalent with a grade of C or higher. Recommended Preparation:
BUSW 534 or equivalent; eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Access to a
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
Carbohydrates, proteins, fats, vitamins and minerals as related to
optimum health. Personalized nutritional assessment. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC) (CAN H EC 2)
31949 CA&S 310 AA TTh
9:45 11:00 4-150 McGill, S.
EVENING CLASSES
31950 CA&S 310 JA M
6:00 9:05 14-100 Kmetz, M.
TV CLASSES
35466 CA&S 310 TV See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Bloom, A.
3.0
3.0
3.0
CA&S 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 157. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
36070 CA&S 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
36071 CA&S 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-157 Avelar, L.
15-157 Avelar, L.
2.0
1.0
COOPERATIVE EDUCATION
COOP 640 COOPERATIVE EDUCATION/
GENERAL WORK EXPERIENCE
Students earn up to three units of credit for work experience in any
field. The job does not need to be related to the student’s major or
career goal. Work may be paid or volunteer. No class to attend.
Meetings by arrangement. Students must report to the Cooperative
Education Office in the Career Services Center (Bldg. 5, Room 128) to
complete enrollment. Students must be enrolled in a total of seven
units (three of which may be Cooperative Education). Both day and
evening students may register in these sections. Credit/No Credit or
letter grade option. May be taken for a maximum of 6 units. (CSU)
36394 COOP 640 AA By Arr 5.0-20.0 Hrs/Wk 5-128
Burns, E.
.5-3.0
COOP 641 COOPERATIVE EDUCATION
Students earn up to 4 units of credit for work experience in a field
related to a career goal or major. Work may be paid or volunteer. No
class to attend. Meetings by arrangement. Students must report to the
Cooperative Education Office in the Career Services Center (Bldg. 5,
Room 128) to complete enrollment. Students must be enrolled in at
Cooperative Education courses continued on next page
42
C
COOPERATIVE
EDUCATION
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Units
least one other class. Both day and evening students may register in
these sections. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken
for a maximum of 16 units. (CSU)
32004 COOP 641 AA By Arr 5.0-20.0 Hrs/Wk 5-128
Burns, E.
.5-4.0
COOP 645 COOPERATIVE EDUCATION/
ALTERNATE SEMESTER
Students whose work is in a field beneficial to their goal or related to
their major should enroll in the following section:
Burns, E.
.5-8.0
Students whose work is in a general field, not specifically related to
their career goal or major, should enroll in the following section:
36888 COOP 645 BF By Arr 5.0-40.0 Hrs/Wk 5-128
Burns, E.
.5-8.0
COOP 647 COOPERATIVE EDUCATION/
DENTAL ASSISTING
Earn 4.0 units of credit for dental assisting work experience. Work is
volunteer. Students must contact the Dental Assisting Coordinator at
574-6211 to complete enrollment. For Dental Assisting students only.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
32007 COOP 647 AA By Arr 15.0 Hrs/Wk
5-128
Behrens, A.
4.0
COOP 650 COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT PROGRAM
A self-directed course that enables students to serve their community,
pursue educational experience beyond the campus, and become
involved in various volunteer community activities for college credit
(.5 unit for each 24 hours of service). No class to attend. Meetings by
arrangement. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. Open entry/open
exit. Variable units. May be taken for a maximum of 6 units. (CSU)
35529 COOP 650 AO By Arr 1.5-9.0 Hrs/Wk 5-128
Burns, E.
.5-3.0
COSMETOLOGY
32010 COSM 732 AX Daily
8:10 12:00 21-101
36346 COSM 732 A1 Daily
8:10 12:00 21-101
Start and end dates for section 36346: 1/13
35456 COSM 732 A2 Daily
8:10 12:00 21-101
Start and end dates for section 35456: 3/17
Castro, P.
Castro, P.
3/14
Castro, P.
5/16
32011 COSM 742 AX Daily
12:40 4:30
36347 COSM 742 A1 Daily
12:40 4:30
Start and end dates for section 36347:
35457 COSM 742 A2 Daily
12:40 4:30
Start and end dates for section 35457:
21-101
21-101
1/13
21-101
3/17
Staff
Staff
3/14
Staff
5/16
Ratto, R.
Ratto, R.
3/14
Ratto, R.
5/16
9.0
4.5
4.5
COSM 722 FUNDAMENTALS OF COSMETOLOGY II
Beginning cosmetology in preparation for licensure by California Bureau
of Barbering and Cosmetology. Prerequisite: admission to and
registration in the CSM cosmetology program. See CSM Catalog for
details. Extra supplies required. May be taken for a total of 18 units.
32009 COSM 722 AX Daily
8:10 12:00 21-127 Russell, S.
36207 COSM 722 A1 Daily
8:10 12:00 21-127 Russell, S.
Start and end dates for section 36207: 1/13
3/14
@ Courses open for audit.
9.0
4.5
4.5
COSM 750 BRUSH-UP
For supplemental training requirements or out-of-state requirements.
Course requirements must be satisfactorily completed prior to state
examination. Prerequisite: Cosmetology license or COSM 732 and
742 with a grade of C or higher. May be taken for a maximum of 18
units.
32012 COSM 750 AO Hours by Arrangement
By Arr 15.0 Hrs/Wk
21-101 Castro, P.
21-101
.5-9.0
COSM 753 ESTHETICS II
Advanced course that includes a continuation of skin care, facial
treatments, massage, hair removal and makeup application, as well as
all theoretical subjects of health and safety, skin diseases and disorders,
chemistry, State rules and regulations, business and salon retailing.
Students perform advanced services on each other and on clients.
Prerequisite: COSM 752 or 300 hours of equivalent coursework. May
be repeated for a maximum of 18 units.
COSM 760 COSMETOLOGY INSTRUCTION
PREPARATION
Beginning cosmetology in preparation for licensure by California State
Board of Cosmetology. Prerequisite: admission to and registration in
the CSM cosmetology program. See CSM Catalog for details. Extra
supplies required. May be taken for a maximum of 18 units.
4.5
Continuation of COSM 712-722. Prerequisite: minimum of 9.0 units
of COSM 712 and 722 with a grade of C or higher. Extra supplies
required. May be taken for a maximum of 27 units.
For COSM A1 and A2 sections, a $12.50 materials fee is payable
upon registration.
COSM 712 FUNDAMENTALS OF COSMETOLOGY I
9.0
4.5
COSM 742 ADVANCED COSMETOLOGY II
38005 COSM 753 AA Daily
21-127
21-127
1/13
21-127
3/17
5.5
Continuation of COSM 712-722. Prerequisite: minimum of 9.0 units
of COSM 712 and 722 with a grade of C or higher. Extra supplies
required. May be taken for a maximum of 27 units.
For COSM AX and JA sections, a $25.00 materials fee is payable
upon registration.
32008 COSM 712 AX Daily
12:40 4:30
36206 COSM 712 A1 Daily
12:40 4:30
Start and end dates for section 36206:
35454 COSM 712 A2 Daily
12:40 4:30
Start and end dates for section 35454:
4.5
COSM 732 ADVANCED COSMETOLOGY I
Credit for employment in a structured alternate semester program. This
course is open to both career-related and general work experience
students. No class to attend. Meetings by arrangement. While enrolled
in this course, students are required to work full- or part-time and may
take only one other class. Students must report to the Cooperative
Education Office in the Career Services Center (Bldg. 5, Room 128)
during the first week of classes to complete enrollment.
Credit/NoCredit or letter grade option. (CSU)
32006 COOP 645 AF By Arr 5.0-40.0 Hrs/Wk 5-128
35455 COSM 722 A2 Daily
8:10 12:00 21-127 Russell, S.
Start and end dates for section 35455: 3/16
5/16
EVENING CLASSES
38808 COSM 722 JA TWTh
6:00 10:05 21-127 Haley, M.
8:10 12:00 21-101
Lipilina,Y./Giniere, A.
8.0
Basic teaching techniques used in lab demonstrations and theoretical
presentations. Variety of testing methods used in student evaluations.
Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of an approved program of
Cosmetology training with a minimum of 1600 hours or a California
Cosmetologist license.
32014 COSM 760 AO Hours by Arrangement
By Arr 30.0 Hrs/Wk
21-101 Staff
21-101
.5-20.0
COSM 880 ADVANCED HAIRCOLOR AS A SPECIALTY
Advanced course with instruction and practice in current haircoloring
techniques and products available in today’s industry. Prerequisite:
current cosmetician license or a minimum of 600 hours of training
toward a cosmetology license with a grade of C or higher. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option.
EVENING CLASSES
32927 COSM 880 J1 M
5:30 9:35 21-127 Staff
Start and end dates for section 32927: 3/10
5/05
1.0
9.0
4.5
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
DANCE
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
D
43
Units
DENT 763 DENTAL RADIOLOGY
DANCE
See Physical Education: Dance
DENTAL ASSISTING
DENT 722 DENTAL MATERIALS II
Study of impression materials, dental casting, alloys, removable
prosthodontics, dental assisting and registered dental assisting duties
pertaining to dental materials. Extra supplies required.
32048 DENT 722 AA T
T
32049 DENT 722 BB T
Th
9:10 12:00 22-144 Behrens, A.
12:10 1:00 22-144
12:10 1:00 22-144 Behrens, A.
9:10 12:00 22-144
2.0
2.0
Designed to meet the standards established by the Board of Dental
Examiners for the operation of dental radiographic equipment in
California. Includes both didactic and clinic application, utilizing both
DXTTR mannikin and patients. Study of radiation, legislation, effects
and protection, exposing techniques for the adult, pedodontic, mixed
dentition, and edentulous patients, utilizing the various types of dental
films, identification and correction of faulty films, developing and
processing procedures, record maintenance, mounting and evaluating
of films. Emphasizes the student's individual development. Extra supplies
required.
32055 DENT 763 AA M
M
32932 DENT 763 BB M
M
8:55 12:00 22-140 Herold, R.
12:10 1:00 22-140
12:10 1:00 22-140 Herold, R.
1:10 4:15 22-140
2.0
2.0
DEVELOPMENTAL SKILLS
DSKL 811 SPECIFIC LEARNING SKILLS ASSESSMENT
Use of an assessment battery to determine specific learning capacity as
well as academic skill levels in reading, spelling, and mathematics.
Following assessment, the student will, with the assistance of instructors,
design and implement an individual learning program. Credit/No
Credit grading. Open entry/open exit. (Units do not apply toward AA/
AS degree.)
32066 DSKL 811 A1 By Arr 8.0 Hrs
Start and end dates for section 32066:
16-150 Paparelli, M.
1/13
3/12
.5
Must attend information meeting on January 15, 2003, Bldg. 16,
Room 150, 1:00 to 3:00 p.m.
35445 DSKL 811 A2 By Arr 8.0 Hrs
Start and end dates for section 35445:
16-150 Paparelli, M.
3/19
5/28
.5
Must attend information meeting on March 20, 2003, Bldg. 16, Room
150, 1:00 to 3:00 p.m.
DSKL 817 ASSISTIVE COMPUTER ACCESS
DENT 732 DENTAL SCIENCE II
Hard and soft tissues of the oral cavity, anatomy of head and neck.
Introduction to body systems, blood supply of head and neck.
32050 DENT 732 AA Th
12:10
3:00 22-140 Behrens, A.
.5-3.0
See Multimedia
3.0
DRAFTING TECHNOLOGY
3.0
DRAF 120 PRINCIPLES OF TECHNICAL DRAWING
DENT 743 CORONAL POLISH
Designed to meet the requirements of the California State Board of
Dental Examiners for the removal of stains and the soft deposits from
the coronal surfaces of the teeth. Prerequisites: concurrent enrollment in
or completion of DENT 716, 721, 722, 731, 732, 735, 740, 742, 749, 751,
763; ENGL 830; SPCH 850; Coop 647. Credit/No Credit grading.
SATURDAY CLASSES
33533 DENT 743 S1 S
S
33563 DENT 743 S2 S
S
16-151 Fiori, C.
DIGITAL VIDEO
Further study in chairside procedures. Dental specialties and intra-oral
functions. DA/RDA levels. Plus twelve hours coronal polishing by
arrangement.
8:10 9:00 22-140 Kirby, C.
9:10 12:00 22-140
8:10 9:00 22-140 Kirby, C.
9:10 12:00 22-140
32067 DSKL 817 AO By Arr 1.5-9.0 Hrs/Wk
3.0
DENT 742 CHAIRSIDE ASSISTING II
32051 DENT 742 AA TTh
T
32052 DENT 742 BB TTh
Th
Designed primarily for students with disabilities. Assistive computer
access and instruction. Individualized education plan. Recommended
Preparation: touch typing familiarity with the keyboard. Credit/No
Credit grading. Open entry/open exit. Variable units. (Units do not
apply toward AA/AS degree.)
Basic mechanical drawing: descriptive geometry, orthographic
projections pictorials, sections, auxiliary views, etc. Student must
provide drafting tools and extra supplies. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: BUSW 105 or
114; eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32056 DRAF 120 JA
MW
6:00
8:50 19-100 Yabu, J.
3.0
DRAF 121 COMPUTER-AIDED DRAFTING I
(3/01)
(3/08)
(3/01)
(3/15)
8:10
8:10
8:10
8:10
5:00 22-140 Kirby, C.
2:00 22-144
5:00 22-140 Kirby, C.
2:00 22-144
0.5
0.5
A beginning AutoCAD course for students who have completed one
semester of college drafting. Covers basis entities, edit commands,
display controls, layering, text, dimensioning and isometric drawing.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: one semester
of college drafting or equivalent. Recommended Preparation: BUSW
105 or 114. (CSU/UC)
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
Drafting Technology courses continued on next page
44
D
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
DRAFTING
TECHNOLOGY
Days
32059 DRAF 121 AA MW
EVENING CLASSES
37007 DRAF 121 JA MW
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
3:40
6:30 19-110 Vorobey, V.
3.0
6:00
8:50 19-104 Staff
3.0
Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion of at
least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
34000 DRAF 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
34001 DRAF 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
19-113 McGinnis, T.
19-113 McGinnis, T.
2.0
1.0
ECONOMICS
ECON 100 PRINCIPLES OF MACRO ECONOMICS
The American economy: price system, fiscal policy, money and banking
system, trends of national income, and stabilization policies.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/
UC) (CAN ECON 2)
32069 ECON 100 AA
32071 ECON 100 AB
32070 ECON 100 AC
32072 ECON 100 BB
EVENING CLASSES
32074 ECON 100 JA
33557 ECON 100 JB
TTh
MWF
MWF
MWF
M
T
8:10 9:25 14-101 Roghani, M.
9:10 10:00 14-101 Kirk, J.
10:10 11:00 14-101 Staff
12:10 1:00 14-101 Kirk, J.
6:30
6:30
9:35 14-101 Kirk, J.
9:20 14-101 Roghani, M.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
ECON 102 PRINCIPLES OF MICRO ECONOMICS
Supply, demand and price determination in a market economy; cost
and revenue; oligopoly, monopoly and competition; international
trade. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836.
(CSU/UC) (CAN ECON 4)
DRAF 122 COMPUTER-AIDED DRAFTING II
Intermediate computer-aided drafting for students who have completed
a basic course in AutoCAD. Includes plotting, wireframe modeling,
AutoCAD 3D modeling, render, slide shows, blocks and attributes.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: DRAF 100
or 121 or equivalent with a grade of C or higher. (CSU)
32060 DRAF 122 AA MW
EVENING CLASSES
35033 DRAF 122 JA MW
9:10 12:00 19-110 Cullen, J.
3.0
6:30
3.0
9:20 19-110 Staff
DRAF 124 COMPUTER-AIDED DRAFTING IV
Advanced CAD course covering links between AutoCAD data and
third-party software applications such as Microsoft’s Word, Excel, and
Access. Also includes Introduction to Mechanical Desktop, Architectural
and Rendering Programs. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Prerequisite: DRAF 122 or equivalent with a grade of C or higher. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
36879 DRAF 124 JA
35469 ECON 102 AA
32076 ECON 102 AB
32075 ECON 102 AC
32077 ECON 102 AG
EVENING CLASSES
32078 ECON 102 JA
32079 ECON 102 JB
TTh
MWF
TTh
TTh
T
W
6:30
9:20 19-110 Cullen, J.
3.0
DRAF 130 MECHANICAL DESIGN WITH CAD
Preparation of detail, assembly drawings, and engineering changes;
threads and fasteners, dimensioning and tolerancing; pictorial
projections; intersections and developments. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: DRAF 120 and 121 or equivalent
with a grade of C or higher. (CSU)
35665 DRAF 130 AA TTh
9:10 12:00 19-110 Cullen, J.
3.0
DRAF 680 BEGINNING PRO-E
Covers the basic functions needed to use Pro/Engineer to create parts,
drawings, and assemblies. Emphasizes the Pro/Engineer design intent
used in creating parts and assemblies. Upon completion of this course,
each student should understand the design philosophy of Pro/Engineer
and be able to create basic parts and assemblies pertaining to their
company’s design function. They should also be able to create basic
drawings to document their work. Plus two lab hours by arrangement
per week. (CSU)
35034 DRAF 680 AA TTh
3:30
6:20 19-110 Cerny, M.
6:30
6:30
9:20 16-255 Leroi, F.
9:20 14-101 Brusin, M.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
ECON 123 BUSINESS-ECONOMIC STATISTICS
Descriptive and inductive statistics: graphs, measures of central
tendency, index numbers, hypotheses tests, alpha-beta error, Chi square,
and probability. Prerequisite: MATH 120 or equivalent with a grade of
C or higher, or high school preparation including two years of algebra
with grades of C or higher. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for
ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC*)
32080 ECON 123 AA MW
TTh
9:45 11:00 14-101 Roghani, M.
11:10 12:00 14-101 Kirk, J.
12:10 1:25 16-255 Leroi, F.
2:10 3:25 16-255 Leroi, F.
12:10
2:00 16-255 Leroi, F.
4.0
ECON 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 169. Register after first week of classes.
Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion of at
least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
32081 ECON 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
32082 ECON 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-169 Acena, A.
15-169 Acena, A.
2.0
1.0
EDUCATION
EDUC 101 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN EDUCATION
Directed field experience in education for high school, secondary
school, and elementary school teaching. Provides forty-eight hours of
observation (participation in guided field experience for students
interested in a career in teaching). (CSU)
32083 EDUC 101 AA W
4:10
6:50 14-100 Staff
3.0
3.0
DRAF 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 19, Room 113. Register after first week of classes.
@ Courses open for audit.
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
ELECTRONICS
TECHNOLOGY
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
EVENING AND SATURDAY CLASSES
35052 ELEC 215 JA W
6:00 9:50 19-010 MacDonald, J.
35661 ELEC 215 SA S
9:00 1:15 19-010 MacDonald, J.
ELEC 110 INTRODUCTION TO FUNDAMENTALS OF
ELECTRONICS
Basic electronic components and circuits (basic applied mathematical
approach). Lab experience provided. Students must provide personal
tools and extra supplies. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
For non-electronics technology majors. (CSU)
32094 ELEC 110 JB
MTWTh 10:10 12:25 19-036 Diskin, T.
dates for section 32091: 1/13
3/14
MW
10:10 12:25 19-024 Staff
M
W
T
Th
6:00
6:00
6:00
6:00
8:05
8:50
8:50
7:50
19-105 Staff
19-024
19-024 Staff
19-103
45
Units
ELECTRONICS TECHNOLOGY
32091 ELEC 110 A1
Start and end
32092 ELEC 110 AB
EVENING CLASSES
32093 ELEC 110 JA
E
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
ELEC 216 PC TROUBLESHOOTING AND SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE
Troubleshooting and maintenance of PC hardware including
motherboards, memory, video display systems, mass storage, keyboards,
and pointing devices. Emphasizes use of high and low level diagnostic
software and configuration software. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: BUSW 114; ELEC 215 or their equivalent, both
with a grade of C or higher. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32875 ELEC 216 JA
T
6:00
9:50 19-010 MacDonald, J.
3.0
3.0
ELEC 131 COPPER-BASED NETWORK
CABLING FUNDAMENTALS
Using industry-dictated workmanship standards, students will plan,
prepare, install, troubleshoot and certify copper-based network cable
systems. Industry standard tool, troubleshooting techniques, and test
equipment will be used to develop hand skills and diagnostic skills. A
$95.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Plus 2.0 lab hours by
arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: completion of or
concurrent enrollment in CIS 110 and ELEC 110 or equivalent. (CSU)
38540 ELEC 131 A2 MTWTh 10:10 1:40 19-036 Diskin, T.
Start and end dates for section 38540: 3/17
5/16
4.5
ELEC 201 D.C. ELECTRONICS
Study of direct current and its effects on resistors, inductors, and
capacitors. The nature of electricity, resistance, basic circuit laws,
Ohm’s Law, magnetism, inductance, capacitance, and the use of
power supplies, multimeters, and oscilloscopes. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: concurrent enrollment in or
completion of ELEC 231 with a grade of C or higher. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
33925 ELEC 201 JA
38955 ELEC 201 KA
T
Th
T
Th
8:00
3:05
8:00
6:00
9:50
5:55
9:50
8:50
19-105 Brixen, R.
19-024
19-105 Brixen, R.
19-024
3.0
3.0
ELEC 202 A.C. ELECTRONICS
A study of alternating current and its effect on resistors, inductors and
capacitors. Includes practical application of concepts studied and
competencies in the operation of applicable test equipment. Plus one
lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ELEC 201 or equivalent
with a grade of C or higher. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
33929 ELEC 202 JA
38956 ELEC 202 KA
T
Th
T
Th
6:00
3:05
6:00
6:00
7:50
5:55
7:50
8:50
19-105 Brixen, R.
19-024
19-105 Brixen, R.
19-024
3.0
3.0
ELEC 215 INTRODUCTION TO PC HARDWARE
Installation and configuration of the board-level electronic systems
that make up an IBM compatible personal computer. Includes
motherboard architecture, processors, memory systems, BIOS, bus
architectures, system resources, floppy and hard disk systems, keyboard
and mouse, video systems, I/O ports, and power supplies. Plus one lab
hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: BUSD 114/115; CIS 110;
ELEC 110 or their equivalent, all with a grade of C or higher. Corequisite:
completion of or concurrent enrollment in BUSW 114 or equivalent.
(CSU)
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
ELEC 217 PC PERIPHERAL TROUBLESHOOTING AND
MAINTENANCE
Installation, troubleshooting, and repair of PC peripheral hardware,
including dot-matrix printers, ink-jet printers, laser printers, plotters,
modems, scanners, and projection equipment. Emphasizes hardware/
firmware/software relationships. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per
week. Prerequisite: ELEC 216 or equivalent with a grade of C or
higher. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
35053 ELEC 217 JA
M
6:00 10:05 19-010 MacDonald, J.
3.0
ELEC 231 BASIC APPLIED ELECTRONIC MATHEMATICS
Basic principles: algebra, trigonometry, logarithms, graphing, and
scientific calculator use as applied to DC/AC circuits. This course will
transfer to CSU upon successful completion of ELEC 232. Prerequisite:
one year of high school mathematics within the past three years with a
grade of C or higher. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32099 ELEC 231 JA
T
6:00
7:50 19-103 Staff
2.0
ELEC 232 ADVANCED ELECTRONICS MATHEMATICS
In-depth applications of algebra, trigonometry, logarithms, graphing,
as applied to amplifier, oscillator, and microwave circuits. Prerequisite:
ELEC 231 with a grade of C or higher. Corequisite: ELEC 302. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
33628 ELEC 232 JA
T
8:00
8:50 19-103 Staff
1.0
ELEC 282 INTRODUCTION TO
SOLDERING AND REWORK
Introduces high reliability soldering and rework techniques including
point-to-point, through-hole, and surface mount technologies. Stresses
Electronics Technology courses continued on next page
46
E
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
ELECTRONICS
TECHNOLOGY
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
identification of workmanship standards and self- or peer evaluation
against said standards. Includes preparation and care of soldering
equipment. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Recommended
Preparation: ELEC 110 or 220 or their equivalent with a grade of C or
higher. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
37958 ELEC 282 JA
M
M
6:00 6:50 27-120 Brixen, R.
7:00 10:05 27-120
2.0
An introduction to the process of prototype project development in the
electronics industry. Includes catalog research, parts identification and
sizing, layout for functionality and style, circuit board layout and
fabrication, final assembly and construction, final testing, and product
documentation. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Prerequisite: BUSW 530; ELEC 110 or 220; ELEC 282 or their equivalent
with a grade of C or higher. (CSU)
5:00 5:50 27-120 Brixen, R.
7:00 10:05 27-120
2.0
Principles and techniques of radio frequency/microwave transmission
and reception, including transmission lines and antennas. Plus one lab
hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ELEC 232 or higher level
math course; ELEC 320 and 302 with a grade of C or higher or
equivalent qualification. (CSU)
35072 ELEC 362 KA
T
Th
T
Th
6:00
3:05
6:00
6:00
8:50
5:55
8:50
8:50
19-041 Diskin, T.
19-036
19-041 Diskin, T.
19-036
4.0
4.0
Review of the component parts of a programmable logic controller
and their function and their interrelationship. Examines PLC input/
output systems and requirements. Covers ladder logic programming
using basic I/O instructions, logic instructions, timers, counters,
comparison, and math functions in-depth. Also introduces sequence
of PLC operation, hardware installation, trouble-shooting, and industrial
applications of PLCs. Plus one hour by arrangement per week.
Prerequisite: ELEC 421 or equivalent with a grade of C or higher.
(CSU)
38957 ELEC 422 KA
W
Th
W
Th
6:00
3:05
6:00
6:00
8:50
5:55
8:50
8:50
19-105 Brixen, R.
19-024
19-105 Brixen, R.
19-024
4.0
4.0
Using industry standard workmanship standards, students plan, prepare,
install, and troubleshoot fiber optic network cable systems. Industry
standard tools and industry-based troubleshooting techniques and test
equipment are used to develop hand skills and diagnostic skills. A
$195.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Plus one lab hour
by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ELEC 131 or the equivalent
with a final grade of C or higher. (CSU)
M
6:00 10:05 19-036 Diskin, T.
2.0
ELEC 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean, Bldg. 19, Room 113. Register after first week of classes.
Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion of at
least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
@
Courses
33895
ELECopen
690for
AAaudit.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
19-113 McGinnis, T.
2.0
33931 ELEC 690 BB
32264 ENGR 260 AA TTh
T
8:30 10:00 11-032 Thalper, B.
2:10 5:00 19-036 MacDonald, L.
4.0
By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
19-113 McGinnis, T.
Structure and properties of solids-metals, alloys, semiconductors,
aggregate materials and polymers. Plus one hour by arrangement per
week. Prerequisites: MATH 241 or 251; CHEM 210 or 224, each with
a grade of C or higher. Recommended Preparation: PHYS 250. (CSU/
UC*) (CAN ENGR 4)
32265 ENGR 270 AX Th
Th
2:10
4:10
4:00 16-169 Westmore, T.
7:00 19-040
3.0
SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 11, Room 136. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and completion of at
least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
11-136 Kowerski, R.
11-136 Kowerski, R.
2.0
1.0
ENGLISH AND LITERATURE
NOTE FOR ALL ENGLISH 100 SECTIONS
The San Mateo County Community College District has established a
computerized prerequisite checking system for enforcing the
prerequisites for English 100, Composition and Reading. If you have
not met the prerequisites for English 100, you will be blocked from
enrolling in this course. If you believe you have met the prerequisites
or wish to challenge the course prerequisites, please review the
information on the college web site (http://gocsm.net) and click on
the link "Prerequisite Information." You may also contact the College
of San Mateo Counseling Department, Admissions and Records Office,
or the Language Arts Division Office for information.
ENGL 100 COMPOSITION AND READING
ELEC 681 FIBER OPTIC NETWORK CABLING
TECHNOLOGY
EVENING CLASSES
35083 ELEC 681 JA
Introduction to circuits, natural and forced response, network theorems;
characteristics of electronic devices and solid state devices. Laboratory
assignments include both standard bench techniques and computeraided analysis. Prerequisite: PHYS 260; MATH 253, each with a grade
of C or higher. Concurrent enrollment in MATH 275 is recommended.
(CSU/UC*) (CAN ENGR 6)
33121 ENGR 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33122 ENGR 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
ELEC 422 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMABLE
LOGIC CONTROLLERS
EVENING CLASSES
37027 ELEC 422 JA
ENGINEERING
ENGR 270 MATERIALS SCIENCE
M
M
ELEC 362 RADIO-FREQUENCY COMMUNICATION
EVENING CLASSES
32120 ELEC 362 JA
See Fire Technology
ENGR 260 CIRCUITS AND DEVICES
ELEC 332 PROTOTYPE PROJECT DEVELOPMENT
EVENING CLASSES
37959 ELEC 332 JA
EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN
1.0
Intensive reading and writing based on the study of primarily nonfiction
materials. Students write a minimum of 8,000 words; writing emphasizes
expository forms. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
ENGL 800 or 836 or 400 with a grade of C or higher (or appropriate
skill level indicated by the English placement tests and other measures);
and READ 802 or 836 with Credit or a grade of C or higher or
eligibility for 400-level Reading courses (indicated by the Reading
placement tests and other measures). Recommended Preparation:
Reading courses at the 400 level are designed for students enrolled in
ENGL 100 or higher level courses. (CSU/UC) (CAN ENGL 2) (ENGL
100 and ENGL 110 or ENGL 100 and ENGL 165 = CAN ENGL SEQ A)
32125
32127
32128
32130
33819
ENGL 100
ENGL 100
ENGL 100
ENGL 100
ENGL 100
AA
AC
AG
AJ
AL
MWF
MWF
TTh
TTh
MWF
8:10 9:00
8:10 9:00
8:10 9:25
8:10 9:25
9:10 10:00
16-251
16-253
18-286
16-272
16-268
Quinlan, R.
Mach, J.
Murphy, M.
Kimball, M.
Keller, D.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
32133 ENGL 100 AP
32136 ENGL 100 AT
33820 ENGL 100 AU
32142 ENGL 100 BA
32140 ENGL 100 BD
32139 ENGL 100 BG
32148 ENGL 100 BK
32138 ENGL 100 BM
32145 ENGL 100 BP
32149 ENGL 100 CA
32150 ENGL 100 CC
32144 ENGL 100 CE
EVENING CLASSES
32155 ENGL 100 JD
32156 ENGL 100 JF
ENGLISH &
LITERATURE
Days
Hours
MWF
MWF
TTh
MWF
MWF
MWF
MWF
TTh
TTh
MWF
M
MWF
9:10
9:10
9:45
10:10
10:10
11:10
11:10
11:10
11:10
12:10
1:10
1:10
W
Th
6:30
6:30
Bldg/
Room
10:00
10:00
11:00
11:00
11:00
12:00
12:00
12:25
12:25
1:00
4:15
2:00
16-253
14-102
14-102
16-256
16-153
14-205
16-153
14-216
14-124
18-289
16-268
18-289
Instructor
Mach, J.
Cohn, A.
Staff
Hansen, C.
McKenna, P.
Petit, S.
McKenna, P.
Murphy, M.
Kimball, M.
Stafford, A.
Griffith, S.
Stafford, A.
9:20 14-103 Quinlan, R.
9:20 16-254 Bruni, P.
Units
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
ENGL 100/101 COMPOSITION AND READING/
ENGLISH PRACTICUM
Intensive reading and writing based on the study of primarily nonfiction
materials. Students write a minimum of 8,000 words; writing emphasizes
expository forms. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
ENGL 800 or 836 or 400 with a grade of C or higher (or appropriate
skill level indicated by the English placement tests and other measures);
and Reading 802 or 836 with Credit or a grade of C or higher or
eligibility for 400-level Reading courses (indicated by the Reading
placement tests and other measures). Recommended Preparation:
Reading courses at the 400 level are designed for students enrolled in
ENGL 100 or higher level courses. The following English 100 courses
are paired with their corequisite English 101 sections that provide
extended practice in sentence structure and grammar as well as a
review of paragraph organization and development. Students who
successfully complete the course will receive three units of credit for
English 100 (letter grade) and one unit for English 101, English Practicum
(Credit/No Credit grading). Students must enroll in both ENGL 100
and ENGL 101 sections as paired. (CSU/UC) (CAN ENGL 2) (ENGL
100 and ENGL 110 or ENGL 100 and ENGL 165 = CAN ENGL SEQ A)
38803 ENGL 100 FA
38804 ENGL 101 FA
35075 ENGL 100 FB
35672 ENGL 101 FB
32129 ENGL 100 FC
35673 ENGL 101 FC
EVENING CLASSES
*32157 ENGL 100 KA
*35675 ENGL 101 KA
MWF
TTh
MWF
TTh
MWF
TTh
TTh
TTh
8:10 9:00 16-168
8:10 9:00 16-168
12:10 1:00 16-272
12:10 1:00 16-272
10:10 11:00 18-288
10:10 11:00 18-288
6:30
7:55
Brennan, M.
Brennan, M.
Steele, K.
Steele, K.
Cutler, M.
Cutler, M.
7:45 18-188 Steele, K.
8:45 18-188 Steele, K.
47
E
3.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
*Computer-assisted instruction. (See description below.)
ENGL 100/101 COMPOSITION AND
READING/ENGLISH PRACTICUM
(WITH COMPUTER-ASSISTED INSTRUCTION)
Intensive reading and writing based on the study of primarily nonfiction
materials. Students write a minimum of 8,000 words; writing emphasizes
expository forms. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. A $4.00
materials fee is payable upon registration. Prerequisite: ENGL 800 or
836 or 400 with a grade of C or higher (or appropriate skill level
indicated by the English placement tests and other measures); and
Reading 802 or 836 with Credit or a grade of C or higher or eligibility
for 400-level Reading courses (indicated by the Reading placement
tests and other measures). Recommended Preparation: Reading courses
at the 400 level are designed for students enrolled in ENGL 100 or
higher level courses. The following English 100 courses are paired
with their corequisite English 101 sections that provide extended
practice in sentence structure and grammar as well as a review of
paragraph organization and development. Students who successfully
complete the course will receive three units of credit for English 100
(letter grade) and one unit for English 101, English Practicum (Credit/
No Credit grading). Students must enroll in both ENGL 100 and ENGL
101 sections as paired. (CSU/UC) (CAN ENGL 2) (ENGL 100 and
ENGL 110 or ENGL 100 and ENGL 165 = CAN ENGL SEQ A)
EVENING CLASSES
32157 ENGL 100 KA TTh
35675 ENGL 101 KA TTh
6:30
7:55
7:45 18-188 Steele, K.
8:45 18-188 Steele, K.
3.0
1.0
ENGL 110 COMPOSITION, LITERATURE,
AND CRITICAL THINKING
Introduction to the major imaginative genres of poetry, drama, and
fiction. Students will write eight to ten thousand words in expository
essays and other kinds of assignments employing methods of literary
analysis and demonstrating skill in critical thinking. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 with a grade of C or
higher. (CSU/UC) (CAN ENGL 4) (ENGL 100 and ENGL 110 or ENGL
100 and ENGL 165 = CAN ENGL SEQ A)
*32162 ENGL 110 AA TTh
9:45
32161 ENGL 110 AD MWF
11:10
32158 ENGL 110 AF TTh
11:10
32160 ENGL 110 AH MWF
12:10
EVENING CLASSES
32167 ENGL 110 JA W
6:30
ONLINE CLASSES
32166 ENGL 110 WWSee pages 96-97
11:00
12:00
12:25
1:00
18-188
18-287
14-104
18-287
Comerford, S.
Reynolds, R.
Petit, S.
Reynolds, R.
9:20 16-250 Heyeck, R.
Online-CRS Comerford,
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
S.
3.0
*Computer-assisted instruction. (See description below.)
ENGL 110 COMPOSITION, LITERATURE,
AND CRITICAL THINKING
(WITH COMPUTER-ASSISTED INSTRUCTION)
Introduction to the major imaginative genres of poetry, drama, and
fiction. Students will write eight to ten thousand words in expository
essays and other kinds of assignments employing methods of literary
analysis and demonstrating skill in critical thinking. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. A $4.00 materials fee is payable upon
registration. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 with a grade of C or higher. (CSU/
UC) (CAN ENGL 4) (ENGL 100 and ENGL 110 or ENGL 100 and
ENGL 165 = CAN ENGL SEQ A)
32162 ENGL 110 AA TTh
9:45 11:00 18-188 Comerford, S.
3.0
ENGL 110 HONORS COMPOSITION, LITERATURE,
AND CRITICAL THINKING
Introduction to the major imaginative genres of poetry, drama, and
fiction. Students will write eight to ten thousand words in expository
essays and other kinds of assignments employing methods of literary
analysis and demonstrating skill in critical thinking. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 with a grade of C or
higher. Open only to Honors Program students. (CSU/UC) (CAN
ENGL 4) (ENGL 100 and ENGL 110 or ENGL 100 and ENGL 165 =
CAN ENGL SEQ A)
32165 ENGL 110 HA MWF
10:10 11:00 14-205 Fiedler, J.
3.0
ENGL 130 COMPOSITION AND FICTION
Study of the short story and novel with extensive critical writing (a
minimum of 8,000 words). Plus one hour by arrangement per week.
Prerequisite: ENGL 100 with a grade of C or higher. (CSU/UC)
32170 ENGL 130 AX TTh
11:10 12:25 18-288 Cutler, M.
3.0
ENGL 161 CREATIVE WRITING I
Craft of writing short fiction and poetry. Students write a minimum of
two short stories and complete a poetry project. Prerequisite: ENGL
100 with a grade of C or higher. (CSU/UC*) (CAN ENGL 6)
32176 ENGL 161 AX TTh
EVENING CLASSES
32177 ENGL 161 JX Th
11:10 12:25 16-251 Gershenson, B.
6:30
9:20 16-268 Reynolds, R.
3.0
3.0
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
English and Literature courses continued on next page
48
E
ENGLISH &
LITERATURE
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
ENGL 162 CREATIVE WRITING II
ENGL 826 BASIC COMPOSITION
Further instruction in the craft of writing fiction. Writing and critiquing
of student work. Prerequisite: ENGL 161 with a grade of C or higher.
(CSU/UC*)
32179 ENGL 162 AX TTh
EVENING CLASSES
32180 ENGL 162 JX Th
11:10 12:25 16-251 Gershenson, B.
6:30
9:20 16-268 Reynolds, R.
3.0
3.0
ENGL 163 CREATIVE WRITING III
Instruction in the writing of fiction for advanced students, with
movement toward longer works. Critiquing of student writing in class
workshops. Prerequisite: ENGL 162 with a grade of C or higher. May
be taken twice for a maximum of 6 units. (CSU/UC*)
32182 ENGL 163 AX TTh
EVENING CLASSES
32183 ENGL 163 JX Th
11:10 12:25 16-251 Gershenson, B.
6:30
9:20 16-268 Reynolds, R.
3.0
3.0
ENGL 165 ADVANCED COMPOSITION
Advanced techniques of essay and report writing, with particular
emphasis on critical thinking, persuasive and other rhetorical strategies,
and research methods. Includes formal instruction in principles of logical
thinking, including inductive and deductive reasoning, logical fallacies,
and methods of analysis and evaluation. Plus one hour by arrangement per
week. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 with a grade of C or higher. (CSU/UC)
(CAN ENGL 4) (ENGL 100 and 165 = CAN ENGL SEQ A)
33831 ENGL 165 AB TTh
8:10
33609 ENGL 165 AC MWF
9:10
32186 ENGL 165 AE MWF
9:10
32192 ENGL 165 AL TTh
9:45
36454 ENGL 165 BB MWF
10:10
35372 ENGL 165 BD MWF
11:10
32187 ENGL 165 BG TTh
11:10
32188 ENGL 165 BH TTh
11:10
32190 ENGL 165 CA MWF
12:10
32185 ENGL 165 CC W
1:10
34798 ENGL 165 CD TTh
12:45
*33632 ENGL 165 DA MWF
1:10
EVENING CLASSES
33633 ENGL 165 JA TTh
5:15
32193 ENGL 165 JC T
7:00
33830 ENGL 165 JD W
6:30
ONLINE CLASSES
36260 ENGL 165 WY See pages 96-97
9:25
10:00
10:00
11:00
11:00
12:00
12:25
12:25
1:00
4:00
2:00
2:00
16-153
18-288
16-153
16-251
18-287
16-253
14-102
16-153
16-256
18-280
14-102
18-188
Bell, J.
Cutler, M.
Murphy, M.
Gershenson, B.
Reynolds, R.
Mach, J.
Harriman, W.
Bell, J.
Mach, J.
Tollefson, P.
Harriman, W.
James, K.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
6:30 16-153 Longknife, A.
9:50 16-153 Longknife, A.
9:20 16-171 Gershenson, B.
3.0
3.0
3.0
Online-CRS James,
K.
3.0
*Computer-assisted instruction. (See description below.)
ENGL 165 ADVANCED COMPOSITION
(WITH COMPUTER-ASSISTED INSTRUCTION)
Advanced techniques of essay and report writing, with particular
emphasis on critical thinking, persuasive and other rhetorical strategies,
and research methods. Includes formal instruction in principles of
logical thinking, including inductive and deductive reasoning, logical
fallacies, and methods of analysis and evaluation. A $4.00 materials
fee is payable upon registration. Plus one hour by arrangement per
week. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 with a grade of C or higher. (CSU/UC)
(CAN ENGL 4) (ENGL 100 and 165 = CAN ENGL SEQ A)
33632 ENGL 165 DA MWF
1:10
2:00 18-188 James, K.
3.0
ENGL 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 17, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33239 ENGL 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33242 ENGL 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
@ Courses open for audit.
17-169 Estes, S.
17-169 Estes, S.
2.0
1.0
Practice in writing brief essays, developed paragraphs, and clear
sentences. Recommended Preparation: appropriate skill level indicated
by the English placement tests and other measures; and READ 800 or
816 with a grade of C or higher and concurrent enrollment in READ
826 or higher. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32220 ENGL 826 AA
32221 ENGL 826 AC
32222 ENGL 826 AE
32225 ENGL 826 AK
EVENING CLASSES
32226 ENGL 826 JA
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
MW
8:10 9:00 14-102 DeFolo, K.
10:10 11:00 16-253 James, K.
11:10 12:00 18-289 Stafford, A.
12:10 1:00 16-253 Heyeck, R.
6:30
8:45 16-251 Garmhausen, J.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
NOTE FOR ALL ENGLISH 836 SECTIONS
The San Mateo Community College District has established a
computerized prerequisite checking system for enforcing prerequisites
for English 836, Introduction to College Composition. If you have
not met the prerequisites for English 836, you will be blocked from
enrolling in this course. If you believe you have met the prerequisites
or wish to challenge the course prerequisites, please review the
information on the college web site (http://gocsm.net) and click on
the link “Prerequisite Information.” You may also contact the College
of San Mateo Counseling Department, Admissions and Records Office,
or the Language Arts Division for information.
ENGL 836 INTRODUCTION TO
COLLEGE COMPOSITION
Practice in writing to develop and refine specific composition skills.
English 836 is necessary preparation for entrance into English 100.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ENGL 801
or 826 or ENGL 400 with a grade of C or higher (or appropriate skill
level indicated by the English placement tests or other measures); and
READ 801 or 826 with Credit or a grade of C or higher, or eligibility for
READ 802 or 836 or 400-level Reading courses (indicated by the
Reading placement test or other measures). (All ENGL 836 students
who received a grade of C in ENGL 801 or 826 or ENGL 400 are
strongly advised to enroll concurrently in ENGL 850.)
32203
32204
38344
32216
32207
ENGL 836 AA
ENGL 836 AB
ENGL 836 AC
ENGL 836 AG
ENGL 836 AH
*ENGL 836 AL
MWF
MWF
TTh
MWF
MWF
TTh
8:10 9:00 16-272 Kimball, M.
8:10 9:00 14-104 Chan, F.
8:10 9:25 16-251 Keller, D.
9:10 10:00 14-100 Westphal, S.
9:10 10:00 16-272 Kimball, M.
9:45 11:00 16-153 Scholer, L.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
*ENGL 836 AL is part of the Learning Community: Reading and
Writing: Race and Ethnicity in the U.S. See page 64.
32208 ENGL 836 AM
33539 ENGL 836 AR
32212 ENGL 836 AU
32214 ENGL 836 BA
38817 ENGL 836 CA
EVENING CLASSES
32217 ENGL 836 JA
32219 ENGL 836 JF
MWF
MWF
MWF
MW
MWF
T
Th
10:10 11:00 14-103 Westphal, S.
11:10 12:00 14-104 Keller, D.
12:10 1:00 18-288 Jones, F.
12:10 1:25 14-104 Keller, D.
1:10 2:00 14-100 Sammons, R.
6:30
6:30
9:20 16-251 Garmhausen, J.
9:20 16-272 Pizzi, K.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
ENGL 836 AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDENT
RECRUITMENT AND RETENTION PROGRAM/
INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE COMPOSITION
Practice in writing to develop and refine specific composition skills
required for entrance into ENGL 100. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: ENGL 801 or 826 or 400 with a grade of C or
higher (or appropriate skill level indicated by the English placement
tests and other measures); and READ 801 or 826 with Credit or a grade
of C or higher or eligibility for READ 802 or 836 or 400-level Reading
courses (indicated by the Reading placement tests and other measures).
(All ENGL 836 students who received a grade of C in ENGL 801 or 826
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
ENGLISH &
LITERATURE
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Special Note: English 836 AS must be taken as part of the AfricanAmerican Student Recruitment and Retention Program. See page 24.
11:10 12:00 18-288 Jones, F.
3.0
ENGL 836/837 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
COMPOSITION+PRACTICUM
Practice in writing to develop and refine specific composition skills.
English 836 is necessary preparation for entrance into English 100.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ENGL 801
or 826 or ENGL 400 with a grade of C or higher (or appropriate skill
level indicated by the English placement tests or other measures); and
READ 801 or 826 with Credit or a grade of C or higher, or eligibility for
READ 802 or 836 or 400-level Reading courses (indicated by the
Reading placement test or other measures). (All ENGL 836 students
who received a grade of C in ENGL 801 or 826 or ENGL 400 are
strongly advised to enroll concurrently in ENGL 850.) The following
English 836 sections are paired with their corequisite English 837
sections that provide intensive practice in generative sentence writing
strategies and paragraph development and organization. Students
who successfully complete the course will receive three units of credit
for English 836 (letter grade) and one unit of credit for English 837
(Credit/No Credit grading). Students who test into English 800+810 or
English 836 + 837must enroll in both English 836 and English 837
sections as paired.
38120 ENGL 836 FA
38121 ENGL 837 FA
EVENING CLASSES
38129 ENGL 836 KA
38131 ENGL 837 KA
MWF
TTh
10:10 11:00 18-289 Alunan, J.
10:10 11:00 18-289 Alunan, J.
3.0
1.0
ENGL 882 COMPOSITION FOR
WORKPLACE WRITERS
Training of students in the basic principles of writing with a focus on
business writing; review of sentence structure, punctuation, paragraph
development, composition skills, vocabulary, and job-related
terminology. Lecture, discussion, reading, writing. Credit/No Credit
grading. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
36045 ENGL 882 A1 T
1:10 4:15 16-256 Staff
Start and end dates for section 36045: 3/18
4/22
1.0
ENGL 887 WRITTEN COMMUNICATION
Practice in reading and writing to develop and refine written
communication proficiency. English 887 may be used to fulfill the
prerequisite for entrance into English 100. Plus one hour by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: ENGL 801 or 826 or 400 with a grade of C or
higher (or appropriate skill level indicated by the English placement
tests and other measures.) Students who complete the course with a
grade of C or higher will be eligible for enrollment in English 100.
38561 ENGL 887 AA MWF
By Arr
38563 ENGL 887 AC MWF
By Arr
38562 ENGL 887 BA MWF
By Arr
38564 ENGL 887 BC MWF
By Arr
9:10 10:35
1.0 Hrs/Wk
9:10 10:35
1.0 Hrs/Wk
11:10 12:35
1.0 Hrs/Wk
11:10 12:35
1.0 Hrs/Wk
16-251
18-189
16-250
18-189
16-251
18-189
16-250
18-189
Carranza, J.
5.0
Barroca, L.
5.0
Carranza, J.
5.0
Barroca, L.
5.0
LIT. 105 THE BIBLE AS LITERATURE
MW
MW
6:30
7:55
7:45 18-288 Hammerud, R.
8:45 18-288 Hammerud, R.
3.0
1.0
ENGL 850 WRITING WORKSHOP
Assistance in writing projects is given to students with work in progress.
Individual appointments with faculty. Credit/No Credit grading. Open
entry/open exit. Variable units. May be taken four times for a maximum
of 12 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32247 ENGL 850 A8 By Arr 1.5-9.0 Hrs/Wk 18-189 Sobel, A.
EVENING CLASSES
34925 ENGL 850 J8 By Arr 1.5-9.0 Hrs/Wk 18-191 Opie, C.
.5-3.0
.5-3.0
ENGL 853 WRITING INSTRUCTION
WITH COMPUTER RESOURCES
32257 ENGL 853 A8 By Arr 1.5-9.0 Hrs/Wk 18-188 Staff
EVENING CLASSES
34870 ENGL 853 J9 By Arr 1.5-9.0 Hrs/Wk 18-188 Staff
.5-3.0
.5-3.0
Study of basic grammar, including sentence structure, diction,
agreement, punctuation, and troublesome verbs. (Units do not apply
toward AA/AS degree.)
6:30
9:20 14-100 Crockett, T.
EVENING CLASSES
32460 LIT. 105 JX
3.0
W
6:30
9:20 16-254 Reynolds, R.
3.0
LIT. 113 THE NOVEL
Study of the novels of the late 19th and 20th Centuries and related
literary criticism; includes reading, discussion, and the writing of
critical papers. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 or equivalent with a grade of C
or higher. (CSU/UC)
TTh
11:10 12:25 18-288 Cutler, M.
3.0
LIT. 202 AMERICAN LITERATURE II
Study of American literature since Mark Twain. Lectures, reading,
analysis and discussion of selected works, and writing of critical
papers. (Recommended for English majors.) Prerequisite: ENGL 100
or equivalent. (CSU/UC) (CAN ENGL 16) (LIT. 201 and 202 = CAN
ENGL SEQ C)
32464 LIT. 202 AX
TTh
11:10 12:25 16-167 James, K.
3.0
LIT. 232 SURVEY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE II
Study of the typical works of major English writers of the 19th and 20th
Centuries. Lectures, discussions, recorded readings, and writing of
critical papers. (Recommended for English majors.) Prerequisite: ENGL
100 with a grade of C or higher or equivalent. (CSU/UC) (CAN ENGL
10) (LIT. 231 and 232 = CAN ENGL SEQ B)
EVENING CLASSES
32962 LIT. 232 JX
ENGL 875 ENGLISH GRAMMAR
T
Study of the significant writings of the Old and New Testaments and of
the Apocrypha. Lectures, discussions, related reading, and writing of
critical papers. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 or equivalent with a grade of C
or higher. (CSU/UC)
32958 LIT. 113 AX
Tutorial assistance in the Writing Center and also online for students
writing course-related essays across the curriculum. Individualized
writing instruction in conference with a faculty member. Provides
computers and Web access and instructional materials for student
writers. Includes the study of grammar, vocabulary, and sentence
structure. Use of computer resources and appropriate software in all
phases of the composing process: generating, organizing, and
developing ideas; researching the Internet; evaluating sources; drafting
and revising sentences, paragraphs, essays, stories, and poems;
documenting; editing; and proofreading. Credit/No Credit grading.
Open entry/open exit. Variable units. May be taken four times for a
maximum of 12 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
EVENING CLASSES
32261 ENGL 875 JA
49
Units
or 400 are strongly advised to enroll concurrently in ENGL 850.)
ENGL 836 AS MWF
E
T
6:30
9:20 16-268 Murphy/Freeman 3.0
LIT. 265 ASIAN-AMERICAN LITERATURE
Selected fiction, drama, and poetry by Asian-American authors.
Readings, discussions, analysis, and writing of critical papers.
Prerequisite: ENGL 100 with a grade of C or higher or equivalent.
(CSU/UC)
38571 LIT. 265 AX
MWF
12:10
1:00 18-280 Alunan, J.
3.0
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
English and Literature courses continued on next page
50
E
ENGLISH &
LITERATURE
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
LIT. 273 IRISH LITERATURE: RESISTANCE LITERATURE
LIT. 809 BIBLE AS LITERATURE
Study of selected texts relating to Ireland’s continued struggle for
national independence from medieval times through the present.
Lectures, discussions, readings, and writing projects. Prerequisite:
ENGL 100 with a grade of C or higher or equivalent. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
38569 LIT. 273 JX
T
7:00 8:50 14-102 Brennan, M.
Start and end dates for section 38569: 1/14
3/11
1.0
Study of selected works by early women writers from 1600 to 1900,
examining their views and their influence on subsequent ideas and
writers. Lectures, discussion, readings, and writing projects. Prerequisite:
ENGL 100 with a grade of C or higher or equivalent. (CSU)
1.0
LIT. 276 IRISH AUTHORS: SEAMUS HEANEY
Seamus Heaney, Irish poet, winner of the 1995 Nobel Prize in Literature.
We will examine his translations and re-creations of epic poetry
(Beowulf, Sweeney Astray, Cure at Troy) as well as some of his original
poetry and prose. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 with a grade of C or higher
or equivalent. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
37277 LIT. 276 JX
T
7:00 8:50 14-102 Brennan, M.
Start and end dates for section 37277: 3/18
5/20
1.0
If “the play’s the thing,” as Hamlet says, then today we can add, “the
film of the play’s the thing.” Historically filmmakers have always been
drawn to the Bard’s masterpieces, but today Shakespeare films are
hotter than ever, inspiring some of the most exciting and innovative
film adaptations. In this course we will read selected plays, and
compare diverse, sometimes controversial film versions of each. Special
focus on how Shakespeare’s original words become reinvented visually
to express various cultural issues. Traditional and modernized film
approaches: American, British and other foreign film adaptations.
Prerequisite: English 100, 110, 120, 130 or 140 with a grade of C or
higher. (CSU/UC)
Th
6:10
9:25 11-130 Murphy, M.
3.0
LIT. 430 MYTHOLOGY AND FOLKLORE
Survey of major deities and heroes, recurring mythological themes,
and relationships between people and deities, primarily in Greek and
Roman cultures. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 with a grade of C or higher or
equivalent. (CSU/UC)
32465 LIT. 430 AX
EVENING CLASSES
38567 LIT. 430 KX
MWF
M
12:10
1:00 16-268 Freeman, A.
3.0
6:30
9:35 18-280 Tollefson, P.
3.0
LIT. 680 AFRICAN-AMERICAN LITERATURE
Study of selected fiction, poetry, drama, and essays by significant
African-American authors. Reading, discussion, analysis, and writing
of critical papers. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 with a grade of C or
higher or equivalent.
38652 LIT. 680 AA
TTh
9:45 11:00 16-167 Barroca, L.
3.0
LIT. 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 17, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33257 LIT. 690 AA
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
@
Courses
for audit.
33258
LIT. open
690 BB
By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
17-169 Estes, S.
17-169 Estes, S.
W
6:30
9:20 16-254 Reynolds, R.
3.0
Study of American literature since Mark Twain. Lectures, readings,
discussions, and writing of optional critical essays. No Prerequisite.
Credit/No Credit grading. (Not transferable.)
36462 LIT. 824 AX
2.0
1.0
TTh
11:10 12:25 16-167 James, K.
3.0
LIT. 830 MYTHOLOGY AND FOLKLORE
Survey of major deities and heroes, recurring mythological themes,
and relationships between people and deities, especially in Greek and
Roman cultures. Readings, discussions, and writing of optional critical
papers. No Prerequisite. Credit/No Credit grading. (Not transferable.)
36465 LIT. 830 AX
EVENING CLASSES
38568 LIT. 830 KX
MWF
M
12:10
1:00 16-268 Freeman, A.
3.0
6:30
9:35 18-280 Tollefson, P.
3.0
LIT. 838 SURVEY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE II
Study of the typical works of major English writers of the 19th and 20th
Centuries. Lectures, discussions, recorded readings, and optional writing
projects. No Prerequisite. Credit/No Credit grading. (Not transferable.)
EVENING CLASSES
38108 LIT. 838 JX
LIT. 277 SHAKESPEARE ON FILM
EVENING CLASSES
37597 LIT. 277 JX
EVENING CLASSES
36461 LIT. 809 JX
LIT. 824 AMERICAN LITERATURE II
LIT. 275 EARLY BRITISH AND AMERICAN
WOMEN WRITERS
EVENING CLASSES
37074 LIT. 275 J1
Th
7:00 9:05 16-153 Longknife, A.
Start and end dates for section 37074: 1/16
3/06
Selected texts from the Old and New Testaments and from the
Apocrypha. Readings, discussions, related readings, quizzes, and
optional project. No Prerequisite. Credit/No Credit grading. (Not
transferable.)
T
6:30
9:20 16-268 Murphy/Freeman 3.0
LIT. 865 ASIAN-AMERICAN LITERATURE
Selected fiction, drama, and poetry by Asian-American authors.
Readings, discussions, analysis, and optional writing projects. No
Prerequisite. Credit/No Credit grading. (Not transferable.)
38572 LIT. 865 AX
MWF
12:10
1:00 18-280 Alunan, J.
3.0
LIT. 873 IRISH LITERATURE: RESITANCE LITERATURE
Study of selected texts relating to Ireland’s continued struggle for
national independence from medieval times through the present.
Lectures, discussions, readings, and optional writing projects. No
Prerequisite. Credit/No Credit grading. (Not transferable.)
EVENING CLASSES
38570 LIT. 873 JX
T
7:00 8:50 14-102 Brennan, M.
Start and end dates for section 38570: 1/14
3/11
1.0
LIT. 875 EARLY BRITISH AND AMERICAN
WOMEN WRITERS
Study of selected works by early women writers from 1600 to 1900,
examining their views and their influence on subsequent ideas and
writers. Lectures, discussion, readings, and writing projects. No
Prerequisite. Credit/No Credit grading. (Not transferable.)
EVENING CLASSES
36599 LIT. 875 J1
Th
7:00 9:05 16-153 Longknife, A.
Start and end dates for section 36599: 1/16
3/06
1.0
LIT.876 IRISH AUTHORS: SEAMUS HEANEY
Seamus Heaney, Irish poet, winner of the 1995 Nobel Prize in Literature.
We will examine his translations and re-creations of epic poetry
(Beowulf, Sweeney Astray, Cure at Troy) as well as some of his original
poetry and prose. No Prerequisite. Credit/No Credit grading. (Not
transferable.)
EVENING CLASSES
37278 LIT. 876 JX
T
7:00 8:50 14-102 Brennan, M.
Start and end dates for section 37278: 3/18
5/20
1.0
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
ENGLISH &
LITERATURE
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
ENGL 843 WRITING FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS III
If “the play’s the thing,” as Hamlet says, then today we can add, “the
film of the play’s the thing.” Historically filmmakers have always been
drawn to the Bard’s masterpieces, but today Shakespeare films are
hotter than ever, inspiring some of the most exciting and innovative
film adaptations. In this course we will read selected plays, and
compare diverse, sometimes controversial film versions of each. Special
focus on how Shakespeare’s original words become reinvented visually
to express various cultural issues. Traditional and modernized film
approaches: American, British and other foreign film adaptations.
Lectures, screenings, discussions, optional writing projects. No
Prerequisite. Credit/No Credit grading. (Not transferable.)
Th
6:10
9:25 11-130 Murphy, M.
3.0
LIT. 880 AFRICAN AMERICAN LITERATURE
Study of selected fiction, poetry, drama, and essays by significant
African-American authors. Reading, discussion, analysis, and writing
of critical papers (optional). No Prerequisite. Credit/No Credit
grading. (Not transferable.)
38653 LIT. 880 AA
TTh
9:45 11:00 16-167 Barroca, L.
3.0
ENGLISH FOR NON-NATIVE
SPEAKERS: WRITING, READING,
AND SPEECH COMMUNICATION
5.0
5.0
5.0
ENGL 841 WRITING FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS I
Introduces, explains, and offers practice in the elementary forms of
written academic English. Recommended Preparation: appropriate
skill level indicated by placement tests and other measures. It is
recommended students enroll concurrently in READ 841 or higher
course, SPCH 841 or higher course, and READ 807. Credit/No Credit
grading. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
1:10
2:15 16-254 Schulze, F.
5.0
English 841 AC may be taken as part of the Learning Community:
English for Life: Learn It Today – Use It Tomorrow. See page 64.
EVENING CLASSES
32234 ENGL 841 JA
TTh
6:30
8:45 18-288 Frank, C.
5.0
ENGL 842 WRITING FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS II
Introduces beginning rhetoric and continues the work of ENGL 841 in
structural elements of English grammar. Recommended Preparation:
ENGL 841 with Credit (or appropriate skill level indicated by placement
tests and other measures). It is recommended that students enroll
concurrently in READ 841 or higher course, SPCH 841 or higher
course, and READ 807. Credit/No Credit grading (Units do not apply
toward AS/AS degree.)
32235 ENGL 842 AB Daily
32236 ENGL 842 AD MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32237 ENGL 842 JA MW
10:10 11:00 16-254 Gonzales, A.
1:10 2:35 16-250 Gonzales, A.
6:30
8:45 14-201 Staff
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
*32238 ENGL 843 AA MWF
*32239 ENGL 843 AB MWF
32240 ENGL 843 AC MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32242 ENGL 843 JA TTh
8:10 9:35 18-188 Schulze, F.
9:40 11:05 18-188 Schulze, F.
1:10 2:35 14-102 Melnick, L.
5.0
5.0
5.0
6:30
5.0
8:45 14-104 DeProsse, G.
*Computer-assisted instruction. (See description below.)
ENGL 843 WRITING FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS III
(WITH COMPUTER-ASSISTED INSTRUCTION)
Continues the study of the structural and rhetorical elements of ENGL
842. A $4.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Recommended
Preparation: ENGL 842 with Credit (or appropriate skill level indicated
by placement tests and other measures). It is recommended that students
enroll concurrently in READ 843, 816, 826, or 836 and SPCH 842 or
higher course. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (Units do not
apply toward AA/AS degree.)
8:10 9:35 18-188 Schulze, F.
9:40 11:05 18-188 Schulze, F.
5.0
5.0
ENGL 844 WRITING FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS IV
Practice in writing expository essays based on the analysis of complex
pieces of writing, both fiction and nonfiction. Prerequisite: ENGL 844
with a grade of C or higher (or appropriate skill level indicated by
placement tests and other measures). It is recommended that students
enroll concurrently in READ 836 and SPCH 120. (CSU/UC)
32233 ENGL 841 AC MTWTh
Continues the study of the structural and rhetorical elements of ENGL
842. Recommended Preparation: ENGL 842 with Credit (or appropriate
skill level indicated by placement tests and other measures). It is
recommended that students enroll concurrently in READ 843, 816,
826, or 836 and SPCH 842 or higher course. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32238 ENGL 843 AA MWF
32239 ENGL 843 AB MWF
ENGL 400 COMPOSITION FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS
32195 ENGL 400 AA Daily
11:10 12:00 16-272 Musgrave, D.
32196 ENGL 400 AC MTWTh 1:10 2:15 16-168 Gershenson, B.
EVENING CLASSES
32197 ENGL 400 JA TTh
6:30 8:45 16-256 Wang, D.
51
Units
LIT. 877 SHAKESPEARE ON FILM
EVENING CLASSES
37598 LIT. 877 JX
E
5.0
5.0
5.0
Practice in sentence mechanics, structure, and basic composition.
Recommended Preparation: ENGL 843 with a grade of C or higher (or
appropriate skill level indicated by placement tests and other measures).
It is recommended students enroll concurrently in READ 826 or higher
course (READ 836 or READ 420) and SPCH 844 or 885. (Units do not
apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32243 ENGL 844 AA
33876 ENGL 844 AB
32245 ENGL 844 AC
EVENING CLASSES
34483 ENGL 844 JA
Daily
Daily
MWF
MW
8:10 9:00 16-254 Gonzales, A.
10:10 11:00 16-272 Musgrave, D.
1:10 2:35 16-256 Staff
6:30
8:45 18-286 Opie, C.
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
READ 807 BASIC PHONIC SKILLS FOR NON-NATIVE
SPEAKERS
Study of basic speech sounds and practice in techniques for pronouncing
unknown words. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. It is
recommended that students enroll concurrently in ENGL 841 or higher
course, READ 841 or higher course, and SPCH 841 or higher course.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken twice for a
maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32747 READ 807 AX MWF
10:10 11:00 16-168 Wills, C.
3.0
READ 809 SPELLING IMPROVEMENT FOR NON-NATIVE
SPEAKERS OF ENGLISH
Improvement of spelling skills for academic, professional, and personal
needs. Includes basic and advanced rules of spelling, commonly
misspelled words, and individualized spelling word lists. Plus one lab
hour by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: READ
807 or 808 with Credit or a grade of C or higher OR eligibility for
READ 843, READ 800 or 816, READ 801 or 826, or higher course (as
indicated by the Reading placement tests and other measures). Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken twice for a maximum of
6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32749 READ 809 AA MWF
11:10 12:00 16-168 Wills, C.
3.0
READ 841 READING FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS I
Designed to build basic vocabulary skills, improve the understanding
of written instructions, and introduce main ideas and details. Plus one
lab hour by arrangement per week. It is recommended that students
enroll concurrently in ENGL 841 or higher course, SPCH 841 or higher
English and Literature courses continued on next page
52
E
ENGLISH FOR
NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
course, and READ 807. Credit/No Credit grading. May be taken twice for a
maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32753 READ 841 AC TTh
EVENING CLASSES
32755 READ 841 JA W
9:45 11:00 16-250 Paolini, N.
3.0
6:30
3.0
9:20 14-104 DeProsse, G.
READ 842 READING FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS II
Designed to improve vocabulary, build general background knowledge,
and strengthen literal and inferential reading skills. Plus one lab hour
by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: Credit in READ
841 (or appropriate skill level as indicated by the Reading placement
tests and other measures). It is recommended that students enroll
concurrently in ENGL 841 or higher course, SPCH 841 or higher
course, and READ 807. Credit/No Credit grading. May be taken twice
for a maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32756 READ 842 AA MWF
32757 READ 842 AC MW
EVENING CLASSES
32758 READ 842 JA W
8:10 9:00 18-287 Paolini, N.
11:10 12:25 14-100 Paolini, N.
6:30
3.0
3.0
9:20 16-167 Staff
3.0
READ 843 READING FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS III
Designed to emphasize higher-level vocabulary, focus on critical
reading, increase basic reading speed, and introduce fiction. Plus one
lab hour by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: Credit
in READ 842 (or appropriate skill level as indicated by the Reading
placement tests and other measures). It is recommended that students
enroll concurrently in ENGL 841 or higher course and SPCH 841 or higher
course. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken twice for a
maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32760 READ 843 AA TTh
32761 READ 843 AB MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32763 READ 843 JA W
8:10 9:25 16-250 Paolini, N.
9:10 10:00 18-287 Paolini, N.
3.0
3.0
6:30
3.0
9:20 18-289 Mahon, D.
READ 850 ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY FOR NON-NATIVE
SPEAKERS OF ENGLISH
A self-paced, individualized course designed to help non-native speakers
of English build their vocabulary skills through a words-in-context
approach. Students will use textbooks and computer programs to
study 300 basic words. Credit/No Credit grading. Open entry/open
exit. (Unit does not apply toward AA/AS degree.) Students may register
at any time but should go to the Reading Center (18-190) during the
third week of the semester to meet with an instructor.
37456 READ 850 AA By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
18-190 Paolini, N.
.5-1.0
READ 851 VOCABULARY FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS
OF ENGLISH
A self-paced, individualized course designed to help non-native speakers
of English build their vocabulary skills through a words-in-context
approach. Students will use textbooks and computer programs to
study 300 basic words. Credit/No Credit grading. Open entry/open
exit. (Unit does not apply toward AA/AS degree.) Students may register
at any time but should go to the Reading Center (18-190) during the
third week of the semester to meet with an instructor.
37457 READ 851 AA By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
18-190 Paolini, N.
.5-1.0
SPCH 841 CONVERSATION FOR NON-NATIVE
SPEAKERS I
@ Courses open for audit.
11:10 12:25 16-254 Scholer, L.
EVENING CLASSES
32832 SPCH 841 JA
M
3.0
6:30
9:35 16-153 Bazigos, M.
3.0
SPCH 842 CONVERSATION FOR
NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS II
Continued introduction of listening and speaking skills. Plus one lab
hour by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: SPCH
841 with Credit (or appropriate skill level as indicated by placement
tests and other measures). It is recommended that students enroll
concurrently in ENGL 841 or higher course, READ 841 or higher
course, and READ 807. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Credit/No Credit grading. May be taken twice for a maximum of 6
units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
38236 SPCH 842 AA MWF
32833 SPCH 842 AB TTh
EVENING CLASSES
32834 SPCH 842 JB M
12:10 1:00 18-286 Schulze, F.
11:10 12:25 14-201 Kehret, R.
6:30
9:35 16-254 Nims, C.
3.0
3.0
3.0
SPCH 843 CONVERSATION FOR NON-NATIVE
SPEAKERS III
Advanced practice in conversation, listening, and pronunciation skills.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Recommended
Preparation: SPCH 842 with Credit (or appropriate skill level indicated
by placement tests and other measures). It is recommended that students
enroll concurrently in ENGL 843 or higher course and READ 843,
816, 826, or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be
taken twice for a maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/
AS degree.)
32835 SPCH 843 AA MWF
34566 SPCH 843 AC TTh
EVENING CLASSES
38565 SPCH 843 JA M
11:10 12:00 14-102 Sobel, A.
12:45 2:00 16-268 Staff
6:30
9:35 14-120 Staff
3.0
3.0
3.0
SPCH 885 CONVERSATION FOR NON-NATIVE
SPEAKERS IV
Advanced practice in conversation, listening, pronunciation skills, the
use of idiomatic expressions, and note-taking. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: SPCH 843 with
Credit (or appropriate skill level as indicated by placement tests and
other measures). It is recommended that students enroll concurrently
in ENGL 844 or higher course and READ 800, 801, or 802. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS
degree.)
38184 SPCH 885 AA MWF
10:10 11:00 14-102 Sobel, A.
3.0
SPCH 844 SPEECH FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS I
Practice in using pitch, rate, volume, and vocal quality to convey
accurate meaning and emotion; practice in discussion, interviews, and
public speaking. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Recommended Preparation: SPCH 843 with Credit or a grade of C or
higher (or appropriate skill level indicated by placement tests and
other measures). It is recommended that students enroll concurrently
in ENGL 844 or higher course and READ 826, 836, or 420. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS
degree.)
32836 SPCH 844 AA MWF
Introduction, comprehension, and practice of listening and speaking
skills. It is recommended that students enroll concurrently in ENGL
841 or higher course, READ 841 or higher course, and READ 807. Plus
one lab hour by arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit grading. May
be taken twice for a maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward
AA/AS degree.)
32831 SPCH 841 AA MW
Speech 841 AA may be taken as part of the learning community:
English for Life: Learn It Today – Use It Tomorrow. See page 64.
12:10
1:00 14-102 Li, Y.
3.0
SPCH 847 ACCENT REDUCTION FOR NON-NATIVE
SPEAKERS
Designed for non-native speakers of English. Accent reduction focusing
on the production of vowels, diphthongs, and consonants and on the
correct use of pitch, rate, volume, vocal quality, and vocal image. Plus
one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: SPCH 842 or
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
ENGLISH FOR
NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
11:10 12:00 14-205 Staff
3.0
ETHN 350 NATIVE AMERICAN WAY OF LIFE
A study of Native American philosophy, customs and spiritual practices
based on the works of Dr. Carlos Castaneda. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
ETHNIC STUDIES
32939 ETHN 350 AA TTh
ETHN 101 INTRODUCTION TO ETHNIC STUDIES I
ETHN 351 THE PRIMAL MIND
AND CULTURAL DIVERSITY
Study of the historical and cultural presence of Native Americans and
La Raza in U.S.; emphasis on contributions to California institutions.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
32266 ETHN 101 AA MWF
32267 ETHN 101 AB MWF
9:10 10:00 18-292 Moya, J.
10:10 11:00 18-291 Moya, J.
3.0
3.0
ETHN 102 INTRODUCTION TO ETHNIC STUDIES II
Study of the historical and cultural presence of African-Americans and
Asians in the U.S.; emphasis is on their contributions to California
institutions. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or
836. (CSU/UC)
32268 ETHN 102 AA
33815 ETHN 102 AB
36082 ETHN 102 AC
EVENING CLASSES
37472 ETHN 102 JA
MWF
TTh
MWF
T
9:10 10:00 16-269 Toomer, D.
9:45 11:00 16-273 Toomer, D.
11:10 12:00 14-207 Fong, J.
6:30
9:20 16-270 Gaines, F.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Social structure and dynamics of Third World institutions, with emphasis
upon development and effectiveness of these institutions among Third
World communities in the United States. Concentrates on the family,
education, religion, and business. Recommended Preparation: eligibility
for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
11:10 12:25 16-270 Crawford, Z.
3.0
ETHN 152 PATTERNS OF PREJUDICE AND RACISM II
Sociological analysis of how major American institutions crfeate,
facilitate, support, and systematically reinforce patterns of racism and
discrimination. Specifically, how these institutions function, are
organized, and operate against Asians, African-Americans, women,
and other oppressed groups in the U.S. and how they can be modified
structurally and functionally to eliminate instead of foster racism.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
38235 ETHN 152 AA TTh
9:45 11:00 16-270 Crawford, Z.
3.0
Impact of African culture on African-American cultural institutions.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
Special Note: Ethnic Studies 261AA may be taken as part of the AfricanAmerican Student Recruitment and Retention Program. See page 24.
9:10 10:00 16-0270 Crawford, Z.
3.0
ETHN 288 AFRICAN-AMERICAN CINEMA
Critical analysis of Black contributions in films; roles in ownership
acting, production. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
EVENING CLASSES
38538 ETHN 288 JA Th
6:30
9:20 16-270 Gaines, F.
3.0
ETHN 300 INTRODUCTION TO LA RAZA STUDIES
Introduction to the philosophy, methodology, and structure of La Raza
studies. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836;
eligibility for READ 801 or 826. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU/UC)
35024 ETHN 300 AA MWF
11:10 12:00 18-291 Moya, J.
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
2:00 18-292 Esteva, W.
3.0
32273 ETHN 351 AA TTh
EVENING CLASSES
32274 ETHN 351 JA T
11:10 12:25 18-293 Esteva, W.
7:00
9:50 16-167 Esteva, W.
3.0
3.0
ETHN 360 THE PEOPLE AND CULTURES OF
POLYNESIA: AN INTRODUCTION
Introduction to the history and cultures of the Polynesian islands.
Focuses on the history, geography, social institutions, languages,
traditions, and recent issues affecting the people, both on the islands
and the United States mainland. Compares and contrasts selected
islands of the Pacific. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
12:10
1:00 16-273 Naufahu, K.
3.0
ETHN 440 CULTURAL EXPERIENCE OF ASIANAMERICAN WRITERS
Introduction to Asian-American writers’ experience as shaped by the
treatment of minorities in the U.S. and by institutional racism. Analyzes
writers’ works in the context of historical, social, and political influences
and compares Asian-Americans with other ethnic groups and the
majority society. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800
or 836. (CSU/UC)
37034 ETHN 440 AA MWF
10:10 11:00 14-207 Fong, J.
3.0
ETHN 585 THIRD WORLD CINEMA
Overview of history of film by and about Third World peoples. Focus
on African people in various parts of the world. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
32277 ETHN 585 AA MWF
12:10
1:00 16-270 Crawford, Z.
3.0
ETHN 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
ETHN 261 AFRICAN-AMERICAN CULTURE I
32271 ETHN 261 AA MWF
12:45
Evolution of the human primal mind. Focuses particularly on
comparative development of feelings, thinking, and social interaction;
birth of the ego and cultural technological repercussions. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
37462 ETHN 360 AA MWF
ETHN 150 SOCIAL DYNAMICS OF PEOPLE OF COLOR
38537 ETHN 150 AA TTh
53
Units
equivalent with Credit or eligibility for SPCH 843 or higher. Credit/No
Credit grading. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
37848 SPCH 847 AB MWF
E
3.0
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 169. Register after first week of classes.
Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion of at
least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
32279 ETHN 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
32280 ETHN 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-169 Acena, A.
15-169 Acena, A.
2.0
1.0
FILM
FILM 100 INTRODUCTION TO FILM
Introductory survey of fundamental film techniques and styles of
expression. Emphasizes film appreciation, the language of film, and
analysis for full film enjoyment. Lectures, screenings, discussions,
quizzes, and writing of critical papers. Recommended Preparation:
ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/ No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
35119 FILM 100 AA
EVENING CLASSES
35121 FILM 100 JA
T
12:10
3:25 11-130 Laderman, D.
3.0
W
6:10
9:25 11-130 Laderman, D.
3.0
FILM 102 FILM STUDIES FOCUS
MIDDLE EASTERN FILM I
Survey of selected contemporary films from the Middle East, with
emphasis on the representation of political struggle; ethnic and gender
Film courses continued on next page
54
F
FILM
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Units
issues specific to the region; religious and cultural identity; and
documentary versus narrative film styles. National cinemas covered
may include Iran, Egypt, Israel, Turkey and India. Recommended
Preparation: ENGL 800. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
35122 FILM 103 J1 T
6:10 10:00 11-130 Kashani, T.
Start and end dates for section 35122: 2/04
2/25
1.0
EVENING CLASSES
35124 FILM 121 JA
M
6:10
9:35 11-130 Laderman, D.
3.0
FILM 200 ADVANCED FILM STUDY
SCIENCE FICTION AND HORROR
Explores the dynamic relationship between two of the most exciting
and disturbing American movie genres. Historical appreciation of both
science fiction and horror classics, up through the Alien films, Scream,
The Crow and The Matrix. Some issues to be addressed include
conflicting attitudes toward technology, science versus the unknown,
gender and race politics, the significance of special effects, and more.
Prerequisite: Film 100, 110, 120 or 121. Recommended Preparation:
ENGL 800. (CSU/UC)
35125 FILM 200 AC
Th
12:10
3:25 11-130 Scott, M.
3.0
FILM 277 SHAKESPEARE ON FILM
If “the play’s the thing,” as Hamlet says, then today we can add, “the
film of the play’s the thing.” Historically filmmakers have always been
drawn to the Bard’s masterpieces, but today Shakespeare films are
hotter than ever, inspiring some of the most exciting and innovative
film adaptations. In this course we will read selected plays, and
compare diverse, sometimes controversial film versions of each. Special
focus on how Shakespeare’s original words become reinvented visually
to express various cultural issues. Traditional and modernized film
approaches: American, British and other foreign film adaptations.
Prerequisite: Film 100, 110, 120, or 121 with a grade of C or higher.
CSU/UC)
EVENING CLASSES
37595 FILM 277 JX
Th
6:10
9:25 11-130 Laderman, D.
3.0
FILM 461 FILMMAKING I
Introduction to film theory, aesthetics, and 8mm production; includes
screenplay writing, pre-production, and crew work on super-8mm
motion picture productions. (CSU/UC*)
FILM 104 FILM STUDIES FOCUS
MIDDLE EASTERN FILM II
Continuation of Film 103: Middle Eastern Film I. Further exploration of
contemporary films from the Middle East. Recommended Preparation:
ENGL 800. (CSU)
32288 FILM 461 AX
TTh
12:10 3:00 18-280 Rosenblatt/Haug 4.0
By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
18-280
FILM 462 FILMMAKING II
EVENING CLASSES
38104 FILM 104 J2 T
6:10 10:00 11-130 Kashani, T.
Start and end dates for section 38104: 3/04
3/25
1.0
32289 FILM 462 AX@ TTh
12:10 3:00 18-287 Haug/Rosenblatt 4.0
By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
18-287
FILM 105 FILM STUDIES FOCUS
FRITZ LANG
Survey of major works by one of the most important and provocative
Hollywood directors. After a brilliant silent film career in Germany,
Lang fled the Nazis to flourish in America, specializing in compelling
crime films. Recommended Preparation: ENGL 800. (CSU)
SATURDAY CLASSES
37272 FILM 105 S2 S
12:10 4:00 11-130 Laderman, D.
Start and end dates for section 37272: 3/22
4/12
1.0
TELECOURSE: “American Cinema” familiarizes students with the history
of American cinema, focusing on the studio system, the star system,
genres, and directors. Emphasizes film vocabulary and critical viewing.
Recommended Preparation: ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
See pages 98-102
FILM 464 FILM ADVANCED PRODUCTION
Introduces principles and techniques of 16mm production, including
cinematography, editing, double-system sound, film stocks, and working
with labs. Final projects can be 16mm film, Super 8 film, or “found
footage.” Plus two lab hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
completion of or concurrent enrollment in FILM 462. May be taken
twice for a maximum of 2 units. (CSU)
32291 FILM 464 A1 TTh
9:45 11:00 18-280 Rosenblatt, J.
Start and end dates for section 32291: 1/14
2/18
FILM 110 AMERICAN CINEMA
TV CLASSES
35415 FILM 110 TV
Advanced theory, aesthetics, critical writing, and 8mm production.
Students work on production crew as well as write and produce own
motion picture. Prerequisite: FILM 461. May be taken three times for a
maximum of 12 units. (CSU/UC*)
TV-CRS Kashani, T.
3.0
FILM 121 HISTORY OF FILM II
Chronological survey of important American and international films
from World War II to the present. Emphasizes the evolution of film as a
distinct art form and the intersection of film and society. Lectures,
screenings, discussions, quizzes, and writing of critical papers.
Recommended Preparation: ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or
letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
@ Courses open for audit.
1.0
FILM 465 VIDEO EDITING
Introduction to the principles and techniques of video-editing, with
film footage transferred to videotape for editing image and adding
sound. Plus two lab hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
FILM 464 or equivalent. May be taken twice for a maximum of 2 units.
(CSU)
32292 FILM 465 A2 TTh
9:45 11:00 18-280 Rosenblatt, J.
Start and end dates for section 32292: 2/20
3/27
1.0
FILM 466 SCREENWRITING
Practice in devising film ideas, developing a film premise, and preparing
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
FILM
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Th
6:30
9:20 16-168 Haug, M.
3.0
FILM 680 DIGITAL FILMMAKING
This course introduces students to the new digital technologies that
have recently impacted film production. Beyond developing a critical
appreciation of the history and theory of digital filmmaking, students
will learn the basics of digital filmmaking practice and engage in
various production projects. Recommended Preparation: Film 461 or
Multimedia 181.
SATURDAY CLASSES
38574 FILM 680 SA S
9:00 12:15 18-280 Kashani, T.
3.0
FILM 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 17, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33247 FILM 690 AA
33249 FILM 690 BB
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
17-169 Estes, S.
17-169 Estes, S.
2.0
1.0
FILM 877 SHAKESPEARE ON FILM
If “the play’s the thing,” as Hamlet says, then today we can add, “the
film of the play’s the thing.” Historically filmmakers have always been
drawn to the Bard’s masterpieces, but today Shakespeare films are
hotter than ever, inspiring some of the most exciting and innovative
film adaptations. In this course we will read selected plays, and
compare diverse, sometimes controversial film versions of each. Special
focus on how Shakespeare’s original words become reinvented visually
to express various cultural issues. Traditional and modernized film
approaches: American, British and other foreign film adaptations.
Lectures, screenings, discussions, optional writing projects. No
Prerequisite. Credit/No Credit grading. (Not transferable.)
EVENING CLASSES
37596 FILM 877 JX
Th
6:10
9:25 11-130 Laderman, D.
3.0
FIRE TECHNOLOGY
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 19, Room 113. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 in subject field and successful completion of
at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
19-113 McGinnis, T.
19-113 McGinnis, T.
2.0
1.0
Focuses on the principles and techniques used to extinguish wildland
fires and to prevent and control their occurrence. Includes California’s
wildland fire problem, safety, weather effects, wildland fuels, fire
behavior, attack methods, urban-interfaces, and investigation. (CSU)
TTh
9:45 11:00 23-160
Schapelhouman/Staff
3.0
FIRE 725 FIRE APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT
Operation, care and maintenance, capabilities and proper utilization
of fire service apparatus and equipment. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32299 FIRE 725 JA
T
TTh
11:10 12:25 23-160
Schapelhouman/Staff
3.0
FIRE 745 (FT3) FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS AND
EQUIPMENT
Provides information relating to the features of design and operation of
fire detection and alarm systems, heat and smoke control systems,
special protection and sprinkler extinguishers. (CSU)
32301 FIRE 745 AA
TTh
12:45
2:00 23-160
Schapelhouman/Staff
3.0
FIRE 783 FIRE FIGHTER I ACADEMY
Pre-service instruction in basic fire fighting knowledge and skills.
Lecture and manipulative instruction in all areas of responsibility for a
firefighter. Prerequisite: six units of Fire Technology coursework
(excluding EMT). Certificate of completion will be issued by the Fire
Technology Department. Students are required to attend classes both
on Monday and Wednesday evenings and on Saturdays.
EVENING/SATURDAY CLASSES
37097 FIRE 783 JA
MW
6:00 10:05 23-160 Van Orden/Martin9.0
S
8:00 5:05 23-160
FIRE 785 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN I: BASIC
Pre-hospital basic life support, instruction in rendering basic life support
under field emergency conditions. Certificate of completion will be
issued by the Fire Technology Department. May be taken twice for a
maximum of 12 units.
32303 FIRE 785 AA
TTh
2:10
7:00 23-160 Roderick/Martin 6.0
FIRE 800 FIRE SERVICE ENTRANCE TEST PREPARATION
Covers models for written examinations and oral interviews for firefighter
positions; mathematical concepts relating to fire service; reading and
writing skills for resumes and applications; physical requirements; test
preparation; and career opportunities.
EVENING CLASSES
35477 FIRE 800 JA
Th
7:10 10:00 23-160 Dornell/Musso
3.0
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
For offerings in specific languages, see the following headings in this
schedule: American Sign Language, Arabic, Chinese, French, German,
Italian, Japanese, and Spanish.
NOTE: To be transferable to UC, foreign language courses must be
taken for letter grade.
NUMBERS AND LEVELS
FIRE 714 WILDLAND FIRE CONTROL
36455 FIRE 714 AA
materials, extinguishing agents, and fire control techniques. (CSU)
32300 FIRE 730 AA
For information about a Certificate of Completion in a foreign
language, see the Catalog or contact the Language Arts Division
Office (Bldg. 17, Room 169, 574-6314).
FIRE 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
34024 FIRE 690 AA
34025 FIRE 690 BB
55
Units
a professional film script. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for
ENGL 100. May be taken twice for a maximum of 6 units. (CSU/UC)
EVENING CLASSES
35126 FILM 466 JA
F
7:10 10:00 23-160 Fraone, F.
3.0
FIRE 730 (FT5) FIRE BEHAVIOR AND COMBUSTION
Theory and fundamentals of how fires start, spread, and are controlled;
an in-depth study of fire chemistry and physics, fire characteristics of
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
The beginning courses in the classroom transfer sequences are
numbered 110 (often offered also as 111 and 112), 120 (often offered
also as 121 and 122), 130 (often offered also as 131 and 132), and
140. Some languages offer higher-level classes with numbers in the
100 and 200 range.
Telecourses are numbered 115, 116, 117, and 118, and correspond
generally to 111, 112, 121, and 122 in the classroom sequences,
though texts and methodology are different.
If you have completed one semester of a language in high school,
consider starting with a 112 or 116 class. If you have completed one
year, consider 117, 120, or 121. If you have completed two years,
consider 130 or 131.
Non-transfer courses focusing on spoken language are numbered 801,
802, 803, etc. The first class is for those with little or no knowledge of
the language. These courses may be taken separately or concurrently
with 100-series classes.
At the first class meeting, your instructor can help you decide whether
Foreign Languages courses continued on next page
56
F
FOREIGN
LANGUAGES
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
you have chosen the right level. If you have not, you can transfer to a
higher or lower class.
FRENCH
For a general explanation of course numbers and levels, please see
FOREIGN LANGUAGES, page 55.
FREN 111 ELEMENTARY FRENCH I
The beginning fundamentals of speaking, listening, reading, and writing
French; introduction to Francophone cultures. Study of practical
vocabulary, basic sentence structure, and clear pronunciation. Focus
is on developing proficiency and ease in using spoken and written
French. (Covers approximately the first half of the semester’s work in
FREN 110.) Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. No Prerequisite.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836 or higher
English course. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
32339 FREN 111 JA
T
6:30
9:20 16-250 Carter, M.
3.0
FREN 112 ELEMENTARY FRENCH II
A continuation of FREN 111. More study of the fundamentals of
speaking, listening, reading, and writing French; more exposure to
Francophone cultures. Study of practical vocabulary, basic sentence
structure, and clear pronunciation. Focus is on developing proficiency
and ease in using spoken and written French. (Covers approximately
the second half of the semester’s work in FREN 110.) Plus one lab hour
by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: FREN 111 or equivalent with
Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
32340 FREN 112 JA
Th
6:30
9:20 16-250 Carter, M.
3.0
FREN 115 BEGINNING FRENCH I
TELECOURSE: Introduces basic French and Francophone cultures,
vocabulary, and language structures through a broadcast video program
supported by audio cassettes, a textbook, workbook, and other print
materials. Equivalent to French 111 but without the speaking
component. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
33521 FREN 115 TV See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Motamedi, I.
3.0
FREN 116 BEGINNING FRENCH II
TELECOURSE: The second semester of an entry-level course that
introduces basic French and Francophone cultures, vocabulary, and
language structures through a broadcast video program supported by
audio cassettes, a textbook, workbook, and other print materials.
Equivalent to French 112 but without the speaking component.
Prerequisite: FREN 115 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or
higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
32342 FREN 116 TV See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Motamedi, I.
3.0
FREN 117 ADVANCED BEGINNING FRENCH I
TELECOURSE: Continuation of French 116. Further study of French
and Francophone cultures, vocabulary, and language structures through
a broadcast video program supported by audio cassettes, a textbook,
workbook, and other print materials. Equivalent to French 121 but
without the speaking component. Prerequisite: FREN 116 or equivalent
with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
32343 FREN 117 TV See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Motamedi, I.
3.0
FREN 118 ADVANCED BEGINNING FRENCH II
TELECOURSE: Equivalent to FREN 122 but without the speaking
component. French and Francophone cultures, vocabulary, and
@ Courses open for audit.
language structures studied through a broadcast video program
supported by audio cassettes, a textbook, workbook, and other print
materials. Prerequisite: FREN 117 or equivalent with Credit or a grade
of C or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
37747 FREN 118 TV See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Motamedi, I.
3.0
FREN 120 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY FRENCH
A continuation of FREN 110 or 112. Advanced study of the fundamentals
of speaking, listening, reading, and writing French; continued exposure
to Francophone cultures. Practice with practical vocabulary, basic
sentence structure, and clear pronunciation. Focus is on developing
proficiency and ease in using spoken and written French. Plus two lab
hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: FREN 110 or 112 or
equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/No Credit or
letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
32344 FREN 120 AA Daily
9:10 10:00 16-252 Petit, S.
5.0
FREN 121 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY FRENCH I
A continuation of FREN 110 or 112. Beginning advanced study of the
fundamentals of speaking, listening, reading, and writing French;
continued exposure to Francophone cultures. Practice with practical
vocabulary, basic sentence structures, and clear pronunciation. Focus
is on developing proficiency and ease in using spoken and written
French. (Covers approximately the first half of the semester’s work in
French 120.) Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
FREN 110 or 112 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or higher.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
32345 FREN 121 JX
W
6:30
9:20 18-287 Carter, M.
3.0
FREN 122 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY FRENCH II
A continuation of FREN 121. Additional advanced study of the
fundamentals of speaking, listening, reading, and writing French;
continued exposure to Francophone cultures. Practice with practical
vocabulary, basic sentence structure, and clear pronunciation. Focus
is on developing proficiency and ease in using spoken and written
French. (Covers approximately the second half of the semester’s work
in FREN 120.) Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
FREN 121 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
36459 FREN 122 JX
W
6:30
9:20 18-287 Carter, M.
3.0
FREN 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 17, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33251 FREN 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33252 FREN 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
17-169 Estes, S.
17-169 Estes, S.
2.0
1.0
FREN 801 CONVERSATIONAL FRENCH I, ELEMENTARY
A practical course in the French language approached by way of
conversation. Intensive drill in the patterns and idioms of daily speech,
supported by sufficient grammar to give flexibility in the spoken
language. Credit/No Credit grading. (This course will not fulfill the
language requirement at California State Universities or the University
of California.)
EVENING CLASSES
33992 FREN 801 JA
W
7:00
9:50 14-100 Gamache, E.
2.0
FREN 802 CONVERSATION FRENCH II,
ADVANCED ELEMENTARY
Further work in conversation following the model of French 801.
Prerequisite: FREN 801 or equivalent with Credit. Credit/No Credit
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
French courses continued on page 57
FRENCH
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
M
7:00 10:05 16-256 Motamedi, I.
2.0
FREN 803 CONVERSATIONAL FRENCH III,
INTERMEDIATE
More advanced work in conversation following the model of French
802. Prerequisite: FREN 802 or equivalent with Credit. Credit/No
Credit grading. (This course will not fulfill the language requirements
at California State Universities or at the University of California.)
EVENING CLASSES
35446 FREN 803 JX
M
7:00 10:05 16-256 Motamedi, I.
2.0
GEOGRAPHY
Basic characteristics of physical features and their interrelationships;
environmental systems and their interactions with man. Plus field trips.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC) (CAN GEOG 2)
MWF
MWF
TTh
W
8:10 9:00 14-122 Gunderson, P.
11:10 12:00 14-122 Gunderson, P.
9:45 11:00 14-122 Gunderson, P.
6:30
9:20 14-122 Skinner, A.
3.0
2.0
1.0
GEOLOGY
Earthquakes, volcanoes, faults, man’s hazardous environment, creation
of oceans and continents, continental drift, rocks. Two Saturday field
trips required. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Not open to
students who have taken or are taking GEOL 210. (CSU/UC*)
32355 GEOL 100 AA MWF
9:10 10:00 11-130 Hand, L.
TV CLASSES
32356 GEOL 100 TV See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Galloway, J.
3.0
3.0
GEOL 101 GEOLOGY LABORATORY
Identification of minerals, rocks and fossils; seismographs; geologic
interpretation of maps and aerial photographs. One or more field trips
may be required. Extra supplies required. Plus one hour by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: concurrent enrollment in or completion of
GEOL 100 with a grade of C or higher. (CSU/UC*)
32357 GEOL 101 AA W
2:10
5:00 12-170 Hand, L.
An introduction to the nature and structure of the materials composing
the earth and of the various processes which shape the earth’s surface.
Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Two field trips required.
(CSU/UC*) (CAN GEOL 2)
12:10
1:30
1:00 12-170 Hand, L.
4:20 12-170
1.0
4.0
GEOL 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 169. Register after first week of classes.
Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion of at
least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
11-136 Kowerski, R.
11-136 Kowerski, R.
2.0
1.0
For a general explanation of course numbers and levels, please see
FOREIGN LANGUAGES, page 55.
GERM 111 ELEMENTARY GERMAN I
Covers approximately the first half of the semester’s work in GERM
110. Basic forms and patterns, vocabulary, pronunciation, simple
readings. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
33942 GERM 111 JA M
6:30
9:35 16-252 Staff
3.0
GERM 112 ELEMENTARY GERMAN II
Covers approximately the second half of the semester’s work in GERM
110. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: GERM
111 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
32359 GERM 112 JA W
GEOL 100 SURVEY OF GEOLOGY
3.0
GEOL 210 GENERAL GEOLOGY
GERMAN
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 169. Register after first week of classes.
Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion of at
least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
15-169 Acena, A.
15-169 Acena, A.
11:10 12:00 12-170 Hand, L.
3.0
GEOG 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
32353 GEOG 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
32354 GEOG 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
37023 GEOL 118 AA MWF
33124 GEOL 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33125 GEOL 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
Study of distribution of cultural features by major world regions. Effects
of cultural and physical environment on these patterns. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU/UC) (CAN GEOG 4)
10:10 11:00 14-122 Gunderson, P.
Study of the natural processes that have disastrous effects on human
populations. Topics include earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis,
floods, meteorite impacts, landslides and mass extinctions. Students
will learn the basic physical causes of these events, discuss the
consequences and critically review prediction and/or prevention
methods. One Saturday field trip may be required. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. (CSU/UC)
3.0
3.0
3.0
GEOG 110 CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY
32352 GEOG 110 AA MWF
GEOL 118 NATURAL DISASTERS
33123 GEOL 210 AA MWF
M
GEOG 100 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY
32349 GEOG 100 AA
32350 GEOG 100 AB
38238 GEOG 100 AC
EVENING CLASSES
32351 GEOG 100 JA
57
Units
grading. (This course will not fulfill the language requirement at
California State Universities or the University of California.)
EVENING CLASSES
33993 FREN 802 JX
F
7:00
9:50 16-272 Musgrave, D.
3.0
GERM 121 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY GERMAN I
Covers approximately the first half of the semester’s work in GERM
120. Listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: GERM 110 or 112 or equivalent
with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
38080 GERM 121 JA Th
6:30
9:20 16-251 Musgrave, D.
3.0
GERM 122 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY GERMAN II
Covers approximately the second half of the semester’s work in GERM
120. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: GERM
121 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
32362 GERM 122 JX T
7:00
9:50 16-252 Raney, R.
3.0
GERM 132 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN II
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
Covers approximately the second half of the semester’s work in GERM
130. Reading of modern writers; advanced grammar and syntax,
German courses continued on next page
58
G
GERMAN
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
idioms; vocabulary. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Prerequisite: GERM 131 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or
higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
32363 GERM 132 JX T
7:00
9:50 16-252 Raney, R.
3.0
GERM 140 ADVANCED INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
Reading and discussion of selections from German literature; further
practice in conversation and composition; continued review of
principles of grammar. Prerequisite: GERM 130 or 132 or equivalent
with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU/UC)
EVENING CLASSES
37854 GERM 140 JX T
7:00
9:50 16-252 Raney, R.
3.0
GERM 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 17, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33253 GERM 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33254 GERM 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
17-169 Estes, S.
17-169 Estes, S.
2.0
1.0
GERM 801 CONVERSATIONAL GERMAN I,
ELEMENTARY
7:00
9:50 16-253 Raney, R.
2.0
Further work in conversation following the model of GERM 801.
Prerequisite: GERM 801 or equivalent with Credit. Credit/No Credit
grading. (This course will not fulfill the language requirement at
California State Universities or the University of California.)
7:00
9:50 16-253 Raney, R.
2.0
GERM 803 CONVERSATIONAL GERMAN III,
INTERMEDIATE
Advanced work in German following the model of German 802.
Prerequisite: GERM 802 or equivalent with Credit. Credit/ No Credit
grading. (This course will not fulfill the language requirement at
California State Universities or the University of California.)
EVENING CLASSES
35860 GERM 803 JX W
7:00
9:50 16-253 Raney, R.
2.0
More advanced work in conversation following the model of German
803. Prerequisite: GERM 803 or equivalent with Credit. Credit/No
Credit grading. (This course will not fulfill the language requirement at
California State Universities or the University of California.)
7:00
9:50 16-253 Raney, R.
2.0
GERM 810 BASIC GERMAN COMMUNICATION
Introduction to the basics of communicating in German and to the
cultural expectations of German speakers in business and tourism
relationships. Designed to help those with little or no knowledge of
@ Courses open for audit.
GRAPHICS
Also see Computer and Information
Science and Multimedia
GRA 100 ADOBE ILLUSTRATOR I
Creating digital illustrations, including preparing graphics for the web,
using Adobe Illustrator drawing software. Extra supplies required. A
$5.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Prerequisite: MULT
100 or equivalent Macintosh and/or Windows operating system
experience. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
38044 GRA 100 A2
Start and end
EVENING CLASSES
38040 GRA 100 J1
Start and end
MW
12:10 2:00 27-101 Appel-Anderson,P. 1.5
dates for section 38044: 3/17
5/14
Wed
6:00 9:50 27-101 Seubert, E.
dates for section 38040: 1/15
3/12
1.5
Advanced Illustrator techniques, including blends, gradients,
transforming, gradient mesh, brushes, and working from scans. Extra
supplies required. A $5.00 materials fee is payable upon registration.
Prerequisite: GRA 100 or TA&G 130 or equivalent experience. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
38046 GRA 101 J2 W
6:00 9:50 27-101 Seubert, E.
Start and end dates for section 38046: 3/19
5/21
1.5
Covers advanced Illustrator techniques, including filters, custom brushes
and fills, transparency, color models, trapping and creating separations.
Extra supplies required; A $5.00 materials fee is payable upon
registration. Prerequisite: GRA 100 or TA&G 130 or equivalent
experience. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
38047 GRA 102 A1
Start and end
EVENING CLASSES
38550 GRA 102 J1
Start and end
MW
12:10 2:00 27-101 Seubert, E.
dates for section 38047: 1/13
3/12
1.5
T
6:00 9:50 27-101 Seubert, E.
dates for section 38550: 1/14
3/11
1.5
GRA 105 QUARKXPRESS I
Use of QuarkXPress page layout software for design and printing of
documents. Extra supplies required. A $5.00 materials fee is payable
upon registration. Prerequisite: MULT 100 or equivalent Macintosh
and/or Windows operating system experience. Credit/No Credit or
letter grade option. (CSU)
38048 GRA 105 A1 TTh
9:10 12:00 27-101 Seubert, E.
Start and end dates for section 38048: 1/14
3/13
GERM 804 CONVERSATIONAL GERMAN IV,
ADVANCED INTERMEDIATE
EVENING CLASSES
35861 GERM 804 JX W
.5
GRA 102 ADOBE ILLUSTRATOR III
GERM 802 CONVERSATIONAL GERMAN II,
ADVANCED ELEMENTARY
EVENING CLASSES
36884 GERM 802 JX Th
SATURDAY CLASSES
38109 GERM 810 S1 S
9:00 11:00 14-104 Kelly, A.
Start and end dates for section 38109: 3/22
4/12
GRA 101 ADOBE ILLUSTRATOR II
A practical course in the German language approached by way of
conversation. Intensive drill in the patterns and idioms of daily speech,
supported with sufficient grammar to give flexibility in the spoken
language. Credit/No Credit grading. (This course will not fulfill the
language requirement at California State Universities or the University
of California.)
EVENING CLASSES
35377 GERM 801 JX Th
German culture communicate successfully via words and culturally
appropriate actions. Credit/No Credit grading.
2.0
GRA 106 QUARKXPRESS II
Covers working with illustrations and photos, text wraps, paragraph
and character level style sheets, master pages in QuarkXPress. Also
includes creating and applying color from Pantone and CMYK color
models; preparing files for high resolution output and printing. Extra
supplies required. A $5.00 materials fee is payable upon registration.
Prerequisite: GRA 105 or TA&G 170 or equivalent experience. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
GRAPHICS
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
GRA 110 TYPOGRAPHY I
Introduction to typography with emphasis on designing with display
(large) type. Includes type anatomy, nomenclature and measurement,
type categories, choosing the correct voice, optical refinements,
interpreting message, and developing contrasts. Also covers display
type treatments and applying theory to practical typographic problems.
Extra supplies required. A $5.00 materials fee is payable upon
registration. Prerequisite: GRA 100 or 105; or TA&G 130 or 170, or
equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
2.0
GRA 111 TYPOGRAPHY II
Emphasizes designing with text type. Includes how we read, intelligent
choice of typeface, size, tracking, line length, margins, gutters, and
leading. Extracting a hierarchy, factors effecting readability, visual
punctuation, encouraging readers, selecting and creating grids. Applying
theory to practical typographic problems. Extra supplies required. A
$5.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Prerequisite: GRA
110 or TA&G 110 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU)
38053 GRA 111 A2 M
9:10 12:00 27-118 Seubert, E.
W
9:10 12:00 27-101
Start and end dates for section 38053: 3/17
5/14
2.0
GRA 120 ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
FOR GRAPHIC ARTSISTS I
Creating digital illustrations and photographs, including preparing
graphics for the web, using Adobe Photoshop and scanners. Designed
for the graphic arts generalist. Extra supplies required. A $5.00 materials
fee is payable upon registration. Prerequisite: MULT 100 or equivalent
Macintosh and/or Windows operating system experience. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
38055 GRA 120 A1 MW
3:10 5:00 27-101 Appel-Anderson, P. 1.5
Start and end dates for section 38055: 1/13
3/12
GRA 121 ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
FOR GRAPHIC ARTISTS II
Continuation of Adobe Photoshop I with emphasis on more advanced
features of the software used in image creation and manipulation,
including color correction for print and web. Extra supplies required. A
$5.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Prerequisite: GRA
120 or TA&G 140 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU)
38099 GRA 121 A2
Start and end
EVENING CLASSES
38100 GRA 121 J1
Start and end
TTh
1:10 3:00 27-101 Appel-Anderson, P. 1.5
dates for section 38099: 3/18
5/15
M
6:00 9:50 27-101 Appel-Anderson, P. 1.5
dates for section 38100: 1/13
3/17
GRA 122 ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
FOR GRAPHIC ARTISTS III
Advanced use of Adobe Photoshop. Advanced color correction and
image creation, including the preparation of images for print and web.
Extra supplies required. A $5.00 materials fee is payable upon
registration. Prerequisite: GRA 121 or TA&G 141 or equivalent. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
38551 GRA 122 J2 M
6:00 9:50 27-101 Appel-Anderson, P. 1.5
Start and end dates for section 38551: 3/24
5/19
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
59
Units
38049 GRA 106 A2 TTh
9:10 12:00 27-101 Seubert, E.
2.0
Start and end dates for section 38049: 3/18
5/15
EVENING CLASSES
38050 GRA 106 JA Th
6:00 8:50 27-101 Appel-Anderson, P. 2.0
38052 GRA 110 A1 M
9:10 12:00 27-118 Seubert, E.
W
9:10 12:00 27-101
Start and end dates for section 38052: 1/13
3/12
G
GRA 130 GRAPHIC DESIGN FOUNDATIONS I
Covers principles of design, evolution of a design, and the graphic
problem-solving process from concept through presentation. Extra
supplies required. A $5.00 materials fee is payable upon registration.
Prerequisite: GRA 100 or 105; or TA&G 130 or 170; or equivalent
experience with comparable software. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU)
38552 GRA 130 A1 W
12:30 3:20 27-118 Steenberg, C.
F
12:30 3:20 27-101
Start and end dates for section 38552: 1/15
3/14
2.0
GRA 131 GRAPHIC DESIGN FOUNDATIONS II
Covers principles of design, symbolism, and typography. Includes the
graphic problem-solving process from concept through presentation,
using a variety of practical design problems. Extra supplies required. A
$5.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Prerequisite: GRA
130 or TA&G 220 or equivalent experience with comparable software.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
38102 GRA 131 A2 W
12:30 3:20 27-118 Steenberg, C.
F
12:30 3:20 27-101
Start and end dates for section 38102: 3/19
5/16
2.0
GRA 225 PUBLICATION DESIGN
Examines the role in the marketplace of a wide variety of publication
formats and provides practical experience creating them. Analyzes the
best approaches for communicating editorial and informational
messages. Explains editorial design and the expression of content
through design as well as the dynamics and principles of page layout.
Extra supplies required. Prerequisite: TA&G 101 and 220 or GRA 106
and 131 or equivalent.
38554 GRA 225 AA W
F
10:10 12:00 16-267 Steenberg, C.
10:10 12:00 27-101
2.0
GRA 250 DIGITAL PREPRESS
Digital mechanicals, digital prepress, digital color and color
reproduction. Working with service bureaus, proofing. Extra supplies
required. Prerequisite: TA&G 101, 120, 240 or equivalent. (CSU)
35458 GRA 250 AA M
W
9:10 12:00 27-101 Appel-Anderson, P. 4.0
9:10 12:00 27-118
GRA 260 PORTFOLIO
Students initiate, develop, and complete substantial individual projects
in consultation with and under the direction of the instructor. Emphasizes
development of a marketable portfolio. Extra supplies required.
Prerequisite: completion of three semesters of TA&G curriculum. (CSU)
38114 GRA 260 AA TTh
12:10
1:00 27-101 Appel-Anderson, P. 1.0
GRA 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 157. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
38133 GRA 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
38134 GRA 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-157 Avelar, L.
15-157 Avelar, L.
1.0
1.0
HEALTH SCIENCE
HSCI 100 GENERAL HEALTH SCIENCE
Survey of most prevalent threats to one’s physical and emotional
health; emphasis is on prevention and early treatment. (CSU/UC*)
32404
32406
32408
32410
32411
HSCI
HSCI
HSCI
HSCI
HSCI
100
100
100
100
100
AA
AB
AE
AG
AH
MW
TTh
TTh
TTh
MW
8:10 9:00 11-032 Lucero, F.
9:10 10:00 11-033 Staff
10:10 11:00 11-033 Staff
11:10 12:00 11-033 Staff
12:10 1:00 11-032 Lucero, F.
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
Health Science courses continued on next page
60
H
HEALTH
SCIENCE
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
EVENING CLASSES
32412 HSCI 100 JA
TV CLASSES
32413 HSCI 100 TV
Days
T
Bldg/
Room
Hours
6:30
Instructor
8:20 11-032 Staff
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Malik, A.
Units
2.0
2.0
HSCI 105 COMMUNICABLE DISEASE
Study of the immune system and other defenses against infectious
organisms. Emphasizes prevention and treatment of our most serious
communicable disorders, with special consideration of AIDS and
other sexually transmitted diseases. (CSU)
32416 HSCI 105 A1
Start and end
32417 HSCI 105 B1
Start and end
MW
8:10 9:00 10-106 Innis, J.
dates for section 32416: 1/13
3/12
MW
9:10 10:00 10-106 Innis, J.
dates for section 32417: 1/13
3/12
1.0
1.0
HSCI 111 HEART DISEASE AND CANCER
Study of the two leading causes of death in the U.S. today, emphasizing
prevention. Also covers causes, symptoms and warning signs, detection,
and treatment. (CSU)
32420 HSCI 111 A1 MW
11:10 12:00 10-106 Innis, J.
Start and end dates for section 32420: 1/13
3/12
1.0
HSCI 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 11, Room 136. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33128 HSCI 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33129 HSCI 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
11-136 Kowerski, R.
11-136 Kowerski, R.
2.0
1.0
HISTORY
HIST 100 HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION I
The ancient work; medieval society; Renaissance and Reformation;
early modern times. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. (CSU/UC) (CAN HIST 2) (HIST 100 and 101 = CAN HIST
SEQ A)
32365 HIST 100 AA
32364 HIST 100 AB
TTh
MWF
9:45 11:00 16-154 Kornblau, J.
10:10 11:00 16-154 Robertson, J.
3.0
3.0
HIST 101 HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION II
The Enlightenment; French and Industrial revolutions; national
unification; imperialism; world wars; rise of totalitarianism; today’s
challenges. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or
836. (CSU/UC) (CAN HIST 4) (HIST 100 and 101 = CAN HIST SEQ A)
32367 HIST 101 AA
35026 HIST 101 AB
EVENING CLASSES
32368 HIST 101 JA
MWF
MWF
W
M
10:10 11:00 14-124 Staff
12:10 1:00 14-124 Staff
11:10 12:25 14-122 Kornblau, J.
3.0
3.0
3.0
7:00 10:05 14-124 Vasquez, G.
3.0
HIST 202 HONORS UNITED STATES HISTORY II
History of the U.S. from 1865 to present. Open only to Honors
Program students. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. (CSU/UC*) (CAN HIST 10) (HIST 201 and 202 = CAN
HIST SEQ B)
32377 HIST 202 HA MWF
11:10 12:00 14-120 Robertson, J.
Survey of the role played by American women from colonial times to
the present. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or
836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
38232 HIST 260 AA
EVENING CLASSES
35027 HIST 260 JA
TTh
W
11:10 12:25 14-120 Staff
6:00
32379 HIST 310 AA
32380 HIST 310 AB
32381 HIST 310 AC
EVENING CLASSES
33090 HIST 310 JA
TTh
MWF
MWF
Th
8:10 9:25 14-124 Svanevik, M.
9:10 10:00 16-154 Still, M.
11:10 12:00 16-154 Still, M.
6:30
9:20 14-124 Still, M.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
HIST 315 HISTORY OF SAN MATEO COUNTY
Survey of development of the County from Spanish and Indian times to
the present, from frontier to suburb. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU)
32383 HIST 315 AA
MWF
10:10 11:00 14-120 Svanevik, M.
3.0
HIST 350 HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN WEST
Survey of westward movement and settlement of various frontiers:
mining, cattle, railroads, Indians, fur trade, exploration. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
3.0
HIST 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
MWF
8:10
9:00 12-122 Svanevik, M.
3.0
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
32386 HIST 690 AA
32387 HIST 690 BB
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-169
15-169
Acena, A.
Acena, A.
2.0
1.0
HIST 882 TOPICS IN THE AMERICAN WEST III
MWF
TTh
8:10 9:00 16-154 Still, M.
9:45 11:00 14-124 Still, M.
3.0
3.0
TTh
5:30
3.0
6:45 14-124 Galindo, T.
3.0
Survey of major trends in the constitutional, political and economic
growth of the State of California. Recommended Preparation: eligibility
for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
9:20 14-124 Vasquez, G.
3.0
8:50 16-154 McGinn, S.
3.0
HIST 310 CALIFORNIA HISTORY
6:30
9:10 10:00 14-120 Staff
3.0
HIST 260 WOMEN IN AMERICAN HISTORY
32384 HIST 350 AA
History of the U.S. through the Civil War. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC*) (CAN HIST 8) (HIST 201
and 202 = CAN HIST SEQ B)
@ Courses open for audit.
MWF
MWF
TTh
3.0
3.0
HIST 201 UNITED STATES HISTORY I
32372 HIST 201 AA
32373 HIST 201 AB
EVENING CLASSES
32984 HIST 201 JA
34535 HIST 202 AA
32375 HIST 202 AB
32376 HIST 202 AC
EVENING CLASSES
32378 HIST 202 JA
9:00 14-124 Acena, A.
1:00 14-120 Robertson, J.
A survey of American history from discovery to the present, emphasizing
political, cultural, and economic trends. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC*)
MWF
History of the U.S. from 1865 to the present. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC*) (CAN HIST
10) (HIST 201 and 202 = CAN HIST SEQ B)
8:10
12:10
HIST 102 HISTORY OF AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
32369 HIST 102 AA
HIST 202 UNITED STATES HISTORY II
Survey of topics in later 19th Century Western American history; the
railroad frontier, the buffalo, the urban West, technology and medicine
in the West, the mineral frontier. Credit/No Credit grading.
OFF-CAMPUS CLASSES
32388 HIST 882 A1 T
1:10 4:00 SMSC
Start and end dates for section 32388: 1/14
Svanevik, M.
3/04
1.5
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
HISTORY
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Survey of topics in the later history of the American West: the cattlemen’s
frontier; the sod-house frontier, women in the West, art and legend in
the West, Hollywood’s West. Credit/No Credit grading.
Svanevik, M.
5/06
1.5
Identification and control of insects, weeds, and diseases important in
California landscape industry. Emphasis on integrated pest management
including chemical, biological, and culture control. Calibration and
use of application equipment. Preparation for State Applicator’s License.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
9:10 11:00 20-101 Leddy, M.
9:10 12:00 20-101
3.0
HORT 340 PRINCIPLES OF LANDSCAPE DESIGN
Graphics, drafting, surveying, environmental planning and design of
residential landscapes. Extra supplies required. Plus three hours by
arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
9:10
2:00 19-120 Leddy, M.
4.0
HORT 342 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION
Planting and construction techniques; design, installation, and
maintenance of sprinkler systems; cost finding and estimating for the
landscape trades, including legal aspects of contracting. (Assists students
in preparing for Landscape Contractor’s License Examination.) Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
32396 HORT 342 AA M
9:10
.5
HORT 417 EUROPEAN FLORAL DESIGN
Study of floral design with emphasis on modern European styles. Extra
supplies required. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
6:30
9:20 20-101 Wallace, L.
1.5
HORT 419 BRIDAL AND PARTY DESIGNS
HORT 330 PEST CONTROL
32395 HORT 340 AA W
EVENING CLASSES
38544 HORT 405 J1 M
6:00 8:50 20-101 Clark, S.
Start and end dates for section 38544: 1/13
3/17
EVENING CLASSES
33989 HORT 417 JA W
HORTICULTURE
32394 HORT 330 AA T
Th
61
Units
HIST 883 TOPICS IN THE AMERICAN WEST IV
OFF-CAMPUS CLASSES
32390 HIST 883 A2 T
1:10 4:00 SMSC
Start and end dates for section 32390: 3/11
H
2:15 20-101 Leddy, M.
3.0
HORT 400 FLORAL ARRANGING I
In-depth study of Western Geometric floral design using current methods
of fresh flower arranging and incorporating the principles and elements
of the art of floral design. Covers current care and handling techniques
of fresh flowers and greens. This is an entry-level course. Extra supplies
required. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit or
letter grade option. (CSU)
SATURDAY CLASSES
38542 HORT 400 SA S
9:00 12:15 20-101 Wallace, L.
By Arr 1.3 Hrs/Wk
20-101
1.5
Continuation of the study of floral arranging, emphasizing modern
styles and techniques as currently used. Develops the practical
application and construction of both decorative and natural design
styles, with emphasis on the development of speed and efficiency.
Extra supplies required. Plus one hour by arrangement per week.
Prerequisite: HORT 400 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU)
1.5
HORT 405 FLOWERS TO WEAR AND CARRY II
Continuing study of the mechanics, techniques, skills, and designs of
flowers to wear and carry introduced in Horticulture 404. Emphasizes
advanced styles and unique interpretations. Includes methods of
construction and proper techniques for hand-held nosegays and
Hawaiian leis. Extra supplies required. Prerequisite: HORT 404. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken two times for a
maximum of 1 unit. (CSU)
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
32399 HORT 419 AA M
2:30
5:35 20-101 Clark, S.
1.5
HORT 421 CONTEMPORARY IKEBANA
Study of Japanese flower arranging, its history, philosophy, method
and practice. Develops skills pertinent to the three schools of Ikebana
(Ikenobo, Ohara, and Sogetsu). Extra supplies required. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. May be taken four times for a maximum
of 6 units. (CSU)
32905 HORT 421 AA T
2:10
5:00 20-101 Williams, Y.
1.5
HORT 425 CUT FLOWER IDENTIFICATION
Study of the botanical and common names of the widely used fresh cut
floral materials. Emphasizes care and handling techniques specified
by the most current research. Extra supplies required. Credit/No Credit
or letter grade option. May be taken two times for a maximum of 2
units. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
38545 HORT 425 J2 M
6:30 8:20 20-101 Staff
Start and end dates for section 38545: 3/24
5/19
1.0
HORT 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 157. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
32401 HORT 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
32402 HORT 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-157 Avelar, L.
15-157 Avelar, L.
2.0
1.0
HORT 712 LANDSCAPE: SHRUBS
Study of shrubs and ground covers commonly used in California.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
HORT 401 FLORAL ARRANGING II
38543 HORT 401 AA Th
2:00 5:00 20-101 Wallace, L.
By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
20-101
Advanced study of floral design focusing on wedding and party work.
Emphasizes reception, church, bridal party, theme parties, and
centerpieces. Extra supplies required. Prerequisite: HORT 43 or
equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
38546 HORT 712 JA Th
6:30
9:20 20-101 Leddy, M.
3.0
HORT 742 GREENHOUSE MANAGEMENT
Propagation and culture of roses, carnations, chrysanthemums, orchids,
potted plants, and other greenhouse crops. Pest and disease control.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32906 HORT 742 JA T
6:30
9:20 20-101 Buschbom, C.
3.0
HUMANITIES
HUM. 101 INTRODUCTION TO HUMANITIES:
GREECE THROUGH REFORMATION
Major cultural and intellectual movements of western civilization
through the reformation. Literature and the arts; religion; science.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
EVENING CLASSES
36360 HUM. 101 JA Th
7:00
9:50 18-293 Gruen, S.
3.0
Humanities courses continued on next page
62
H
HUMANITIES
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
HUM. 102 INTRODUCTION TO HUMANITIES:
REFORMATION TO PRESENT
HUM. 676 HONORS COLLOQUIUM IN WESTERN
CIVILIZATION II
Survey of major esthetic and intellectual movements in Western
Civilization since the Reformation; ideas on man, nature and God.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
32424 HUM. 102 AA MWF
10:10 11:00 18-292 Ball, J.
3.0
HUM. 111 RELIGION, LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY
IN ANCIENT GREECE
Greek views on the gods, man, freedom, fate, justice as seen in Greek
epics, tragedies, religious practices and philosophy. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU/UC)
EVENING CLASSES
38539 HUM. 111 JA T
7:00
9:50 16-273 Gruen, S.
3.0
HUM. 114 FILM AND LITERATURE AS
COMMUNICATION IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Human communication through drama, literature and film in the 20th
century. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
32425 HUM. 114 AC TTh
11:10 12:25 16-268 Freeman, A.
3.0
HUM. 125 TECHNOLOGY/CONTEMPORARY SOCIETY/
HUMAN VALUES
Critical humanistic analysis of development and impact of modern
technology in diverse areas (e.g. warfare, work, genetics, information,
politics, environment). Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
32426 HUM. 125 AA MWF
32427 HUM. 125 AB TTh
11:10 12:00 18-293 Danielson, D.
11:10 12:25 18-291 Davis, G.
3.0
3.0
HUM 127 SCIENCE AND ART I:
PREHISTORY TO RENAISSANCE
World as seen by the scientist and artist. Major concepts of science
and culture, prehistory to renaissance. .Completion of HUM. 127 and
128 satisfies three units of Physical Science and three units of Humanities
credit for the AA/AS degree. Either course taken alone satisfies three
units of Humanities credit only. Recommended Preparation: eligibility
for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
38827 HUM. 127 AA MW
1:10
2:25 4-152
Black, J.
3.0
HUM. 131 CULTURAL ACHIEVEMENTS OF
AFRICAN-AMERICANS
Introduction to Black aesthetics; emphasis on religious, philosophical,
literary, musical and art forms of Africa and African-Americans.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/
UC)
32430 HUM. 131 AA MWF
10:10 11:00 16-270 Crawford, Z.
3.0
HUM. 133 CULTURAL ACHIEVEMENTS OF
ASIAN-AMERICANS
Study of Asian-American cultural heritage with emphasis on religion,
family, literature, music, arts, crafts and foods. Recommended
Preparation: previous Ethnic Studies courses and eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
32431 HUM. 133 AB MWF
9:10 10:00 14-207 Fong, J.
3.0
HUM. 140 CULTURAL HERITAGE OF SAN FRANCISCO
AND ITS ENVIRONS
History, art, architecture, music, literature and geography of San
Francisco and its environs. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for
ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
32432 HUM. 140 AA MWF
@ Courses open for audit.
11:10 12:00 14-124 Svanevik, M.
3.0
Selected advanced topics in Western Civilization. Readings, discussion
and lectures. Prerequisite: limited to students in the Honors Program
who have completed or are concurrently enrolled in an associated
non-honors course in Western Civilization or the equivalent. (CSU/
UC*)
32433 HUM. 676 H1 Th
1:10 2:15 14-124 Acena/Danielson 1.0
Start and end dates for section 32433: 1/30
5/08
HUM. 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 169. Register after first week of classes.
Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion of at
least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
32434 HUM. 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
32435 HUM. 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-169 Acena, A.
15-169 Acena, A.
2.0
1.0
HUMAN SERVICES
HMSV 100 INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES
Overview of the types and functions of Human Services agencies and
careers in Human Services. Emphasizes the knowledge, skills, abilities,
and understanding of human needs necessary to prepare for a career
in Human Services. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
36355 HMSV 100 JA M
6:30
9:25 18-291 Staff
3.0
HMSV 110 INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING
AND INTERVIEWING
An introduction to the skills and techniques of counseling and
interviewing. Focuses on effective listening, responding, questioning,
assessment, referral, values and ethics. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
36351 HMSV 110 JA T
6:30
9:20 18-291 Stringari, L.
3.0
HMSV 120 PUBLIC ASSISTANCE AND
BENEFITS PROGRAMS
Overview of federal and state public welfare benefits available to
persons in need, including eligibility requirements and entitlements.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836.
SATURDAY CLASSES
36354 HMSV 120 S2 S
9:00 5:05 14-103 Hennen, J.
Start and end dates for section 36354: 3/22
5/29
1.0
HMSV 264 SUPPORTING FAMILY SUCCESS
A skills-based course designed to prepare human services students and
workers to provide support services to families in a community setting.
Covers strength-based assessment, resource development, service
coordination, collaboration and networking, home visitations, team
building, goal setting, and family conference facilitation. (CSU)
37842 HMSV 264 AA Th
1:30 4:25 HSAH
Start and end dates for section 37842: 1/16
Stringari, L.
5/22
3.0
ITALIAN
For a general explanation of course numbers and levels, please see
FOREIGN LANGUAGES, page 55.
ITAL 111 ELEMENTARY ITALIAN I
Conversation in Italian, dictation, reading, fundamentals of grammar
and writing of simple Italian exercises. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
ITALIAN
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
T
6:30
9:20 14-122 Staff
3.0
ITAL 112 ELEMENTARY ITALIAN II
Continuation of ITAL 111 with further development of the skills of
understanding speaking, reading, and writing. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ITAL 111 or equivalent with
Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/ No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU/UC*)
32960 ITAL 112 AA
EVENING CLASSES
36881 ITAL 112 JA
MWF
M
10:10 11:00 16-252 Marra, G.
6:30
9:35 16-272 Marra, G.
3.0
3.0
ITAL 115 BEGINNING ITALIAN I
TELECOURSE: Basic Italian vocabulary and language structure studied
through text, audio cassettes, and broadcast videotapes. Equivalent to
Italian 111 but without the oral component. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
36545 ITAL 115 TV
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Marra, G.
3.0
ITAL 116 BEGINNING ITALIAN II
TELECOURSE: Continuation of Italian 115. Basic Italian vocabulary
and language structure studied through text, audio cassettes, and
broadcast videotapes. Parallels Italian 112 but without the oral
component. Prerequisite: ITAL 115 or equivalent with a grade of C or
higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
36546 ITAL 116 TV
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Marra, G.
3.0
ITAL 117 ADVANCED BEGINNING ITALIAN I
TELECOURSE: Continuation of Italian 116. Introduces basic Italian
vocabulary and language structure and enhances appreciation of Italian
culture. Workbook and audio tape exercises focus on reading, writing,
and listening comprehension. Parallels Italian 121 but without the oral
component. Prerequisite: ITAL 116 or equivalent with a grade of C or
higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
36547 ITAL 117 TV
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Marra, G.
3.0
ITAL 118 ADVANCED BEGINNING ITALIAN II
TELECOURSE: Continuation of Italian 117. Introduces Italian vocabulary
and language structures and enhances appreciation of Italian culture.
Workbook and audio tape exercises focus on reading, writing, and
listening comprehension. Parallels Italian 122 but without the oral
component. Prerequisite: ITAL 117 or equivalent with Credit or a
grade of C or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
37369 ITAL 118 TV
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Marra, G.
3.0
ITAL 122 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY ITALIAN II
Further study of grammar and sentence structure, oral and written
exercises, conversation in Italian, and dictation. Further study of Italian
culture. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
ITAL 121 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
38560 ITAL 122 JA
W
6:30
63
Units
per week. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL800/810 or
836/837 or a higher English course. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
38813 ITAL 111 JA
I
9:20 14-207 Staff
3.0
ITAL 801 CONVERSATIONAL ITALIAN I, ELEMENTARY
Intensive drill in the patterns and idioms of daily speech with sufficient
grammar to give flexibility in the spoken language. Credit/No Credit
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
grading. (This course will not fulfill the language requirement at
California State Universities or the University of California.)
EVENING CLASSES
35378 ITAL 801 JA
T
7:00
9:50 18-289 Mussio, L.
2.0
ITAL 802 CONVERSATIONAL ITALIAN II,
ADVANCED ELEMENTARY
Further work in conversation. Follows model of ITAL 801. Prerequisite:
ITAL 801 or equivalent with Credit. Credit/No Credit grading. (This
course will not fulfill the language requirement at California State
Universities or the University of California.)
EVENING CLASSES
37509 ITAL 802 JB
Th
7:00
9:50 18-276 Staff
2.0
JAPANESE
For a general explanation of course numbers and levels, please see
FOREIGN LANGUAGES, page 55.
JAPN 111 ELEMENTARY JAPANESE I
Covers approximately the first half of the semester’s work in JAPN 110.
Emphasizes oral expression, reading, and written forms. Plus one lab
hour by arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
(CSU/UC*)
32452 JAPN 111 AA TTh
EVENING CLASSES
32453 JAPN 111 JA M
35140 JAPN 111 JB T
11:10 12:25 16-252 Xuan, R.
6:30
6:30
9:35 16-168 Conway, M.
9:20 18-276 Wright, E.
3.0
3.0
3.0
JAPN 112 ELEMENTARY JAPANESE II
Covers approximately the second half of the semester’s work in JAPN
110. Further study of basic patterns of Japanese. (JAPN 111 and 112
are equivalent to JAPN 110.) Plus one lab hour by arrangement per
week. Prerequisite: JAPN 111 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C
or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
32454 JAPN 112 AA TTh
EVENING CLASSES
32455 JAPN 112 JA M
9:45 11:00 14-104 Xuan, R.
3.0
6:30
3.0
9:35 14-205 Wright, E.
JAPN 121 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY JAPANESE I
Covers approximately the first half of the semester’s work in JAPN 120.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: JAPN 110 or
112 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
35682 JAPN 121 JX
W
6:30
9:20 16-268 Conway, M.
3.0
JAPN 122 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY JAPANESE II
Covers approximately the second half of the semester’s work in JAPN
120. (JAPN 121 and 122 are equivalent to JAPN 120.) Plus one lab
hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: JAPN 121 or equivalent
with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
35683 JAPN 122 JX
W
6:30
9:20 16-268 Conway, M.
3.0
JOURNALISM
JOUR 110 MASS MEDIA IN SOCIETY
Survey of the mass media in their print and electronic forms, their
influence on society, and their historical origins. Students will analyze
journalism, entertainment, and advertising as distinct offerings and
develop media literacy in assessing media offerings. Prerequisite:
eligibility for ENGL 100. (CSU/UC) (CAN JOUR 4)
32456 JOUR 110 AA MWF
10:10 11:00 6-100
Remitz, E.
3.0
Journalism courses continued on next page
64
J
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
JOURNALISM
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
JOUR 120 NEWSWRITING
Techniques of news gathering, judging news values, and writing the
news story. Students write for The San Matean, the College paper.
Prerequisite: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836 or higher English course.
(CSU) (CAN JOUR 2)
32457 JOUR 120 AA MWF
11:10 12:00 6-100
By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
6-100
Remitz, E.
4.0
JOUR 300 NEWSPAPER PRODUCTION
Production of the student newspaper, The San Matean. Discussion
and criticism of newspaper content and layout. May be taken three
times for a maximum of 6 units. (CSU)
32458 JOUR 300 AA MWF
12:10
1:00 6-100
Remitz, E.
2.0
JOUR 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 17, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33255 JOUR 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33256 JOUR 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
6-100
6-100
Remitz, E.
Remitz, E.
community of students who support you in your goal of success in
mathematics. The community will have the support of a mathematics
instructor, a counselor, and mathematics tutors. The goal of the
learning community is success for each student in both MATH 111
and CRER 122 as a building block for success in MATH 112 (Elementary
Algebra, second half). Prerequisite: appropriate skill level as measured
by a satisfactory score on Math Placement Test One in combination
with previous math coursework. Students who have earned three units
of credit in BUS. 810 (BUS. 110 at Canada College) or MATH 811 at
one of the SMCCCD colleges with a grade of C or higher need not take
the Math Placement Test.
38815 LCOM 115 AA Daily
Consists of:
MATH 111 AB MWF
CRER 122 CA T
MATH 880 AA Th
9:10 10:00 12-173
4.0
9:10 10:00 12-173 Gregory, C.
9:10 10:00 12-173 Burns, E.
9:10 10:00 12-173 Gregory, C.
3.0
1.0
0.0
For more information, contact:
Elaine Burns at (650) 574-6172 or burnse@smccd.net
Cheryl Gregory at (650) 574-6307 or Gregory@smccd.net
2.0
1.0
JOUR 880 SPECIAL STUDIES IN JOURNALISM
Designed for students who are interested in participating in student
publications without the scheduling difficulties of committing to a
journalism major. Students will learn about the requirements for
producing a student publication and journalism fundamentals. They
will work in newswriting, editing, opinion writing, page design and
layout, photography, or advertising. A unique learning resource for
students from a variety of other disciplines or those interested in
exploring their curiosity about journalism. Plus two lab hours by
arrangement per week.
37066 JOUR 880 AX F
12:10
1:00 6-100
Remitz, E.
1.0
LEARNING COMMUNITIES
THE AMERICAN DREAM: FACTS AND FICTIONS
This learning community explores the social and moral dimensions of
the American dream. It examines the sociological and philosophical
role this construct plays in animating and guiding both our culture and
our individual lives. It will also address the questions of equal access
to the vision for diverse groups of people and whether this vision needs
rethinking as America searches to find its appropriate place in both the
global village and the ecosystem. This learning community is a
combination of two transfer-level courses, Philosophy 244 and
Sociology 105, with students taking both courses during consecutive
hours. Come join the fun and be part of something new and exciting.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
35464 LCOM 110 AA MWF
Consists of:
PHIL 244 AB MWF
SOCI 105 AA MWF
9:10 11:00 18-293
9:10 10:00 18-293 Ball, J.
10:10 11:00 16-167 Mathur, M.
6.0
3.0
3.0
For more information, contact:
Dr. Jeremy Ball at (650) 574-6638 or ballj@smccd.net
Dr. Minu Mather at (650) 574-6658 or mathur@smccd.net
LCOM ASSET (ALGEBRA SUCCESS STRATEGIES
EDUCATIONAL TEAM) DEVELOPMENT
In the ASSET DEVELOPMENT learning community you will take MATH
111 (Elementary Algebra first half) and CRER 122 (Strategies for
Educational Success). You will learn Elementary Algebra while
developing strategies for success in mathematics courses as well as
other college courses. You will assess your learning styles, develop
effective study habits, reduce test-taking anxiety, develop problemsolving skills, and create a system of study. You will become part of a
@ Courses open for audit.
ENGLISH FOR LIFE: LEARN IT TODAY - USE IT
TOMORROW
In the ENGLISH FOR LIFE LEARNING COMMUNITY, non-native
speakers of English will take English 841 and Speech 841. You will
work on listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills that will help
you learn English faster. You will also learn about American culture.
Join our learning community and get lots of support from two dedicated
teachers and make friends from different countries. Recommended
Preparation for ENGL 841: appropriate skill level indicated by
placement tests and other measures. It is recommended that students
enroll concurrently in READ 841 or higher course, SPCH 841 or
higher course, and READ 807. SPCH 841: It is recommended that
students enroll concurrently in ENGL 841 or higher course, READ 841
or higher course, and READ 807.
38816 LCOM 120 AA MW
11:10 2:15 16-254
Consists of:
SPCH 841 AA MW
11:10 12:25 16-254 Scholer, L.
ENGL 841 AC MTWTh 1:10 2:15 16-254 Schulze, F.
8.0
3.0
5.0
READING AND WRITING: ETHNICITY IN THE U.S.
In the READING AND WRITING LEARNING COMMUNITY, you will
satisfy your English 100 prerequisites (English 836 and Reading 836),
and develop and refine specific composition skills, and apply advanced
reading and study strategies to essays and readings from various
college courses. You will read interesting articles about race and
ethnicity in the U.S. and use those as resources for writing your own
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
LEARNING
COMMUNITIES
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
9:45 12:25 16-153
6.0
9:45 11:00 16-153 Scholer, L.
11:10 12:25 16-168 Wills, C.
3.0
3.0
LIBRARY STUDIES
MGMT 120 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATIONS
The communication process-both verbal and written. Includes a study
of the causes and patterns of miscommunication. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32573 MGMT 120 JA Th
6:30
9:20 14-104 Isler, S.
Introduction to online research skills with an emphasis on effective
techniques for accessing and searching online databases and other
research tools to identify and evaluate quality information. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
MGMT 215 MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCES
Understanding of the personnel function as it relates to industry;
selection and placement, wage and salary procedures, training, and
evaluation. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or
836. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32574 MGMT 215 JA T
6:30
9:20 14-200 Anderson, P.
9-200
Karas, T.
3.0
32576 MGMT 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
32967 MGMT 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-157 Avelar, L.
15-157 Avelar, L.
MANUFACTURING AND
INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY
MTT. 200 INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE TOOL
TECHNOLOGY
BEGINNING BLACKSMITHING
Survey course for technology students. Theory and practice in all basic
processes. Lab supplies required. (CSU)
12:45
1:35
1:25 26-140 Vorobey, V.
4:35 25-170
2.0
MTT. 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean, Bldg. 19, Room 113. Register after first week of classes.
Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion of at
least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33269 MTT. 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33270 MTT. 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
19-113 McGinnis, T.
19-113 McGinnis, T.
2.0
1.0
MTT. 755 MACHINE TOOL THEORY AND PRACTICE II
Intermediate and advanced studies, tool and cutter design, E.D.M.,
tool design, thread cutting. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per
week. Prerequisite: MTT. 750. Students must provide personal tools
and extra supplies. Lab fee required. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
37753 MTT. 755 JA
Th
Th
6:00
7:00
3.0
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 157. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY
32578 MTT. 200 AA T
T
3.0
MGMT 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
LIBR 105 ONLINE RESEARCH SKILLS
37960 LIBR 105 AO
65
Units
essays. Join our learning community and get lots of support from two
dedicated teachers who will coordinate the activities and assignments
of both classes. Plus two lab hours by arrangement per week.
Prerequisites: ENGL 801, 826, or 400 with a grade of C or higher (or
appropriate skill level as indicated by the English placement tests or
other measures); and READ 801 or 826 with Credit or a grade of C or
higher, or eligibility for READ 802 or 836 or 400-level Reading courses
(indicated by the Reading placement test or other measures). (All
ENGL 836 students who received a grade of C in ENGL 801 or 826 or
ENGL 400 are strongly advised to enroll concurrently in ENGL 850.)
35465 LCOM 125 AA TTh
Consists of:
ENGL 836 AL TTh
READ 836 AM TTh
L
6:50 26-140 Staff
9:50 25-170
2.0
MANAGEMENT
Also see Business
MGMT 100 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
Examines managerial functions and roles as well as the evolution of
management theories. Gives considerable attention to the identification
and development of critical managerial skills. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
32570 MGMT 100 AA MWF
9:10 10:00 14-200 Blake, C.
TV CLASSES
32572 MGMT 100 TV See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Sato, M.
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
3.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
Fundamentals of blacksmithing, metals properties, surface treatments,
tool design, and production. Shop skills and techniques will be
demonstrated. Students will learn basic techniques in manipulating
mild and tool steels, and will fabricate simple tools. Lab fee and extra
supplies required. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. Course may
be taken twice for a maximum of four units.
35224 MANU 680 AA Th
12:45 1:35 26-140 Vorobey, V.
Th
1:45 4:35 25-170
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
25-170
2.0
MATHEMATICS
MATH 110 ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA
Elementary algebra through quadratic equations. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite:
appropriate skill level as measured by a satisfactory score on Math
Placement Test One in combination with previous math coursework.
Students who have earned three units of credit in BUS. 810 (Bus. 110
at Cañada College) or MATH 811 at one of the SMCCCD colleges with
a grade of C or higher need not take the Math Placement Test.
32468 MATH 110 AA Daily
32470 MATH 110 AC Daily
32471 MATH 110 AD Daily
32473 MATH 110 AF Daily
EVENING CLASSES
32475 MATH 110 JA MW
33548 MATH 110 JB MTh
8:10 9:00 12-172 Lehmann, J.
9:10 10:00 18-086 Burke, M.
10:10 11:00 10-120 Lehmann, J.
11:10 12:00 16-274 Hom, M.
7:00 10:05 11-031 Loukianoff, V.
7:00 10:05 16-170 Briggs, S.
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
MATH 111 ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA I
First half of elementary algebra (MATH 110). Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite:
appropriate skill level as measured by a satisfactory score on Math
Placement Test One in combination with previous math coursework.
Students who have earned three units of credit in BUS. 810 (BUS. 110
at Cañada College) or MATH 811 at one of the SMCCCD colleges with
a grade of C or higher need not take the Math Placement Test.
32476 MATH 111 AA MWF
* MATH 111 AB MWF
8:10 9:00 18-090 Kavinoky, R.
9:10 10:00 12-173 Gregory, C.
3.0
3.0
Mathematics courses continued on next page
66
M
MATHEMATICS
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
*MATH 111 AB must be taken as part of the Learning Community:
ASSET DEVELOPMENT. See page 64.
32477 MATH 111 AC MWF
32478 MATH 111 AD MWF
32479 MATH 111 BA MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32480 MATH 111 JA W
10:10 11:00 11-169 Derksen, R.
11:10 12:00 16-172 Komas, R.
12:10 1:00 16-274 Hom, M.
7:00
9:50 16-274 Crawford, D.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
MATH 112 ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA II
Second half of elementary algebra (MATH 110). Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite:
MATH 111 or an equivalent course at a postsecondary institution with
a grade of C or higher.
32481 MATH 112 AA
32482 MATH 112 AB
32483 MATH 112 AC
EVENING CLASSES
32484 MATH 112 JA
MWF
MWF
MWF
Th
9:10 10:00 16-171 Callahan, P.
9:10 10:00 12-172 Gregory, C.
12:10 1:00 11-169 Gregory, C.
7:00
9:50 12-173 Hirsch, G.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
MATH 120 INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA
Review/extension of elementary algebra through systems of equations,
exponential and logarithmic functions. Plus one hour by arrangement
per week. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite: MATH 110 or
112 or an equivalent course at a postsecondary institution with a grade
of C or higher OR equivalent skill level (as measured by a satisfactory
score on Math Placement Test Two in combination with a high school
course equivalent to MATH 110 or 112). Recommended Preparation:
MATH 115 or one year of high school geometry.
32486 MATH 120 AA Daily
8:10 9:00
32488 MATH 120 AC Daily
9:10 10:00
32489 MATH 120 AD Daily
9:10 10:00
32490 MATH 120 AF Daily
10:10 11:00
32491 MATH 120 AG Daily
11:10 12:00
32493 MATH 120 AJ Daily
11:10 12:00
32494 MATH 120 AK Daily
12:10 1:00
EVENING CLASSES
32496 MATH 120 JA MW
7:00 10:05
33549 MATH 120 JB TTh
7:00 9:50
ONLINE CLASSES
32487 MATH 120 WW See pages 96-97
16-170
16-169
18-088
18-090
12-173
16-169
16-271
Brown, K.
Phipps, L.
O’Mahony, R.
Church, G.
Phipps, L.
Hasson, R.
Faure, E.
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
11-132 Moughadam, S.
11-132 Shahrvini, B.
5.0
5.0
Online-CRS Church,
5.0
G.
MATH 122 INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA I
A review of elementary algebra with certain topics studied in greater
depth. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be
required. Prerequisite: MATH 110 or 112 or an equivalent course at a
postsecondary institution with a grade of C or higher OR equivalent
skill level (as measured by a satisfactory score on Math Placement Test
Two in combination with a high school course equivalent to MATH
110 or 112). Recommended Preparation: MATH 115 or one year of
year of high school geometry.
32497 MATH 122 AA MWF
32498 MATH 122 AB TTh
32499 MATH 122 AD MWF
8:10 9:00 16-169 Phipps, L.
9:45 11:00 16-274 Kapuku, M.
12:10 1:00 16-172 Staff
3.0
3.0
3.0
MATH 123 INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA II
A continuation of MATH 122. Review/extension of elementary algebra
through systems of equations, exponential and logarithmic functions.
Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be
required. Prerequisite: MATH 122 with a grade of C or higher or an
equivalent course at a postsecondary institution.
32501 MATH 123 AA MWF
32500 MATH 123 AB TTh
EVENING CLASSES
32502 MATH 123 JA T
@ Courses open for audit.
10:10 11:00 18-086 Hofeld, J.
11:10 12:25 16-170 Staff
7:00
9:50 16-172 Shayer, S.
3.0
3.0
MATH 125 ELEMENTARY FINITE MATHEMATICS
Systems of linear equations and inequalities, matrices, set theory,
logic, elementary probability, linear programming, and mathematics
of finance. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Extra supplies
may be required. Prerequisite: MATH 120 or 123 or an equivalent
course at a postsecondary institution with a grade of C or higher OR
equivalent skill level (as measured by a satisfactory score on Math
Placement Test Three in combination with a high school course
equivalent to MATH 120 or 123). (CSU/UC) (CAN MATH 12)
32503 MATH 125 AA MWF
32504 MATH 125 AB MWF
32505 MATH 125 AC TTh
8:10 9:00 11-031 Mangelsdorf, M. 3.0
9:10 10:00 10-102 Mangelsdorf, M. 3.0
11:10 12:25 11-030 Kapuku, M.
3.0
MATH 130 ANALYTIC TRIGONOMETRY
Trigonometric functions of real numbers and angles, identities and
solutions of trigonometric equations. Plus one hour by arrangement
per week. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite: MATH 115
and MATH 120 or 123 or equivalent courses at a postsecondary
institution with a grade of C or higher OR equivalent skill level (as
measured by a satisfactory score on Math Placement Test Three in
combination with high school courses equivalent to MATH 115 and
MATH 120 or 123). (CSU) (CAN MATH 8)
32508 MATH 130 AA MWF
32509 MATH 130 AB MWF
32510 MATH 130 AC TTh
32512 MATH 130 AD MWF
32513 MATH 130 AE MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32514 MATH 130 JA T
8:10 9:00 16-171 Davis, W.
9:10 10:00 16-274 Davis, W.
11:10 12:25 16-172 Komas, R.
11:10 12:00 16-170 Singh, B.
12:10 1:00 18-088 Hasson, R.
7:00
9:50 14-207 Faure, E.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
MATH 200 ELEMENTARY PROBABILITY
AND STATISTICS
Measures of central tendency and dispersion; sampling distributions,
statistical inference, regression and correlation. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite:
MATH 120 or 123 or an equivalent course at a postsecondary institution
with a grade of C or higher OR equivalent skill level (as measured by a
satisfactory score on Math Placement Test Three in combination with
a high school course equivalent to MATH 120 or 123). (CSU/UC*)
(CAN STAT 2)
32517 MATH 200 AB MTWF
34924 MATH 200 AC MTWF
32518 MATH 200 AD MWThF
32519 MATH 200 AF MTWF
32520 MATH 200 AG MTWF
32516 MATH 200 AH MTWTh
EVENING CLASSES
32522 MATH 200 JA MW
9:10
10:10
10:10
11:10
12:10
12:10
7:00
10:00
11:00
11:00
12:00
1:00
1:00
18-090
16-165
12-173
16-165
16-165
18-086
Kavinoky, R.
Kavinoky, R.
Staff
Brown, K.
Robinson, D.
Staff
9:15 12-173 Hellerstein, N.
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
MATH 222 PRECALCULUS
Advanced algebra topics including the theory of equations, complex
numbers, vectors and matrices, and a review of trigonometry. Plus one
hour by arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be required.
Prerequisite: MATH 130 or an equivalent course at a postsecondary
institution with a grade of C or higher OR equivalent skill level (as
measured by a satisfactory score on Math Placement Test Three in
combination with a high school course equivalent to MATH 130).
(CSU/UC*)(CAN MATH 16)
32523 MATH 222 AA Daily
37093 MATH 222 AB Daily
32524 MATH 222 AD Daily
EVENING CLASSES
32525 MATH 222 JA MTh
8:10 9:00 18-086 Burke, M.
10:10 11:00 18-088 Davis, W.
11:10 12:00 16-171 Church, G.
5.0
5.0
5.0
7:00 10:05 16-169 Shender, E.
5.0
3.0
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
MATHEMATICS
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Units
MATH 231 SYMBOLIC LOGIC AND
MATHEMATICAL PROOF
MATH 253 CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC GEOMETRY III
Propositions, arguments and validity, truth-functional equivalence,
axiomatic systems, quantifiers, direct and indirect proof and proof
strategy. Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: MATH
130 or an equivalent course at a postsecondary institution with a grade
of C or higher OR equivalent skill level (as measured by a satisfactory
score on Math Placement Test Three in combination with a high
school course equivalent to MATH 130). Extra supplies may be required.
Strongly recommended for students enrolled in or planning to take
MATH 251 and math courses with numbers higher than 251. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
32526 MATH 231 A1 TTh
12:10 1:00 12-173 Hasson, R.
Start and end dates for section 32526: 1/14
3/13
1.0
MATH 241 APPLIED CALCULUS I
Selected topics from analytic geometry, plus basic techniques of both
differential and integral calculus. Plus one hour by arrangement per
week. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite: MATH 120 or 123
or an equivalent course at a postsecondary institution with a grade of C
or higher OR equivalent skill level (as measured by a satisfactory score
on Math Placement Test Three in combination with a high school
course equivalent to MATH 120 or 123). Recommended for Business
Majors: MATH 200. (CSU/UC*) (CAN MATH 30) (MATH 241 and 242
= CAN MATH SEQ D)
32527 MATH 241 AA Daily
32528 MATH 241 AB Daily
32529 MATH 241 AD Daily
8:10 9:00 18-088 O’Mahony, R.
9:10 10:00 16-271 Faure, E.
10:10 11:00 16-171 Callahan, P.
5.0
5.0
5.0
MATH 242 APPLIED CALCULUS II
Advanced work in differentiation and integration, calculus of functions
of several variables, and selected topics from differential equations.
Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be
required. Prerequisite: MATH 130 and 241 or the equivalent courses
at a postsecondary institution with a grade of C or higher. (CSU/UC*)
(CAN MATH 32) (MATH 241 and 242 = CAN MATH SEQ D)
32532 MATH 242 AA MWF
32534 MATH 242 AD MWF
9:10 10:00 11-031 Tarski, J.
12:10 1:00 16-170 Davis, W.
3.0
3.0
MATH 251 CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC GEOMETRY I
Study of limits, continuity, the derivative, applications of the derivative,
and the definite integral. Plus one hour by arrangement per week.
Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite: completion of Precalculus/
College Algebra or the equivalent courses at a postsecondary institution
with a grade of C or higher OR equivalent skill level (as measured by a
satisfactory score on Math Placement Test Four in combination with a
high school course equivalent to Precalculus/College Algebra).(CSU/
UC*) (MATH 251, 252, and 253 = CAN MATH SEQ C)
32535
32536
32537
34580
MATH 251
MATH 251
MATH 251
MATH 251
AA
AB
AC
AF
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
8:10 9:00 11-133 Hom, M.
9:10 10:00 14-205 Feinman, Y.
10:10 11:00 16-271 Faure, E.
11:10 12:00 18-088 O’Mahony, R.
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
MATH 252 CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC GEOMETRY II
Study of the antiderivative, techniques of integration, applications of
the definite integral, exponential and logarithmic functions, parametric
equations, polar coordinates, conic sections and vectors. Plus one
hour by arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be required.
Prerequisite: MATH 251 or an equivalent course at a postsecondary
institution with a grade of C or higher. (CSU/UC*) (MATH 251, 252,and
253 = CAN MATH SEQ C)
32538 MATH 252 AA Daily
34036 MATH 252 AB Daily
32539 MATH 252 AD Daily
EVENING CLASSES
32540 MATH 252 JA MW
8:10 9:00 12-173 Gregory, C.
10:10 11:00 16-172 Brown, K.
11:10 12:00 18-086 Lehmann, J.
5.0
5.0
5.0
7:00 10:05 16-165 Hasson, R.
5.0
Study of Taylor polynomials and Taylor’s formula, infinite series, the
calculus of functions of several independent variables, partial
derivatives, multiple integration, and vector calculus to include Green’s
theorem, Stokes’ theorem, and the divergence theorem. Plus one hour
by arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite:
MATH 252 or an equivalent course at a postsecondary institution with
a grade of C or higher. (CSU/UC*) (MATH 251, 252, and 253 = CAN
MATH SEQ C)
32541 MATH 253 AA Daily
32542 MATH 253 AD Daily
9:10 10:00 16-165 Robinson, D.
12:10 1:00 16-171 Kavinoky, R.
5.0
5.0
MATH 270 LINEAR ALGEBRA
Vectors and matrices applied to linear equations and linear
transformations; real and inner product spaces. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite:
MATH 252 or an equivalent course at a postsecondary institution with
a grade of C or higher. (CSU/UC)(CAN MATH 26)
32543 MATH 270 AA MWF
12:10
1:00 12-173 Phipps, L.
3.0
MATH 275 ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Differential equations of first, second and higher order; simultaneous
linear equations; solutions by power series and numerical methods.
Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be
required. Prerequisite: MATH 253 or an equivalent course at a
postsecondary institution with a grade of C or higher. With permission
of instructor, may be taken concurrently with MATH 253. (CSU/UC)
(CAN MATH 24)
EVENING CLASSES
32544 MATH 275 JA T
6:30
9:20 16-170 Komas, R.
3.0
MATH 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 11, Room 136. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33179 MATH 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33181 MATH 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
11-136 Kowerski, R.
11-136 Kowerski, R.
2.0
1.0
MATH 811 ARITHMETIC REVIEW
Basic arithmetic involving whole numbers, signed numbers, fractions,
decimals, and percents; estimation, number sense, calculator skills,
area and volume, and applications. Plus one hour by arrangement per
week. Credit/No Credit grading. Open entry/open exit. Variable units.
(Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32545 MATH 811 AO MWF
32546 MATH 811 BO MWF
32547 MATH 811 CO MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32551 MATH 811 JO T
9:10 10:00 16-170 Komas, R.
10:10 11:00 16-170 Komas, R.
11:10 12:00 18-090 Derksen, R.
7:00
9:50 16-169 Behm, D.
1.0-3.0
1.0-3.0
1.0-3.0
1.0-3.0
MATH 812 ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA REVIEW
Review of elementary algebra. Prerequisite: MATH 110 or 111/112
with a grade of C or higher. Credit/No Credit grading. Open entry/
open exit. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
EVENING CLASSES
32552 MATH 812 JO T
7:00
9:50 16-169 Behm, D.
1.0
MATH 881 MATHEMATICS LABORATORY
Students will discuss and problem solve in mathematics with tutors
and fellow students; evaluate their learning skills; learn effective learning
skills and habits for mathematics; practice and apply learning skills.
Open entry/open exit. Does not apply toward AA/AS degree.
38818 MATH 881 AO Daily/Hrs by Arr
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
67
M
16-166 Hasson, R.
0.0
68
M
MEDICAL
ASSISTING
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Units
$2.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Prerequisite: BUS.
315 or equivalent.
MEDICAL ASSISTING
32564 MEDA 160 BX TTh
1:30 2:45 14-123 Clinton, V.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-123
MEDA 100 INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL ASSISTING
3.0
Duties and responsibilities of a medical assistant in a physician’s
office, clinic, hospital, or other medical facility.
32553 MEDA 100 AA TTh
9:10 10:25 14-218 Hartford, D.
3.0
MEDA 110 BASIC MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY
Development of medical prefixes, roots, suffixes, and medical terms.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836 or
equivalent skill level. (CSU)
32555 MEDA 110 AA TTh
10:45 12:00 14-220 Hartford, D.
3.0
MEDA 115 MEDICAL WORD PROCESSING
Medical office keyboarding utilizing microcomputers for the production
of medical letters, reports, and forms. A $2.00 materials fee is payable
upon registration. Prerequisite: BUS. 315 or equivalent skill level.
(CSU)
32557 MEDA 115 AX TTh
12:10 1:25
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
32558 MEDA 115 BX TTh
1:30 2:45
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-123 Clinton, V.
14-123
14-123 Clinton, V.
14-123
3.0
3.0
MEDA 120 CLINICAL PROCEDURES I
Examination room techniques; sterilization procedures, medical
emergencies, laboratory procedures. Prerequisite: BIOL 130 and MEDA
110. Extra supplies may be required.
32559 MEDA 120 AX Th
T
8:10 11:00 14-107 Charlton, K.
8:10 11:00 23-173
4.0
MEDA 121 CLINICAL PROCEDURES II
Administering medications; eye and ear lavage; electroencephalograms;
removal of sutures; bandaging and dressings; and other examinations
and clinical procedures. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite:
MEDA 120 with a grade of C or higher. Students are required to attend
classes both on Tuesdays and on Thursday evenings.
32560 MEDA 121 AX Th
T
8:10 11:00 14-107 Charlton, K.
8:10 11:00 23-173
4.0
MEDA 140 MEDICAL TRANSCRIPTION: BASIC
Machine transcription of medical reports utilizing microcomputers. A
$2.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. Prerequisite: MEDA
110 and 115. Recommended Preparation: BIOL 130. (CSU)
32561 MEDA 140 AX TTh
12:10 1:25 14-123 Clinton, V.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-123
3.0
MEDA 141 MEDICAL TRANSCRIPTION: ADVANCED
Intensive transcription (using microcomputers) of hospital-type medical
reports, including history and physical exams, surgeries, discharge
summaries. A $2.00 materials fee is payable upon registration.
Prerequisite: MEDA 140. Recommended Preparation: MEDA 190 and
BIOL 130.
32562 MEDA 141 BX TTh
1:30 2:45 14-123 Clinton, V.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-123
3.0
MEDA 150 MEDICAL OFFICE PROCEDURES
Office procedures in medical field: decision-making, setting priorities,
working under pressure. A $2.00 materials fee is payable upon
registration. Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent enrollment in
MEDA 100 and 110.
32563 MEDA 150 AX TTh
12:10 1:25 14-123 Clinton, V.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
14-123
3.0
MEDA 160 MEDICAL INSURANCE PROCEDURES
Medical insurance programs are presented with coding resources
utilizedopen
in claims
preparation. Billing and bookkeeping methods. A
@ Courses
for audit.
MEDA 161 ICD (INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION
OF DISEASES)-9-CM (CLINICAL MODIFICATION):
BEGINNING CODING
Basic coding principles of diseases and symptoms according to ICD-9CM. Use of indexes, sequencing of code numbers, and preparation of
documents. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be repeated
once for credit.
SATURDAY CLASSES
32565 MEDA 161 S1 S
8:30 12:35 14-220 Clinton, V.
Start and end dates for section 32565: 1/25
2/22
1.0
MEDA 162 ICD (INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION
OF DISEASES)-9-CM (CLINICAL MODIFICATION):
INTERMEDIATE CODING
Continuation of MEDA 161 with emphasis on intermediate principles
and philosophy of coding logic according to ICD-9-CM. Prerequisite:
MEDA 161. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
SATURDAY CLASSES
32937 MEDA 162 S2 S
8:30 12:35 14-220 Clinton, V.
1.0
Meeting dates for section 32937:
3/01, 3/08, 3/15 and 3/29
MEDA 163 ICD (INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION
OF DISEASES)-9-CM (CLINICAL MODIFICATION):
ADVANCED CODING
Continuation of MEDA 162 with emphasis on advanced principles
and philosophy of coding logic according to ICD-9-CM. Prerequisite:
MEDA 162. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
SATURDAY CLASSES
32938 MEDA 163 S3 S
8:30 12:35 14-220 Clinton, V.
1.0
Meeting dates for section 32938:
4/05, 4/26, 05/03, and 5/10
MEDA 190 INTRODUCTION TO PHARMACOLOGY
Designed for medical assistants, transcribers, and other allied health
personnel. Includes identification, classification administration, and
care and storage of drugs according to FDA regulations. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32566 MEDA 190 JA T
6:30
9:20 14-201 Charlton, K.
3.0
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
MEDICAL
ASSISTING
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 157. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
15-157 Avelar, L.
15-157 Avelar, L.
69
Units
MEDA 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
33178 MEDA 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33180 MEDA 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
M
set assessment, full-time and contract work environments, freelancing,
startup ventures, and career management. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU)
37996 MULT 115 A1 T
9:10 12:00 19-103 Sanchez, S.
Start and end dates for section 37996: 1/14
3/11
1.5
2.0
1.0
MEDA 801 MEDICAL ASSISTING EXAM REVIEW
Comprehensive review and testing of administrative/ clinical procedures
and laws and ethics to prepare students for biannual certification
testing offered by various organizations. Prerequisite: MEDA 121 and
150 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be
taken three times for a maximum of 3 units. (Units do not apply toward
AA/AS degree.)
37042 MEDA 801 AX T
8:10 9:00 23-173 Charlton, K.
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
23-173
1.0
METEOROLOGY
ELEMENTARY METEOROLOGY
Study of the atmosphere’s structure, the earth’s heat budget, cloud
forms, wind and precipitation. (CSU/UC)
32569 METE 100 AA MWF
11:10 12:00 11-130 Robinson, D.
3.0
METE 101 METEOROLOGY LABORATORY
Use of instruments, charts, and the Internet to observe and interpret
weather phenomena. Plus one hour by arrangement per week.
Prerequisite: concurrent enrollment in or completion of METE 100.
One or more field trips may be required. (CSU/UC)
36532 METE 101 AA W
1:10
4:00 16-165 Robinson, D.
1.0
MULTIMEDIA
MULT 100 MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGY
The technology used to create multimedia productions can be
intimidating. This course demystifies the hardware, software, and
computer operating systems that are used by multimedia professionals.
Introduces students to different computer operating systems, basic
hardware identification, computer functionality, file management, and
problem reporting. Plus three lab hours by arrangement per week.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
37991 MULT 100 A2 W
9:10 12:00 19-107 Sanchez, S.
Start and end dates for section 37991: 3/19
5/14
EVENING CLASSES
37992 MULT 100 J2 Th
6:30 9:20 26-142 Sanchez, S.
Start and end dates for section 37992: 3/20
5/22
1.5
1.5
MULT 105 INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA
Multimedia is the integration of graphics, animation, text, audio,
video, and interactivity. This course introduces students to the
technologies that make up the world of multimedia. Covers Internet
technologies, web design, animation, digital audio, digital video, motion
graphics, and interactive presentations. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
37993 MULT 105 A1 W
9:10 12:00 19-107 Sanchez, S.
Start and end dates for section 37993: 1/15
3/12
EVENING CLASSES
37994 MULT 105 J1 Th
6:30 9:20 26-142 Sanchez, S.
Start and end dates for section 37994: 1/16
3/13
1.5
1.5
MULT 115 MULTIMEDIA CAREERS
Introduction to the multimedia profession. Includes job hunting, skill
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
MULT 170 DREAMWEAVER I
Covers web page structure and web page creation using Dreamweaver,
a popular professional web design tool. Students use the basic tools of
Dreamweaver to examine, create, and edit web pages under different
browser environments. Plus three lab hours by arrangement per week.
Recommended Preparation: MULT 100 and 105 or equivalent. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
37998 MULT 170 A1 F
9:10 12:00 27-102 Gahagen, A.
Start and end dates for section 37998: 1/17
3/14
EVENING CLASSES
38001 MULT 170 J1 T
6:30 9:20 27-102 Kaitner, S.
Start and end dates for section 38001: 1/14
3/11
1.5
1.5
MULT 171 DREAMWEAVER II
Continuation of MULT 170. Covers the advanced features of
Dreamweaver. Students assemble web pages using text, graphics, and
other media components. In addition, the course covers advanced
linking technologies. Students build a small web site as part of the
course. Plus three lab hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
MULT 170 or the equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
(CSU)
38003 MULT 171 A2 F
9:10 12:00 27-102 Gahagen, A.
Start and end dates for section 38003: 3/21
5/16
EVENING CLASSES
38006 MULT 171 J2 T
6:30 9:20 27-102 Kaitner, S.
Start and end dates for section 38006: 3/18
5/20
1.5
1.5
MULT 175 MULTIMEDIA GRAPHICS I
Introduction to professional graphics applications such as Photoshop
and Illustrator. Covers the basics of these software applications and the
characteristics of various graphic file formats as applied to multimedia
productions. Plus three lab hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
MULT 100 and 105 or the equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU)
38010 MULT 175 A1 Th
9:10 12:00 27-102 Snell, L.
Start and end dates for section 38010: 1/16
3/13
EVENING CLASSES
38013 MULT 175 J1 W
6:30 9:20 26-144 Kaitner, S.
Start and end dates for section 38013: 1/15
3/12
1.5
1.5
Multimedia courses continued on next page
70
M
MULTIMEDIA
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Units
MULT 176 MULTIMEDIA GRAPHICS II
Continuation of MULT 175. Covers advanced multimedia and web
design features of Photoshop and Illustrator, as well as workflow
between the two applications. Plus three lab hours by arrangement per
week. Prerequisite: MULT 175. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
(CSU)
38015 MULT 176 A2 Th
9:10 12:00 27-102 Snell, L.
Start and end dates for section 38015: 3/20
5/15
EVENING CLASSES
38020 MULT 176 J2 W
6:30 9:20 26-144 Kaitner, S.
Start and end dates for section 38020: 3/19
5/21
1.5
Digital audio and video technology is used on the internet in
broadcasting, filmmaking, and commercial production. Introduces
digital audio and video and its various uses. Focuses on Quick Time
Pro as well as file formats, compression, and delivery. Plus three lab
hours by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: MULT
100 and 105 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
1.5
MULT 181 DIGITAL VIDEO II
Continuation of MULT 180. Students expand their knowledge of
digital audio by working with various audio applications. Students
also work with Apple’s iMovie to gain a better understanding of digital
video. Plus three lab hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
MULT 180 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
(CSU)
38025 MULT 181 A2 M
9:10 12:00 27-102 Staff
Start and end dates for section 38025: 3/17
5/12
1.5
MULT 251 INTERACTIVE DESIGN I
Covers user interface design for a web sire, interactive digital video, or
interactive Flash production. Explores the various design elements that
create a compelling intuitive user interface. Students design user
interfaces for critique in class. Recommended Preparation: MULT 171
and 176 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
38028 MULT 251 A1 W
3:10 6:00 26-144 Bennett, D.
Start and end dates for section 38028: 1/15
3/12
1.5
Continuation of MULT 251. Explores navigation, emotional content,
and “visual communication” elements to create an entertaining and
informative user experience. Students design small interactive
productions (web, digital video, Flash) for critique in class. Prerequisite:
MULT 251 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
(CSU)
1.5
MULT 270 FLASH I
Introduces Macromedia Flash, which is used to create vector animations
for use on the web. Covers basic animation principals, Flash
fundamentals, and basic software functionality. Plus three lab hours by
arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: MULT 171 and
176 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
38034 MULT 270 A1 W
9:10 12:00 27-102 Staff
Start and end dates for section 38034: 1/15
3/12
EVENING CLASSES
38036 MULT 270 J1 Th
6:30 9:20 27-102 Sanchez, N.
Start and end dates for section 38036: 1/16
3/13
1.5
1.5
MULT 271 FLASH II
Continuation of MULT 270. Covers the advanced features of Flash,
such as interactivity and scripting. Plus three lab hours by arrangement
@ Courses open for audit.
1.5
1.5
Covers how to create a smooth workflow using various professional
software applications to build a web site and how to work between
Photoshop, Illustrator, Fireworks, and Dreamweaver. Also includes
basic web site project management techniques. Plus three lab hours
by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: MULT 171
and 176 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
38043 MULT 275 A1 T
3:10 6:00 19-107 Snell, L.
Start and end dates for section 38043: 1/14
3/11
1.5
MULT 275 WEB WORKFLOW I
Covers how to create a smooth workflow using various professional
software applications to build a web site and how to work between
Photoshop, Illustrator, Fireworks, and Dreamweaver. Also includes
basic web site project management techniques. Plus three lab hours
by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: MULT 171
and 176 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
38056 MULT 276 A2 T
3:10 6:00 19-107 Snell, L.
Start and end dates for section 38056: 3/18
5/13
1.5
MULT 280 AFTER EFFECTS I
Introduces the student to Adobe After Effects. After Effects is a 2D
motion graphics application used to create animations using digital
audio, video, still images, and other media. Students will learn basic
animation principals. After Effects fundamentals, and software
functionality. Plus three lab hours by arrangement per week.
Recommended Preparation: MULT 181 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit
or letter grade option. (CSU)
SATURDAY CLASSES
38060 MULT 280 S1 S
9:00 12:15 26-142 Whitney, S.
Start and end dates for section 38060: 1/25
3/15
1.5
MULT 281 AFTER EFFECTS II
MULT 252 INTERACTIVE DESIGN II
38032 MULT 252 A2 W
3:10 6:00 26-144 Bennett, D.
Start and end dates for section 38032: 3/19
5/14
38038 MULT 271 A2 W
9:10 12:00 27-102 Staff
Start and end dates for section 38038: 3/19
5/14
EVENING CLASSES
38039 MULT 271 J2 Th
6:30 9:20 27-102 Sanchez, N.
Start and end dates for section 38039: 3/20
5/22
MULT 275 WEB WORKFLOW I
1.5
MULT 180 DIGITAL VIDEO I
38022 MULT 180 A1 M
8:45 12:00 27-102 Rollins, C.
Start and end dates for section 38022: 1/13
3/10
per week. Prerequisite: MULT 270 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or
letter grade option. (CSU)
Continuation of MULT 280. Prerequisite: MULT 280 or equivalent.
Plus three lab hours by arrangment per week. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU)
SATURDAY CLASSES
38064 MULT 281 S2 S
9:00 11:50 26-142 Whitney, S.
Start and end dates for section 38064: 3/22
5/17
1.5
MULT 302 MULTIMEDIA SCANNING AND DIGITIZING
Covers how to capture various types of media for use in print, web
design, and motion graphics. Also covers how to record and digitize
audio, shoot and digitize video, and scan printed materials for use in
various projects. Includes how to re-purpose media for use in different
projects. Plus three lab hours by arrangement per week. Recommended
Preparation: MULT 171 and 176; OR MULT 181 and TA&G 141 or
GRA 121; OR the equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
(CSU)
38557 MULT 302 A2 Th
12:10 3:00 27-102 Sanchez, S.
Start and end dates for section 38557: 3/20
5/15
1.5
MULT 381 MULTIMEDIA STORYTELLING I
Explores linear multimedia storytelling using digital video, animation,
music, voiceover, and still images. Students design short linear
productions for critique in class. Plus three lab hours by arrangement
per week. Recommended Preparation: MULT 281 or equivalent. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
MULTIMEDIA
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
EVENING CLASSES
38555 MULT 381 J1 W
6:30 9:20 26-144 Rule, L.
Start and end dates for section 38555: 1/15
3/12
1.5
Continuation of MULT 381. Explores visual communication techniques,
emotional content, and basic storytelling. Students design short linear
productions for critique in class. Plus three lab hours by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: MULT 381 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or
letter grade option. (CSU)
1.5
MULT 385 DIGITAL VIDEO WORKFLOW I
Covers how to create a smooth digital video workflow using Quick
Time Pro, Photoshop, Final Cut Por, After Effects, and BIAS Peak.
Students create small projects to learn workflow principles. Plus three
lab hours by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation:
MULT 281 and TA&G 141 or GRA 121 or equivalent. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
38547 MULT 385 A1 T
3:10 6:00 19-107 Rule, L.
Start and end dates for section 38547: 1/14
3/11
1.5
MULT 386 DIGITAL VIDEO WORKFLOW II
Continuation of MULT 385. In addition to Quick Time Pro, Photoshop
Final Cut Pro, After Effects and BIAS Peak, student work with Cleaner
EZ to prepare digital video productions for web use. Plus three lab
hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: MULT 385 or equivalent.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
38548 MULT 386 A2 T
3:10 6:00 19-107 Rule, L.
Start and end dates for section 38548: 3/18
5/13
1.5
MULT 390 MULTIMEDIA DESIGN STUDIO I
The first of two capstone courses to the Multimedia program. Students
will create Multimedia projects using production and design techniques
learned in previous courses. Students will handle all aspects of design
projects including project planning, graphics, animations, web page
creation and/or final output to other media. Plus four lab hours by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: MULT 276, MULT 252, and
MULT 271; or MULT 382 and MULT 386, or the equivalent. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
38072 MULT 390 A1 M
2:45 6:00 26-142 Bennett, D.
Start and end dates for section 38072: 1/13
3/10
1.5
MULT 391 MULTIMEDIA DESIGN STUDIO II
Continuation of MULT 390. Students create multimedia projects using
production and design techniques covered in previous courses. Students
are given “real” projects and work directly with a client. Students get
hand-on experience in client interviewing and client management to
produce multimedia projects. Plus four lab hours by arrangement per
week. Prerequisite: MULT 390 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or
letter grade option. (CSU)
38076 MULT 391 A2 M
3:10 6:00 26-142 Bennett, D.
Start and end dates for section 38076: 3/17
5/12
1.5
MULT 681 DVD AUTHORING II
This is a continuation of DVD Authoring I. Students will work with
Apple DVD Studio Pro to learn advanced DVD production including
multiple audio and video streams, animated menus, viewer navigation,
and slideshows.
EVENING AND SATURDAY CLASSES
37609 MULT 681 J2 M
6:30 9:20 27-102 Bennett, D.
Start and end dates for section 37609: 3/24
5/19
37610 MULT 681 S2 S
9:00 11:50 27-102 Staff
Start and end dates for section 37610: 3/22
5/17
1.5
1.5
MULT 682 FLASH III
This advanced Flash class focuses on dynamic content design and
development using Action Script, Clip Events, and Smart Clips. Also
emphasizes production design and visual storytelling. (CSU)
36037 MULT 682 A1 T
9:10 12:00 27-102 Staff
Start and end dates for section 36037: 1/14
3/11
1.5
MULT 683 FLASH IV
This advanced Flash class focuses on dynamic interface creation using
Flash content with HTML, QuickTime, and RealPlayer files. Also
covers interface and content design for Internet devices such as handheld computers. (CSU)
36480 MULT 683 A2 T
9:10 12:00 27-102 Staff
Start and end dates for section 36480: 3/18
5/13
1.5
MULT 684 MULTIMEDIA PORTFOLIO DESIGN
This advanced class will expose students to various ways of creating a
web design portofolio or digital video demo reel. Students will design
several versions of their portfolio or demo reel and choose the one that
best displays their work
38553 MULT 684 A2 T
9:10 12:00 19-103 Sanchez, S.
Start and end dates for section 38553: 3/18
5/13
1.5
MULT 685 DVD DESIGN I
DVD Design I is for students who have their DVD authoring skills but
want to learn about DVD design. Students will analyze and deconstruct
the production values that create a compelling, entertaining DVD.
Students will cover Åglook and feelÅh, attitude, style, composition,
emotional content, navigation, target audience, and call to action
among other production values.
EVENING CLASSES
37683 MULT 685 J1 W
6:30 9:20 27-102 Bennett, D.
Start and end dates for section 37683: 1/15
3/12
1.5
MULT 686 DVD DESIGN II
DVD Design II is a continuation of DVD Design I. This class will focus
on DVD interface and navigation design. Other high level features
such as title screens, multi-channel audio, transitional animations,
Flash integration and workflow will be covered.
EVENING CLASSES
37684 MULT 686 J2 W
6:30 9:20 27-102 Bennett, D.
Start and end dates for section 37684: 3/19
5/21
1.5
MULT 687 MAC OS
MULT 680 DVD AUTHORING I
This advanced class will introduce the student to basic DVD principles
such as encoding, logical formats, physical formats, and capabilities.
Students will work with Apple iDVD to learn basic DVD production.
EVENING AND SATURDAY CLASSES
37606 MULT 680 J1 M
6:30 9:20 27-102 Bennett, D.
Start and end dates for section 37606: 1/13
3/17
37607 MULT 680 S1 S
9:00 12:15 27-102 Staff
Start and end dates for section 37607: 1/25
3/15
71
Units
MULT 382 MULTIMEDIA STORYTELLING II
EVENING CLASSES
38556 MULT 382 J2 W
6:30 9:20 26-144 Rule, L.
Start and end dates for section 38556: 3/19
5/21
M
1.5
1.5
This hands-on class will introduce students to the latest version of the
Mac OS. Students will learn basic Macintosh computer skills including
launching and quitting applications, managing files and folders, and
system configuration. Students will also be introduced to some of
Apple’s multimedia software applications including iMovie, iPhoto,
iTunes, and iTools as well as a web browser and e-mail.
37605 MULT 687 A1 Th
12:10 3:00 27-102 Sanchez, S.
Start and end dates for section 37605: 1/16
3/13
1.5
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
Multimedia courses continued on next page
72
M
MULTIMEDIA
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
MULT 688 WEB READY
32601 MUS. 132 AX MWF
WebReady is a self-paced class based on competency and focused on
preparing any college student wishing to successfully take courses
which partially or completely use the Web. Students will demonstrate
their ability to use essential web skills and learn new skills in: web
browsing, Internet research, email communication, file attachments,
file compression, PDF documents, discussion board collaboration, as
well as gauge whether the online learning environment is suitable for
their learning styles. (CSU)
ONLINE CLASSES
38237 MULT 688 WO See pages 96-97
Online-CRS
Sevastopoulos, J. 1.0
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 19, Room 113. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
36612 MULT 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
36613 MULT 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
19-113 Staff
19-113 Staff
2.0
1.0
MUSIC
MUS.100 FUNDAMENTALS OF MUSIC
Learn how to read music and perform it at sight. Recommended for
beginning students. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
30592
32591
32593
38233
32595
32592
MUS. 100 AA
MUS. 100 AB
MUS. 100 AC
MUS. 100 AD
MUS. 100 AE
MUS. 100 AF
MWF
TTh
MWF
TTh
MWF
TTh
8:10
8:10
9:10
9:45
10:10
11:10
9:00
9:25
10:00
11:00
11:00
12:25
2-203
2-202
2-203
2-203
2-203
2-203
Johnson, K.
Gustavson, C.
Cotton, I.
Johnson, K.
Cotton, I.
Johnson, K.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
MUS. 101 MUSICIANSHIP I
Study of notation, keys, intervals, sight/singing and dictation.
Prerequisite: MUS. 100 or equivalent. Corequisite: concurrent
enrollment in MUS. 131. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for
ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
32596 MUS. 101 AA MWF
10:10 11:00 2-202
Gustavson, C.
3.0
Continuation and advanced study of topics introduced in MUS. 101.
Prerequisite: MUS. 101 or equivalent. Corequisite: concurrent
enrollment in MUS. 132. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for
ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
9:45 11:00 2-202
Gustavson, C.
3.0
MUS. 103 MUSICIANSHIP III
Continuation of MUS. 102. Prerequisite: MUS. 102 or equivalent.
Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in MUS. 133. (CSU/UC)
32598 MUS. 103 AX TTh
9:45 11:00 2-202
Gustavson, C.
3.0
MUS. 104 MUSICIANSHIP IV
Continuation of MUS. 103. Prerequisite: MUS. 103. Corequisite:
concurrent enrollment in MUS. 134. (CSU/UC)
32599 MUS. 104 AX TTh
9:45 11:00 2-202
Gustavson, C.
3.0
3.0
Continuation of the study of tonal and formal procedures. Prerequisite:
MUS. 132. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in MUS. 103. (CSU/
UC)
32602 MUS. 133 AX MWF
8:10
9:00 2-202
Gustavson, C.
3.0
MUS. 134 HARMONY IV
Continuation of MUS. 133. Prerequisite: MUS. 133. Corequisite:
concurrent enrollment in MUS. 104. (CSU/UC)
8:10
9:00 2-202
Gustavson, C.
3.0
MUS. 202 MUSIC LISTENING AND ENJOYMENT
Survey of the music of Western Civilization. Enhances enjoyment and
appreciation of the world’s great music. No musical experience required.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/
UC)
32604 MUS. 202 AA MWF
33953 MUS. 202 AB MWF
EVENING CLASSES
33614 MUS. 202 JA W
10:10 11:00 2-141
11:10 12:00 2-202
6:30
9:20 2-202
Ochoa, R.
Cotton, I.
3.0
3.0
Ochoa, R.
3.0
MUS. 275 HISTORY OF JAZZ
Jazz since 1900. Emphasizes styles and trends. Attendance required at
four jazz performances. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for
ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
32606 MUS. 275 AA MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32607 MUS. 275 JA M
11:10 12:00 2-141
Berry, F.
3.0
7:00 10:05 2-202
Berry, F.
3.0
MUS. 301 PIANO I
Elementary piano instruction. Individual attention, assignments, and
performance in a class situation. Designed for those with no previous
piano playing experience. Plus two individual practice hours per
week. (CSU/UC*)
32608 MUS. 301 AA MWF
32943 MUS. 301 AB TTh
32609 MUS. 301 AC MWF
9:10 10:00 2-100
9:45 11:00 2-100
10:10 11:00 2-100
Berry, F.
Hoffman, S.
Berry, F.
1.0
1.0
1.0
Continuation of MUS. 301 with performance in a class situation. Plus
two individual practice hours per week. Prerequisite: MUS. 301 or
equivalent. (CSU/UC*)
32610 MUS. 302 AA TTh
8:10
9:25 2-100
Hoffman, S.
1.0
MUS. 303 PIANO III
Continuation of MUS. 302. Plus two individual practice hours per
week. Prerequisite: MUS. 302 or equivalent. (CSU/UC*)
32611 MUS. 303 AX W
4:05
6:55 2-100
Jackson, J.
1.0
MUS. 304 PIANO IV
Continuation of MUS. 303. Plus two individual practice hours per
week. Prerequisite: MUS. 303 or equivalent. May be taken four times
for a maximum of 4 units. (CSU/UC*)
32612 MUS. 304 AX W
4:05
6:55 2-100
Jackson, J.
1.0
MUS. 371 GUITAR I
MUS. 131 HARMONY I
Principles of scale, mode and intervals; triadic harmony; analysis and
creative exercises. Prerequisite: MUS. 100 or equivalent. Corequisite:
concurrent enrollment in MUS. 101. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
32600 MUS. 131 AA MWF
Gustavson, C.
MUS. 302 PIANO II
MUS. 102 MUSICIANSHIP II
32597 MUS. 102 AX TTh
9:00 2-202
MUS. 133 HARMONY III
32603 MUS. 134 AX MWF
MULT 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
8:10
9:10 10:00 2-202
Gustavson, C.
3.0
MUS. 132 HARMONY II
Continuation
advanced study of topics introduced in MUS. 131.
@ Courses
open forand
audit.
Prerequisite: MUS. 131. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in MUS.
102. (CSU/UC)
Techniques of guitar performance and reading music. Plus two
individual practice hours per week. Students must supply their own
instruments. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
32614 MUS. 371 JX
Th
7:00
9:50 2-100
Ferguson, C.
1.0
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
MUSIC
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Continuation of MUS. 371 with emphasis on solo performance. Plus
two individual practice hours per week. Students must supply their
own instruments. Prerequisite: MUS. 371. (CSU/UC*)
Th
7:00
9:50 2-100
Ferguson, C.
1.0
MUS. 373 GUITAR III
Continuation of MUS. 372 with emphasis on solo performances. Plus
two individual practice hours per week. Students must supply their
own instruments. Prerequisite: MUS. 372. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
33456 MUS. 373 JX
Th
7:00
9:50 2-100
Ferguson, C.
1.0
MUS. 374 GUITAR IV
Continuation of MUS. 373 with emphasis on solo performances. Plus
two individual practice hours per week. Students must supply their
own instruments. Prerequisite: MUS. 373. May be taken four times for
a maximum of 4 units. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
33523 MUS. 374 JX
Th
7:00
9:50 2-100
Ferguson, C.
1.0
MUS. 401 VOICE I
Elementary vocal instruction through exercises and singing in class.
Plus two practice room hours per week. (CSU/UC*)
32944 MUS. 401 AA TTh
9:45 11:00 2-141
Baker, B.
1.0
MUS. 402 VOICE II
Intermediate vocal instruction through exercises and singing in class.
Plus two practice room hours per week. Prerequisite: MUS. 401 or
equivalent. (CSU/UC*)
32616 MUS. 402 AX TTh
11:10 12:25 2-141
Baker, B.
1.0
MUS. 403 VOICE III
Advanced songs and recital performance as ability merits. Plus two
practice room hours per week. Prerequisite: MUS. 402 or equivalent.
(CSU/UC*)
32617 MUS. 403 AX TTh
11:10 12:25 2-141
Baker, B.
1.0
MUS. 404 VOICE IV
Advanced songs and recital performance as ability merits. Plus two
practice room hours per week. Prerequisite: MUS. 403 or equivalent.
May be taken four times for a maximum of 4 units. (CSU/UC*)
32945 MUS. 404 AX TTh
11:10 12:25 2-141
Baker, B.
1.0
MUS. 451 JAZZ WORKSHOP
Workshop in jazz interpretation and style. Ensemble experience from
“blues” to present-day jazz. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
May be taken four times for a maximum of 4 units. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
32618 MUS. 451 JA
W
7:00
9:50 2-100
Galisatus, M.
1.0
MUS. 452 REPERTORY JAZZ BAND
Evening jazz ensemble for the experienced musician. Emphasizes
advanced improvisational techniques. Prerequisite: demonstration of
proficiency in advanced reading and interpretation of jazz styles.
Performance required. May be taken four times for a maximum of 4
units. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
32935 MUS. 452 JA@ M
7:00 10:05 2-100
Galisatus, M.
73
Units
MUS. 372 GUITAR II
EVENING CLASSES
32615 MUS. 372 JX
M
1.0
MUS. 453 JAZZ BAND
All phases of jazz performance, starting with beginner ensemble
experience. Performance required. Prerequisite: MUS. 101 and 320 or
equivalent. May be taken four times for a maximum of 8 units. (CSU/
UC*)
32942 MUS. 453 AA@ MWF
12:10 1:00 2-100
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
Berry, F.
2.0
MUS. 470 CSM SINGERS
Study and performance of choral literature for accompanied and
unaccompanied choir. Performance may be required. Plus two hours
by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: MUS. 402 or equivalent;
demonstration of proficiency. May be taken four times for a maximum
of 4 units. (CSU/UC*)
35751 MUS. 470 AA@ MWF
12:10
1:00 2-141
Ochoa, R.
1.0
MUS. 680 MASTERWORKS CHORALE:
MUSIC OF CELEBRATION
The study, rehearsal and performance of Glorias of different cultures.
Music rehearsed and performed will include Rutter's "Gloria" with full
brass ensemble. Second half of the semester will explore American
rhythm through Bernstein's "Chichester Psalms," and the music of
Copland, spirituals, and Gershwin. Performance required. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32619 MUS. 680 JA
M
7:00 10:05 2-141
By Arr 6.0 Hrs/Wk
2-141
Baker, B.
1.0
MUS. 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg.15, Room 157. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
32624 MUS. 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
32625 MUS. 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-157 Avelar, L.
15-157 Avelar, L.
2.0
1.0
MUS. 800 COMPUTER-ASSISTED
INSTRUCTION IN MUSIC
Designed primarily for students enrolled in MUS. 100. 101, 102, 103,
104, 131, 132, 133, or 134, to improve their skills in music theory and
musicianship through Computer-Assisted Instruction in Music. No
previous computer experience required. To increase competency,
may be taken four times for a maximum of 2 units.
34834 MUS. 800 AA By Arr 1.5 Hrs/Wk
2-208
Bobrowski, C.
.5
MUS. 290 INTRODUCTION TO MIDI
(MUSICAL INSTRUMENT DIGITAL INTERFACE) MUSIC
Introductory course in the use and implementation of MIDI (Musical
Instrument Digital Interface) musical instruments, including interfacing
with computers and MIDI software. Ability to read music is desirable
but not essential. (CSU)
33948 MUS. 290 AA T
Th
EVENING CLASSES
37580 MUS. 290 JA M
W
11:10
10:10
1:00 2-202
1:00 2-109
Bobrowski, C.
3.0
6:00
6:00
8:05 2-203
8:50 2-109
Bobrowski, C.
3.0
MUS. 291 MIDI (MUSICAL INSTRUMENT DIGITAL
INTERFACE) HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE
SEQUENCING
Advanced MIDI application course focusing on the uses of MIDI in
music composition, music production, and multi- media. MIDI
applications include MIDI sequencing programs for both the Macintosh
and IBM platforms and music printing software. Prerequisite: MUS.
290. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken twice for a
total of 4 units. (CSU)
33949 MUS. 291 AA M
W
2:10
2:10
4:00 2-202
4:00 2-109
Bobrowski, C.
2.0
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
Music courses continued on next page
74
M
MUSIC
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
MUS. 293 AUDIO FOR VISUAL MEDIA
Production and synchronization of music, sound effects, and voiceovers for film and video. Study and use of various time codes, including
SMPTE and MTC. Arranging, orchestrating, and composing for visuals
using MIDI instruments, computer-based sequencing, and multi-track
tape recording techniques. Prerequisite: MUS. 291 or equivalent.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
35468 MUS. 293 AA T
Th
1:10
1:10
3:00 2-202
3:00 2-109
Bobrowski, C.
2.5
NURSING
NURS 221 PEDIATRIC NURSING
Growth and development of the child and family; emphasis on nursing
care of infants, children, and adolescents. Plus two hours by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: NURS 212 with a grade of C or higher.
Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in NURS 225. (CSU)
33069 NURS 221 AX MTh
TW
Start and end dates for
33073 NURS 221 BX MTh
S
Start and end dates for
33076 NURS 221 CX MTh
TW
Start and end dates for
37575 NURS 221 DX MTh
S
Start and end dates for
12:10 2:30
2:00 7:50
section 33069:
12:10 2:30
7:00 7:00
section 33073:
12:10 2:30
2:00 7:50
section 33076:
12:10 2:30
7:00 7:00
section 37575:
23-173
HS
1/13
23-173
HS
1/13
23-173
HS
3/17
23-173
HS
3/17
Smith, E.
4.5
3/13
Smith, E.
4.5
3/15
Smith, E.
4.5
5/15
Smith, E.
4.5
5/17
NURS 222 MATERNITY NURSING
Nursing care related to total maternity cycle. Plus two hours by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: NURS 212 with a grade of C or
higher. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in NURS 225. (CSU)
32628 NURS 222 AX M
Th
ThF
By Arr
Start and end dates for
33078 NURS 222 BX M
Th
TW
Start and end dates for
33079 NURS 222 CX MTh
TW
Start and end dates for
37980 NURS 222 DX MTh
TW
Start and end dates for
12:10 2:30
2:10 4:30
7:00 1:00
2.0 Hrs/Wk
section 32628:
12:10 2:30
2:10 4:30
8:00 2:00
section 33078:
12:10 2:30
7:00 1:00
section 33079:
12:10 2:30
8:00 2:00
section 37980:
11-033 McAteer, J.
11-033
HS
3/17
11-033
11-033
HS
3/17
11-033
HS
1/13
11-033
HS
1/13
5/16
McAteer, J.
4.5
4.5
5/15
McAteer, J.
4.5
3/13
McAteer, J.
4.5
3/13
Provides for nursing skill development and competency testing for
skills identified for concurrent nursing courses. Extra supplies may be
required. Prerequisite: NURS 212 or equivalent with a grade of C or
higher. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in NURS 221 and 222.
Credit/No Credit grading.
NURS 225
NURS 225
NURS 225
NURS 225
AA
AB
AC
AD
M
Th
Th
Th
10:30 11:50 23-174 Smith, E.
9:10 10:25 23-174 McAteer, J.
10:35 11:55 23-174 McAteer, J.
2:40 3:55 23-174 Smith, E.
12:10 2:25
7:00 11:30
12:00 2:50
section 32629:
12:10 2:25
7:00 11:30
12:00 2:50
section 33080:
12:10 2:25
7:00 11:30
12:10 2:25
section 33081:
12:10 2:25
7:00 11:30
12:10 2:25
section 33082:
11-133
HS
HS
1/13
11-133
HS
HS
1/13
11-133
HS
HS
1/13
11-133
HS
Isaeff, T.
5.0
5/13
Isaeff, T.
5.0
3/13
Isaeff, T.
5.0
3/13
Isaeff, T.
5.0
1/13
3/13
NURS 242 LEADERSHIP/MANAGEMENT IN NURSING
Theory and clinical experience in the care of adults experiencing
serious illnesses. Includes determination of priorities, decision making
and personal accountability. Plus two hours by arrangement per week.
Prerequisite: NURS 241 with a grade of C or higher. Corequisite:
concurrent enrollment in NURS 245. (CSU)
32630 NURS 242 AX MTh
TW
TW
Start and end dates for
33083 NURS 242 BX MTh
TW
TW
Start and end dates for
33084 NURS 242 CX MTh
TW
TW
Start and end dates for
33085 NURS 242 DX MTh
TW
TW
Start and end dates for
12:10 2:25
7:00 11:30
12:00 2:50
section 32630:
12:10 2:25
7:00 11:30
12:00 2:50
section 33083:
12:10 2:25
7:00 11:30
12:00 2:50
section 33084:
12:10 2:25
7:00 11:30
12:00 2:50
section 33085:
11-133
HS
HS
3/17
11-133
HS
HS
3/17
11-133
HS
HS
3/17
11-133
HS
HS
3/17
Ryan, J.
5.0
5/15
Ryan, J.
5.0
5/15
Ryan, J.
5.0
5/15
Ryan, J.
5.0
5/15
NURS 245 NURSING SKILLS LAB IV
Provides for nursing skill development and competency testing for
skills identified for concurrent nursing courses. Extra supplies may be
required. Prerequisite: NURS 232 or equivalent with a grade of C or
higher. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in NURS 241 and 242.
Credit/No Credit grading.
34587 NURS 245 AA M
34588 NURS 245 AB Th
38000 NURS 245 AC Th
10:30 11:50 23-173 Isaeff, T.
9:00 10:20 23-173 Isaeff, T.
10:30 11:50 23-173 Ryan, J.
.5
.5
.5
NURS 261 PERIOPERATIVE NURSING
NURS 225 NURSING SKILLS LAB II
34585
34586
37988
38212
32629 NURS 241 AX MTh
TW
TW
Start and end dates for
33080 NURS 241 BX MTh
TW
TW
Start and end dates for
33081 NURS 241 CX MTh
TW
TW
Start and end dates for
33082 NURS 241 DX MTh
TW
TW
Start and end dates for
.5
.5
.5
.5
NURS 241 ADVANCED MEDICAL/SURGICAL NURSING
Theory and clinical experience in the care of adults experiencing
serious illnesses. Plus two hours by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
NURS 232 with a grade of C or higher. Corequisite: concurrent
enrollment in NURS 245. (CSU)
@ Courses open for audit.
Provides the theoretical framework of perioperative nursing, focusing
on principles of the entry-level knowledge required for a beginninglevel practitioner. Intended to be taken in conjunction with NURS
262, the clinical preceptorship. Prerequisite: current RN license or
acceptance into the course by the Nursing Department. Recommended
Preparation: one year of recent clinical experience in nursing. (CSU)
38790 NURS 261 A1 W
8:00 3:00 HS
Start and end dates for section 38790: 1/22
Greeley/Maguire 6.0
4/30
NURS 262 PERIOPERATIVE NURSING PRECEPTORSHIP
Covers the application of learned concepts of perioperative nursing in
an operating room. Students work under the supervision of a preceptor
to acquire skills required to work in the operating room. Intended to be
taken in conjunction with NURS 261. Prerequisite: current RN license
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
NURSING
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Gallagher, R.
5/02
9.0
NURS 666 CAREERS IN NURSING
This course provides an overview of nursing roles, educational
requirements, responsibilities, job opportunities and settings for nursing
practice. The course is designed for potential nursing majors and nonnursing majors. Students are required to attend both Saturday and
Sunday classes. Credit/No Credit grading. (CSU)
SATURDAY/SUNDAY CLASSES
34589 NURS 666 S1 S/Sun
9:00 5:00
Start and end dates for section 34589:
38475 NURS 666 U1 S/Sun
7:00 5:00
Start and end dates for section 38475:
23-173
1/25
22-140
1/25
Isaeff/Ryan
1/26
Isaeff/Ryan
1/26
1.0
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 11, Room 136. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33184 NURS 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33185 NURS 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
11-136 Kowerski, R.
11-136 Kowerski, R.
2.0
1.0
NURS 845 REVIEW: REGISTERED NURSE EXAM
37100 NURS 845 A2 M
8:30 10:20 23-173 Ryan, J.
Start and end dates for section 37100: 3/31
5/16
.5
11-136 Kowerski, R.
11-136 Kowerski, R.
2.0
1.0
PHILOSOPHY
PHIL 100 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY
An introductory survey of philosophical questions and points of view
from classical and contemporary perspectives. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC) (CAN PHIL 2)
36074
32644
32957
36018
PHIL 100
PHIL 100
PHIL 100
PHIL 100
100
AA
AB
AC
TTh
MWF
MWF
MWF
11:10 12:25 18-292 Ball, J.
8:10 9:00 14-100 Danielson, D.
10:10 11:00 14-100 Danielson, D.
11:10 12:00 18-292 Ball, J.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Presents techniques for analyzing arguments used in political rhetoric,
advertisements, editorials, scientific claims, and social commentary.
Develops the ability to create and refine written arguments. Includes
inductive and deductive arguments, the validity and consistency of
arguments, the relationship between evidence and conclusions, and
the use of arguments in science. Recommended Preparation: ENGL
100. (CSU/UC)
TTh
9:45 11:00 18-293 Ball, J.
3.0
PHIL 244 CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL
AND MORAL ISSUES
Analysis of contemporary moral issues including abortion, euthanasia,
business ethics, punishment, drug use, war and terrorism.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
32647 PHIL 244 AA
* PHIL 244 AB
OCEANOGRAPHY
TTh
MWF
8:10 9:25 14-118 Danielson, D.
9:10 10:00 18-293 Ball, J.
3.0
3.0
*PHIL 244 AB must be taken as part of the Learning Community: THE
AMERICAN DREAM: FACTS AND FICTION. See page 64.
OCEN 100 OCEANOGRAPHY
Waves, beaches, currents, sea environments, life and nature of water,
moving plates and the birth and destruction of oceans. Two field trips.
Plus one hour by arrangement per week. (CSU/UC)
12:00
10:00
12:00
11:00
12:00
1:00
12:00
2:00
18-076
12-170
18-076
12-170
18-076
12-170
18-076
12-170
Marymont, R.
3.0
Marymont, R.
3.0
Marymont, R.
3.0
Marymont, R.
3.0
EVENING CLASSES
32648 PHIL 244 JA
Th
6:30
9:20 18-291 Ball, J.
3.0
PHIL 246 ETHICS IN AMERICA
TELECOURSE: Examines contemporary ethical conflicts in journalism,
government, medicine, law, business, and the criminal justice system.
Course provides a grounding in the language, concepts, and traditions
of ethics. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU) (CAN PHIL 4)
TV CLASSES
32649 PHIL 246 TV
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Ball, J.
3.0
PHIL 300 INTRODUCTION TO WORLD RELIGIONS
6:30
9:20 11-130 Galloway, J.
3.0
OCEN 101 OCEANOGRAPHY LABORATORY/FIELD
STUDY
Lab exercises in ocean currents, sedimentation, marine life forms, and
physical and chemical properties of sea water. Field trips. Plus one
hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: completion of or
concurrent enrollment in OCEN 100. (CSU/UC)
32640 OCEN 101 AB Th
EVENING CLASSES
34747 OCEN 101 JA Th
33187 OCEN 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33188 OCEN 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
37577 PHIL 103 AA
Assists senior-level nursing students to prepare for Nursing State Board
examination through the use of a computer program. Plus two hours
by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: concurrent enrollment in
NURS 241 or equivalent OR eligibility to take the State Board Exam.
Credit/No Credit grading.
11:10
9:10
11:10
10:10
11:10
12:10
11:10
1:10
Division Dean; Bldg. 11, Room 136. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
PHIL 103 CRITICAL THINKING
NURS 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
32636 OCEN 100 AX TTh
T
33193 OCEN 100 BX TTh
T
33197 OCEN 100 CX TTh
T
33199 OCEN 100 DX TTh
T
EVENING CLASSES
34746 OCEN 100 JA T
75
Units
or acceptance into the course by the Nursing Department.
Recommended Preparation: one year of recent clinical experience in
nursing. Credit/No Credit grading. (CSU)
38791 NURS 262 A1 MTThF
7:00 3:00 HS
Start and end dates for section 38791: 1/21
N
1:10
4:00 12-170 Marymont, R.
1.0
6:30
9:20 12-170 Galloway, J.
1.0
OCEN 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
Survey of major contemporary Eastern and Western religions. Includes
theories, practices, history, and leaders of each religion studied.
Emphasizes the similarities behind the differences between various
religions. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 100. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
35028 PHIL 300 AA
EVENING CLASSES
36651 PHIL 300 JA
TTh
Th
11:10 12:25 14-100 Staff
6:30
9:20 14-100 Staff
3.0
3.0
PHIL 320 ASIAN PHILOSOPHY
Survey of ideas and issues that traditionally concern philosophic minds.
Emphasizes doing philosophy as a means of understanding it. Critical
evaluation of such philosophical topics as values and ethics, logic,
political idealogies, human existence, science and religion, cosmology,
and knowledge. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800
or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
37581 PHIL 320 AA
TTh
9:45 11:00 14-100 Young, F.
3.0
76
P
PHILOSOPHY
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
PHIL 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
ADAP 160 ADVANCED ADAPTED WEIGHT TRAINING
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and completion of at
least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
32651 PHIL 690 AA
32652 PHIL 690 BB
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-169 Acena, A.
15-169 Acena, A.
2.0
1.0
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
ADAPTED
See Gym Bulletin Board for location of first class meeting.
36507 ADAP 160 AA MWF
Offered primarily for students with physical limitations. Increase rangeof-motion through water exercise. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Credit/No Credit grading. May be repeated according to
results of individual testing. (CSU/UC*)
1:10
1:10
2:00 POOL
2:00 POOL
Hogan, J.
Schmidt, M.
1.0
.5
ADAP 110 ADAPTED GENERAL CONDITIONING
Offered primarily for students with physical limitations. Therapeutic
exercise to develop muscular endurance. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit grading. May be repeated
according to results of individual testing. (CSU/UC*)
31619
34783
31620
34449
31621
31622
ADAP
ADAP
ADAP
ADAP
ADAP
ADAP
110
110
110
110
110
110
AA
AB
BA
CA
DA
DB
MWF
TTh
MWF
MWF
MWF
TTh
10:10 11:00 8-203
10:10 11:00 8-203
11:10 12:00 8-203
1:10 2:00 8-203
2:10 3:00 8-203
2:10 3:00 8-203
Schmidt, M.
Hogan, J.
Hogan, Janet
Schmidt, M.
Hogan, J.
Lohmann, S.
1.0
.5
1.0
1.0
1.0
.5
ADAP 140 ADAPTED CIRCUIT WEIGHT TRAINING
Offered primarily for students with physical limitations. Use of fitness
equipment to develop muscular endurance. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit grading. May be repeated
according to results of individual testing. (CSU/UC*)
31623 ADAP 140 AA MWF
31624 ADAP 140 AC TTh
12:10
12:10
1:00 8-117
1:00 8-117
Hogan, Janet
Hogan, J.
1.0
.5
ADAP 150 WELLNESS
Concepts, attitudes, and skills necessary for the student to develop a
self-directed and self-monitored fitness program and prepare to reenter the workplace. Includes nutrition, principles of physical fitness,
stress management, and a survey of resources on fitness. Recommended
Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in one or more Workplace Wellness
activity courses. Part of the Workplace Wellness Program to help
prepare students to return to the workplace. (CSU)
36509 ADAP 150 AX TTh
12:10 1:00 8-B2
Start and end dates for section 36509: 1/14
36510 ADAP 150 BX TTh
12:10 1:00 8-B2
Start and end dates for section 36510: 3/18
Schmidt, M.
3/13
Schmidt, M.
5/15
1.0
1.0
ADAP 155 ADAPTED BACK CARE
Designed for students who would like to improve their back health,
this course includes structure of the healthy spine, common deviations
and back injuries, and proper body mechanics. Students participate in
flexibility training and a progressive exercise program to build
musculature and correct posture and learn how to perform daily living
activities while maintaining back health. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: recent physical
examination and disability verification. Credit/No Credit grading. Part
of the Workplace Wellness Program to help prepare students to return
to the workplace. (CSU)
36504 ADAP 155 AA MWF
36505
ADAP
155forBA
TTh
@
Courses
open
audit.
10:10 11:00 8-B1
11:10 12:00 8-203
Hogan, Janet
Schmidt, M.
11:10 12:00 8-117
Schmidt, M.
1.0
ADAP 165 ADAPTED LIFELONG FITNESS
ADAP 100 ADAPTED AQUATICS
31617 ADAP 100 AA MWF
31618 ADAP 100 AB TTh
Designed for students who have already completed an adapted weight
training class and are able to perform lifts independently. Includes
various weight lifting techniques and exercises to enhance the student’s
physical preparation for the workplace. An individualized exercise
program includes: circuit weight training, whole body movement lifts,
lower back and stomach isolation exercises, and stretching techniques.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Recommended
Preparation: recent physical examination and disability verification.
Credit/No Credit grading. Part of the Workplace Wellness Program to
help prepare students to return to the workplace. (CSU)
1.0
.5
Designed to increase student’s personal fitness through a comprehensive
stretching and walking program. Includes proper stretching techniques,
proper training principles, correct walking techniques, and heart rate
monitoring to assist the student in developing a realistic cardiovascular
program in preparation for the workplace. Upon completion of the
course, the student will be able to successfully design and implement
a cardiovascular training program. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Recommended Preparation: recent physical examination
and disability verification. Credit/No Credit grading. part of the
Workplace Wellness Program to help prepare students to return to the
workplace. (CSU)
36508 ADAP 165 AX MWF
12:10
1:00 TRAK
Schmidt, M.
1.0
ADAP 170 ADAPTED FITNESS
Designed to address the individual exercise needs of the student who
is preparing to re-enter the workplace. Includes development of an
overall fitness routine involving all aspects of body conditioning:
cardiovascular training, muscular strength, endurance training, flexibility
and balance exercises. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Recommended Preparation: recent physical examination and disability
verification. Credit/No Credit grading. Part of the Workplace Wellness
Program to help prepare students to return to the workplace. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
36506 ADAP 170 LX TTh
5:00
7:35 8-117
Schmidt, M.
1.0
ADAP 680 ADAPTED EVALUATION
Designed to assess physical ability and prescribe exercise programs for
students enrolled in adapted P.E. classes. Credit/No Credit grading.
(CSU)
31625 ADAP 680 AO By Arr 5.0 Hrs/Wk
31626 ADAP 680 BO By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
31627 ADAP 680 CO By Arr 5.0 Hrs/Wk
8-113
8-113
8-113
Hogan, J.
Hogan, Janet
Schmidt, M.
.5-1.0
.5-1.0
.5-1.0
ADAP 681 ADAPTED FITNESS ACTIVITIES
Adapted individual fitness for students who are self-sufficient in exercise
activities. Disability verification recommended. CRN 34023 is open
entry/open exit and variable units. (CSU)
34023 ADAP 681 AO By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
37956 ADAP 681 C3 MTWTh 11:10 2:00
Start and end dates for section 37956:
OFF-CAMPUS CLASSES
35463 ADAP 681 AZ TTh
8:30 9:45
36237 ADAP 681 BZ TTh
3:10 4:00
38659 ADAP 681 CZ TTh
10:00 11:15
38660 ADAP 681 FZ TTh
2:10 3:00
8-113
8-113
6/02
Hogan, J.
Hogan, J.
6/12
COAST
SMGH
COAST
SETON
Sewart, A.
Barrilleaux, A.
Sewart, A.
Staff
.5-1.0
.5
.5
.5
.5
.5
AQUATICS
See Gym Bulletin Board for location of first class meeting.
AQUA 109 INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING AND
BEGINNING WATER POLO
Instruction in the basic swimming strokes, water polo fundamentals,
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
9:45 11:00 POOL
Wright, R.
1.0
Program for all swimmers. Endurance swimming for all levels of
fitness. Interval training using all strokes. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: ability to swim. To increase
competency, may be taken four times. (CSU/UC*)
10:10 11:00 POOL
11:10 12:00 POOL
9:00 10:50 POOL
Wright, R.
Wright, R.
Barrilleaux, A.
1.0
1.0
.5
AQUA 680 AQUA EXERCISE
Exercise in the water with stress on stretching and aerobic activities.
No swimming skill is necessary. Plus 1.7 lab hours by arrangement per
week. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
31688 AQUA 680 L2 TTh
4:25 5:30 POOL
Start and end dates for section 31688: 3/13
Barrilleaux, A.
5/22
.5
COMB 680 BEGINNING KARATE
Orientation in the sport, philosophy and fighting skills of Tae Kwon
Do. Basic kicking, blocking and punching techniques. Plus one lab
hour by arrangement per week. (CSU/UC*)
10:10 11:00 8-202
5:30
6:45 8-202
Walker, L.
1.0
Winter, B.
1.0
COMB 681 INTERMEDIATE/ADVANCED KARATE
A continuation of skills learned in Beginning Karate in preparation for
promotion to yellow belt and higher. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: COMB 680, Beginning Karate. (CSU/UC*)
36134 COMB 681 AA TTh
EVENING CLASSES
38143 COMB 681 LX TTh
11:10 12:00 8-202
5:30
6:45 8-202
Walker, L.
.5
Walker, L.
1.0
COMB 682 BEGINNING AEROBIC SELF DEFENSE
Orientation to aerobic fitness using fighting skills of martial arts and
self-defense. An aerobic dance style activity using basic blocking and
striking techniques. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
37256 COMB 682 AA MWF
EVENING CLASSES
38810 COMB 682 LA MW
37257 COMB 682 LB TTh
11:10 12:00 8-202
5:40
6:50
6:55 8-202
8:00 8-202
Walker, L.
1.0
Walker, L.
Winter, B.
1.0
1.0
DANCE
See Gym Bulletin Board for location of first class meeting.
Fundamentals of contemporary dance technique, body alignment,
and basic movements. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. To
increase competency, may be taken four times. (CSU/UC*)
9:10 10:00 8-203
Eggert, H.
1.0
7:30
Eggert, H.
1.0
8:45 8-203
8:10
9:25 8-203
Roake, A.
1.0
DANC 132 JAZZ DANCE II
Continuation of DANC 131 with more complex routines and refining
of basic skills. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
DANC 131 or equivalent. To increase competency, may be taken
three times. (CSU/UC*)
34937 DANC 132 AX TTh
8:10
9:25 8-203
Roake, A.
1.0
DANC 141 BEGINNING BALLET I
Beginning study of ballet techniques and style, including barre, center
floor and dance variations. Explores modern ballet works. Plus one lab
hour by arrangement per week. (CSU/UC*)
EVENING CLASSES
36570 DANC 141 LX TTh
6:00
7:15 8-203
Eggert, H.
1.0
DANC 143 INTERMEDIATE BALLET II
EVENING CLASSES
36886 DANC 143 LX TTh
6:00
7:15 8-203
Eggert, H.
1.0
DANC 680 BALLROOM DANCE
Introduction to popular social dances. Includes Swing, Tango, Waltz,
Cha Cha, Fox Trot, and Salsa. No partner required. Plus one lab hour
by arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
(CSU)
35589 DANC 680 A1 TTh
12:10 1:00 8-202
Start and end dates for section 35589: 2/18
EVENING CLASSES
35553 DANC 680 LA M
7:00 9:05 8-202
Walton, J.
5/15
.5
Walton, J.
.5
DANC 681 SWING DANCE
A class for all levels of ability. Beginners especially encouraged to
register. No partners required. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per
week. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
38677 DANC 681 A1 TTh
1:10 2:00 8-202
Start and end dates for section 38677: 2/18
Walton, J.
5/15
.5
DANCE 682 HIP HOP
Beginning and intermediate hip-hop dance techniques, patterns,
routines, choreography and improvisational group projects and
presentations.
38657 DANC 682 AA TTh
9:45 11:00 8-202
Roake, A.
1.0
FITNESS
See Gym Bulletin Board for location of first class meeting.
FITN 127 AEROBIC DANCE
DANC 121 CONTEMPORARY MODERN DANCE
34030 DANC 121 AA MWF
EVENING CLASSES
36569 DANC 121 LA TTh
Beginning techniques in jazz-stage, jazz movements, fast jazz, jazz
rock, and blues; plus various other jazz combinations. Plus one lab
hour by arrangement per week. (CSU/UC*)
Continuation of DANC 141, concentrating on barre, center floor, and
dance variations. Explores classic ballet works. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: DANC 141. To increase
competency, may be taken three times. (CSU/UC*)
COMBATIVE
See Gym Bulletin Board for location of first class meeting.
36089 COMB 680 AA MWF
EVENING CLASSES
37255 COMB 680 LX TTh
DANC 131 JAZZ DANCE I
34031 DANC 131 AX TTh
AQUA 127 SWIM FOR CONDITIONING
34007 AQUA 127 BA@ MWF
36582 AQUA 127 CA@ MWF
SATURDAY CLASSES
33544 AQUA 127 SA@ S
77
Units
and intra-class competition. Introduction to basic strategies and water
polo rules. Prerequisite: ability to swim comfortably in deep water. To
increase competency, may be taken four times. (CSU/UC*)
34005 AQUA 109 AA TTh
P
Exercise routines to music at heart training area. Warm-ups, stretches,
strength work, low impact, cool-down and toning exercises. Plus one
lab hour by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: recent
physical examination. To increase competency, may be taken four
times. (CSU/UC*)
32310 FITN 127 AA
32311 FITN 127 CA
MWF
MWF
8:10 9:00 8-201
10:10 11:00 8-201
Eggert, H.
Eggert, H.
1.0
1.0
FITN 205 WEIGHT CONDITIONING
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
Individualized weight conditioning for all levels of ability using
specialized machines and free weights. Instruction on safety, form,
Physical Education courses continued on next page
78
P
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
technique, and muscle development. Increase muscle strength, tone,
and endurance. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Recommended Preparation: recent physical examination. To increase
competency, may be taken four times. (CSU)
35810
35817
35820
35821
35823
36906
36911
FITN 205
FITN 205
FITN 205
FITN 205
FITN 205
FITN 205
FITN 205
AA
AC
BB
BC
CA
CB
DA
MWF
TTh
MWF
TTh
MWF
TTh
MWF
9:10
9:10
10:10
10:10
11:10
11:10
12:10
10:00
10:00
11:00
11:00
12:00
12:00
1:00
NAUT
NAUT
NAUT
8-117
NAUT
8-117
NAUT
Wright, R.
Statler, R.
Statler, R.
Statler, R.
Hogan, J.
Staff
Staff
1.5
1.0
1.5
1.0
1.5
1.0
1.5
FITN 215 WEIGHT CONDITIONING FOR
VARSITY TRACK
Individual conditioning techniques for advanced athletes. Plus one lab
hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: participation in
Intercollegiate Track and Field. Open entry/open exit. Variable units.
To increase competency, may be taken four times. (CSU/UC*)
33168 FITN 215 AO By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
Mangan, J.
.5-1.0
FITN 220 WEIGHT CONDITIONING FOR
VARSITY FOOTBALL
Course designed for varsity sports candidates; teaching students to use
overhead weight training to build bulk and strength. Recommended
only for Varsity Football candidates. Open entry/open exit. Variable
units. To increase competency, may be taken four times. (CSU/UC*)
Weight Conditioning for Football is open Monday, Wednesday and
Friday, 1:10-3:30 p.m.
32321 FITN 220 AO By Arr 2/0-7.8 Hrs/Wk FTBL
Owens/Pollack .5-2.0
FITN 681 FITNESS ACTIVITIES
A progressive activity and exercise class designed to improve
cardiovascular and general body fitness, mostly done to music.
Recommended Preparation: a recent physical examination. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
OFF-CAMPUS CLASSES
32324 FITN 681 AZ TTh
10:00 11:30 PEN
Stocker, A.
1.0
Cardiovascular fitness class for all levels of abilities. Credit/No Credit
or letter grade option. (CSU)
MWF
12:10
1:00 TRAK
Schmidt, M.
1.0
FITN 683 YOGA FOR FITNESS
A fitness class using yoga postures to increase flexibility and strength,
to improve balance and posture, and to learn breathing techniques to
relax the mind and body. This class is appropriate for all ages and
abilities. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit
or letter grade option. (CSU)
33546 FITN 683 BB
EVENING CLASSES
34946 FITN 683 LB
TTh
2:10
3:00 8-202
Stocker, A.
.5
Th
5:30
7:00 8-201
Stocker, A.
.5
FITN 684 WEIGHT TRAINING LAB
Weight training for students who wish to develop their own program
of training to achieve personal fitness goals. Designed to allow the
student flexibility in selecting a training schedule by offering open lab
time. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: prior
weight training classes or demonstration of proficiency. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. Open entry/open exit. Variable units.
(CSU)
Day session of Weight Training Lab is open Monday through Friday,
7:10-9:00 a.m. Evening session of Weight Training Lab is open Monday
through Friday, 5:00-7:35 p.m.
37957 FITN 684 AO By Arr 2.0-10.0 Hrs/Wk
@ Courses open for audit.
By Arr 2.0-14.5 Hrs/Wk
8-117 Mangan/Pollack/Schmidt .5-1.5
FITN 685 EXERCISE FOR FITNESS
An exercise class with individualized workouts stressing muscle tone,
strength and aerobic fitness. Class utilizes the Nautilus weight room,
small hand apparatus, exercycle, rowing machine and walking the par
course. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
32332 FITN 685 AA
TTh
3:10
4:00 8-203
Stocker, A.
.5
FITN 686 WOMEN’S WEIGHT CONDITIONING
For women only. Introductory use of both free weights and Universal
machines for figure enhancement. Get firm and fit. Plus one lab hour
by arrangement per week. (CSU)
37271 FITN 686 AA
TTh
12:10
1:00 NAUT
Eggert, H.
.5
FITN 687 CHAIR EXERCISES
TELECOURSE: “Sit and be Fit” is a series of programs designed for
persons with limited physical abilities and disabilities. Concentrates
on developing and strengthening muscle groups in a fun and gentle
setting. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. To increase or maintain
conditioning this class may be taken three times. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
37810 FITN 687 TV
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Hogan, J.
1.0
FITN 688 AEROBIC EXERCISE
TELECOURSE: “Body Electric” is a series designed for students who
want to improve general body conditioning. Each program provides
aerobic and conditioning training through a progressive exercise
program to build musculature and correct posture while teaching
techniques to manage daily living activities. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. To increase or maintain conditioning this class may be
taken three times. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
37811 FITN 688 TV
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Hogan, J.
1.0
INDIVIDUAL SPORTS
See Gym Bulletin Board for location of first class meeting.
INDV 120 BADMINTON
FITN 682 WALK-STRIDE-RUN
33607 FITN 682 AX
EVENING CLASSES
32331 FITN 684 LX
NAUT
Statler, R.
.5-1.5
Emphasis on skill techniques, proper footwork, rules of play, strategies,
doubles and singles play for various skill levels. Tournaments in
singles and doubles. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. To
increase competency, may be taken four times. (CSU/UC*)
32437 INDV 120 AA@ MWF
EVENING CLASSES
34017 INDV 120 LA@ M
9:10 10:00 8-201
Statler, R.
1.0
6:00
Staff
1.0
9:05 8-201
INDV 160 GOLF
Techniques, rules, etiquette, and philosophy for beginning golfers.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. To increase competency,
may be taken four times. (CSU/UC*)
34020 INDV 160 AA@ TTh
8:45 9:35 8-107
SATURDAY CLASSES
33204 INDV 160 S1@ S
9:00 11:50 8-B2
Start and end dates for section 33204: 1/25
Williams, D.
.5
Murphy, G.
3/22
.5
INDV 252 BEGINNING/INTERMEDIATE TENNIS
Instruction in skills of service, forehand and backhand strokes. Rules of
play, net play, and doubles tournaments. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. (CSU/UC*)
32446 INDV 252 AX MW
SATURDAY CLASSES
32447 INDV 252 SA S
9:10 10:00 TENN
10:10 12:15 TENN
Williams, D.
.5
Welles, P.
.5
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
32643 P.E. 810 AO
Technique, philosophy and strategy used in doubles and singles.
Instruction in techniques of strokes. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Recommended Preparation: successful completion of college
level beginning tennis course. To increase competency, may be taken
twice. (CSU/UC*)
9:10 10:00 TENN
Williams, D.
.5
8:00 10:05 TENN
Welles, P.
.5
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
P.E. 119 EXERCISE SCIENCE OF THE ADULT DISABLED
Designed for students with an interest in health care professions.
Introduction to the relationship between physical fitness and disabling
conditions as well as its effects on aging. (May not be taken for credit
following HSCI 119.) (CSU)
38671 P.E. 119 AX
TTh
8:50 10:05 8-B2
Hogan, J.
3.0
P.E. 125 PRINCIPLES OF EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY
Introduction to the fundamentals of exercise science. Provides a
foundation in exercise training, fitness assessment, and human
physiology as it pertains to fitness and training. (May not be taken for
credit following HSCI 125.) (CSU)
38672 P.E. 125 AX
MWF
12:10
1:00 16-154 Hogan, J.
3.0
P.E. 150 WELLNESS
Concepts, attitudes, and skills necessary for the students to develop a
self-directed and self-motivated fitness program. Includes nutrition
principles of physical fitness, stress management, and a survey of
resources on fitness. Recommended Corequisite: concurrent enrollment
in one or more Wellness activity courses. (CSU)
38229 P.E. 150 AX
Start and end
38230 P.E. 150 BX
Start and end
TTh
12:10 1:00 8-B2
dates for section 38229: 1/14
TTh
12:10 1:00 8-B2
dates for section 38230: 3/18
Schmidt, M.
3/13
Schmidt, M.
5/15
1.0
1.0
P.E. 680 FIRST AID/CPR (ADULT, CHILD AND INFANT)
Recognizing and caring for breathing and cardiac emergencies for
adults, children and infants; identifying and caring for life-threatening
bleeding, sudden illness and injuries, heart disease prevention. This
course is taught in compliance with the American Red Cross. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
37729 P.E. 680 A1
Start and end
37730 P.E. 680 A2
Start and end
TTh
8:00 8:50 8-B2
dates for section 37729: 1/14
TTh
8:00 8:50 8-B2
dates for section 37730: 3/18
Schmidt, M.
3/13
Schmidt, M.
5/15
1.0
1.0
This course is designed to educate students on how to get organized,
how to take effective notes, and how to prepare for tests and quizzes.
Provides organization skills for a lifetime. Teaches attitude development
while building self-esteem. The course also addresses athletic eligibility
and transfer requirements.
TTh
12:10
1:00 11-033 Pollack, B.
2.0
P.E. 682 THEORY OF BASEBALL
Formations and strategies, scouting and game preparation, study of
each position. (CSU)
36568 P.E. 682 AA
MWF
12:10
1:00 DIAM
Williams, D.
3.0
P.E. 810 ADAPTED P.E. ASSISTANT LAB
Students work as teaching assistants in Adaptive P.E. classes. Open
entry/open exit. Variable units.
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
By Arr 3.0-9.0 Hrs/Wk 8-107
Hogan, J.
1.0-3.0
TEAM SPORTS
See Gym Bulletin Board for location of first class meeting.
TEAM 110 BASKETBALL
Basketball for students with previous experience. Techniques in
offensive and defensive play. Round-robin team play, concluding with
tournament play. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Recommended Preparation: high school team play or equivalent. To
increase competency, may be taken four times. (CSU/UC*)
33149 TEAM 110 AA MWF
12:10 1:00 8-201
EVENING CLASSES
33167 TEAM 110 L1 T
6:00 8:50 8-201
Start and end dates for section 33167: 1/14
Warner, M.
1.0
Warner, M.
3/11
.5
TEAM 118 ADVANCED BASKETBALL: WOMEN
Designed as a training class for women interested in participating on
the women’s varsity basket ball team. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Recommended Preparation: interscholastic basketball or
the equivalent. To increase competency, may be taken four times.
(CSU)
38809 TEAM 118 A1 Daily
4:10 5:00 8-201
Start and end dates for section 38809: 1/13
Warner, M.
3/14
.5
TEAM 135 ADVANCED FOOTBALL
AND CONDITIONING
Basic skills review. Introduction to advanced sport techniques.
Recommended Preparation: interscholastic varsity football experience
or equivalent. Open entry/open exit. Variable units. To increase
competency, may be taken four times. (CSU/UC*)
Advanced Football and Conditioning is open Tuesday, Wednesday
and Thursday, 3:30-6:00 p.m.
32854 TEAM 135 AO By Arr 3.5-8.4 Hrs/Wk FTBL
Start and end dates for section 32854: 4/03
Owens/Pollack .5-1.0
5/15
TEAM 179 TOURNAMENT VOLLEYBALL
Intra-class competition for the advanced beginner to intermediate
student in volleyball. Emphasizes the team aspects of sport. Plus one
lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: beginning course in
volleyball or equivalent. To increase competency, may be taken four
times. (CSU/UC*)
32860 TEAM 179 AA MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32861 TEAM 179 LB W
11:10 12:00 8-0201 Pollack, B.
6:30
9:20 8-0201 Pounds, R.
.5
.5
TEAM 680 BASKETBALL FOR WOMEN
Major concepts of basketball for women taught in tournament format.
League play. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
P.E. 681 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE AND
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
32642 P.E. 681 AA
79
Units
INDV 254 INTERMEDIATE/ADVANCED TENNIS
33169 INDV 254 AX@ MW
SATURDAY CLASSES
33380 INDV 254 SA@ S
P
EVENING CLASSES
37733 TEAM 680 L1 T
5:00 10:00 8-201
Start and end dates for section 37733: 3/18
38142 TEAM 680 M2 Th
7:00 10:05 8-201
Start and end dates for section 38142: 3/20
38811 TEAM 680 P2 F
5:00 8:05 8-201
Start and end dates for section 38811: 3/21
Warner, M.
5/13
Warner, M.
5/15
Warner, M.
5/16
.5
.5
.5
TEAM 681 INDOOR SOCCER
An activity course that introduces basic soccer skills, developmental
drills and strategy. Intermediate and advanced players will benefit
from the opportunity to improve existing skills. The course is held in
the gymnasium using a modified format of the outdoor game. Skill
development through individual and group drills; skills applied in
competitive class tournament format. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. (CSU)
37264 TEAM 681 AA TTh
9:45 11:00 8-201
Mangan, J.
.5
Physical Education courses continued on next page
80
P
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Units
INTERCOLLEGIATE SPORTS
See Gym Bulletin Board for location of first class meeting.
VARS 100 VARSITY BASEBALL
Intercollegiate varsity baseball competition in the Coast Conference.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Recommended
Preparation: interscholastic participation in varsity baseball or
equivalent. Open entry/open exit. Variable units. (CSU/UC*)
Varsity Baseball is open Monday through Friday, 1:10-4:00 p.m.
32862 VARS 100 AO By Arr 15.0 Hrs/Wk
DIAM
Williams, D.
.5-2.0
VARS 185 VARSITY TRACK AND FIELD:
MEN AND WOMEN
Varsity Swim is open Monday through Friday, 2:10-4:25 p.m.
37751 VARS 681 AO By Arr 12.5 Hrs/Wk
POOL
Wright, R.
.5-2.0
PHYSICAL SCIENCE
PSCI 676 PHYSICAL REALITY AND MEASUREMENT
Covers the nature of measurement, particularly the effects of objectivity
versus subjectivity upon the observer and hence upon the observed.
Discusses the reality of concepts, the quantum dilemma and the
prospect of having a perfect "Gods-Eye" view of the physical universe.
Prerequisite: eligibility for the Honors Program (ENGL 100 eligibility;
GPA=3.3) and completion of or enrollment in any physical science
course that includes a laboratory. (CSU)
Varsity track and field for men and women in the Coast Conference.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Recommended
Preparation: interscholastic participation in track and field or cross
country or equivalent. Open entry/open exit. Variable units. (CSU/
UC*)
32683 PSCI 676 H1 Th
2:10 4:00 11-132 Janatpour, M.
Start and end dates for section 32683: 2/27
4/24
Varsity Track and Field is open Monday through Friday, 1:10-4:00 p.m.
PHYS 100 DESCRIPTIVE INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS
33220 VARS 185 AO By Arr 15.0 Hrs/Wk
TRAK
Mangan/Lewis .5-2.0
VARS 300 VARSITY BASKETBALL: WOMEN
Competition in the Coast Conference and California Championships
(15 hrs/wk minimum). Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Recommended Preparation: interscholastic participation in basketball
or the equivalent. Open entry/open exit. Variable units. (CSU/UC*)
Varsity Women’s Basketball is open Monday through Friday,
1:10-4:00 p.m.
32864 VARS 300 AO By Arr 15.0 Hrs/Wk
Start and end dates for section 32864:
8-201
1/20
Warner, M.
3/14
.5-1.0
VARS 320 VARSITY SOFTBALL: WOMEN
PHYSICS
Description with experimental demonstrations of the more important
phenomena of physics. Recommended Preparation: equivalent of at
least one semester of high school-level algebra. Open to all students
except those who have completed or are taking PHYS 210 or 250.
(CSU/UC*)
32653 PHYS 100 AA MWF
12:10
1:00 11-131 Stanford, D.
Preparation for Physics 210 or 250. Math review, problem solving,
study skills, description of motion and Newton’s Laws. Plus one hour
by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: concurrent enrollment in or
completion of MATH 130 or equivalent with a grade of C or higher.
Credit/No Credit grading.
36456 PHYS 150 AA MWF
MWF
37067 PHYS 150 BA MWF
MWF
Varsity Women’s Softball is open Monday through Friday,
12:10-3:00 p.m.
PHYS 210 GENERAL PHYSICS I
TURF
Martinez, T.
.5-2.0
VARS 330 VARSITY TENNIS: WOMEN
Intercollegiate women’s varsity tennis competition in the Coast
Conference. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Recommended Preparation: interscholastic participation in tennis or
equivalent. Open entry/open exit. Variable units. (CSU/UC*)
Varsity Women’s Tennis is open Monday through Friday, 1:10-4:00 p.m.
32866 VARS 330 AO By Arr
15.0 Hrs/Wk
TENN
Staff
.5-2.0
VARS 680 VARSITY BASEBALL CONDITIONING
Class for members of the CSM Baseball Team to condition themselves
for intercollegiate baseball competition through a program of stretching,
weight training and running. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per
week. Corerequsite: enrollment in VARS 100. Open entry/open exit.
Variable units. (CSU)
Varsity Baseball Conditioning is open Monday through Friday,
4:10-5:00 p.m.
32867 VARS 680 AO By Arr 5.0 Hrs/Wk
DIAM
Williams, D.
.5-1.0
VARS 681 VARSITY SWIM
Intercollegiate varsity swim competition in the Coat Conference,
Northern California Championships and the California State
Championships. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Recommended Preparation: interscholastic participation or equivalent.
@ Courses open for audit.
3.0
PHYS 150 PREPARATION FOR PHYSICS
Intercollegiate women’s varsity softball competition in the Coast
Conference and State Championships. Recommended Preparation:
interscholastic participation in softball and completion of TEAM 158.
Open entry/open exit. Variable units. (CSU/UC*)
32865 VARS 320 AO By Arr 15.0 Hrs/Wk
1.0
8:10 9:00 12-188 Janatpour, M.
9:10 10:00 12-188
10:10 11:00 12-188 Uchida, B.
11:10 12:00 12-188
4.0
4.0
Mechanics, heat and sound. Plus one hour by arrangement per week.
Prerequisite: MATH 130; PHYS 150 or equivalent with a grade of C or
higher. (CSU/UC*) (PHYS 210 and 220 = CAN PHYS SEQ A)
32654 PHYS 210 AA MWF
MW
9:10 10:00 11-131 Uchida, B.
2:10 3:25 12-188
4.0
PHYS 211 GENERAL PHYSICS I-CALCULUS
SUPPLEMENT
Application of calculus to selected topics in PHYS 210. Prerequisite:
concurrent enrollment in or completion of MATH 242 or 252;
concurrent enrollment in or completion of PHYS 210, both with a
grade of C or higher. (CSU/UC)
35258 PHYS 211 AA W
1:10
2:00 11-133 Uchida, B.
1.0
PHYS 220 GENERAL PHYSICS II
Magnetism, electricity, light, modern physics. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 210 with a grade of C or
higher. (CSU/UC*) (PHYS 210 and 220 = CAN PHYS SEQ A)
32655 PHYS 220 AA MWF
Th
9:10 10:00 11-132 Locke, D.
8:10 11:00 12-181
4.0
PHYS 221 GENERAL PHYSICS IICALCULUS SUPPLEMENT
Application of calculus to topics in PHYS 220. Prerequisite: MATH
242 or 252; PHYS 211; concurrent enrollment in or completion of
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
PHYSICS
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
PHYS 220, all with a grade of C or higher. (CSU/UC)
35262 PHYS 221 AA T
9:10 10:00 11-132 Locke, D.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
1.0
PHYS 250 PHYSICS WITH CALCULUS I
Mechanics, wave motion and special relativity. Plus one hour by
arrangement per week. Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite:
PHYS 150 or equivalent with a grade of C or higher; completion of or
concurrent enrollment in MATH 252 or 242. (CSU/UC*) (PHYS 250,
260 and 270 = CAN PHYS SEQ B)
32656 PHYS 250 AX MWF
TTh
33213 PHYS 250 BX MWF
TTh
37512 PHYS 250 CA MWF
TTh
10:10 11:00 11-131 Janatpour, M.
8:10 9:25 12-188
10:10 11:00 11-131 Janatpour, M.
9:35 10:50 12-188
12:10 1:00 11-132 Locke, D.
12:10 1:25 12-188
4.0
Heat, light and modern physics. Plus one hour by arrangement per
week. Prerequisite: PHYS 250 with a grade of C or higher; MATH 242
with a grade of C or higher or completion of or concurrent enrollment
in MATH 253. (CSU/UC*) (PHYS 250, 260 and 270 = CAN PHYS SEQ
B)
10:10 11:00 11-132 Locke, D.
2:10 5:00 12-181
4.0
PHYS 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 11, Room 136. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33189 PHYS 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33190 PHYS 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
11-136 Kowerski, R.
11-136 Kowerski, R.
2.0
1.0
PLSC 110 CONTEMPORARY FOREIGN GOVERNMENTS
Introduction to representative foreign political systems. Comparative
analysis of how various governments reconcile stability and change,
power and responsibility, freedom and efficiency. Stresses
interrelationships of social patterns, ideology, and political institutions.
Recommended Preparation: previous course in political science and
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU/UC)
11:10 12:25 14-103 Armitage, L.
3.0
PLSC 120 AREA STUDIES: LATIN AMERICA
An introduction to representative foreign political systems.
Recommended Preparation: previous course in political science and
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32658 PLSC 120 JA
Th
7:00
9:50 18-292 Morales, M.
3.0
PLSC 130 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
The nature of relations among states; basic forces affecting formulation
of foreign policy and the dynamics of international politics.
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
9:10 10:00 14-103 Staff
5.0
Survey of the organization and functions of the federal government;
examination of the dynamics of the American political process.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/
UC*) (CAN GOVT 2)
35029 PLSC 210 AA MWF
8:10 9:00
35035 PLSC 210 AB MWF
9:10 10:00
32661 PLSC 210 AC TTh
9:45 11:00
32662 PLSC 210 AD MWF
10:10 11:00
32663 PLSC 210 AE MWF
11:10 12:00
32665 PLSC 210 AF TTh
11:10 12:25
32664 PLSC 210 AG MWF
12:10 1:00
EVENING AND SATURDAY CLASSES
37794 PLSC 210 JB T
7:00 9:50
32669 PLSC 210 JC W
7:00 9:50
34827 PLSC 210 SA S
9:00 12:15
ONLINE CLASSES
37815 PLSC 210 WW See pages 96-97
14-118
14-103
14-207
16-269
16-269
14-118
16-269
Staff
O’Connell, K.
Kennedy, K.
Roney, J.
Roney, J.
O’Connell, K.
O’Connell, K.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
16-269 Staff
14-118 Kennedy, K.
14-118 Staff
3.0
3.0
3.0
Online-CRS Kennedy,
3.0
K.
PLSC 212 INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN
POLITICS AND SOCIETY
Recommended for international students and recent immigrant but
designed to meet the needs of all students. Introduction to the
institutions, constitutional framework, and dynamic processes American
democracy and to the unique aspects of American society, culture,
and historical development which are relevant to American politics
and to the formation of national values and character. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 844. (CSU/UC)
32671 PLSC 212 AA TTh
9:45 11:00 14-120 Armitage, L.
3.0
PLSC 215 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ISSUES
POLITICAL SCIENCE
37977 PLSC 110 AA TTh
American federal system: basic institutions, politics, civil liberties, and
issues of public policy. Not open to students who have had PLSC 210
or 310 or a comparable course in American or state institutions.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC*)
PLSC 210 AMERICAN POLITICS
4.0
3.0
PLSC 200 NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL
GOVERNMENT
4.0
PHYS 270 PHYSICS WITH CALCULUS III
34041 PHYS 270 AA MWF
W
10:10 11:00 16-255 O’Connell, K.
32660 PLSC 200 AA Daily
Electricity and magnetism. Plus one hour by arrangement per week.
Extra supplies may be required. Prerequisite: PHYS 250 with a grade
of C or higher; MATH 242 with a grade of C or higher or completion of
or concurrent enrollment in MATH 253. (CSU/UC*) (PHYS 250, 260
and 270=CAN PHYS SEQ B)
11:10 12:00 11-132 Janatpour, M.
2:10 5:00 12-181
34259 PLSC 130 AA MWF
4.0
PHYS 260 PHYSICS WITH CALCULUS II
32657 PHYS 260 AA MWF
T
81
P
Explores within the constitutional framework, current issues of
importance to well-informed citizens in a democracy, including goals
and tactics of American foreign policy, presidential elections and
campaigns, corporate power, criminal justice and individual rights,
interpretations of the Founders’ political philosophy, Congress.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
37008 PLSC 215 AA TTh
9:45 11:00 16-170 O’Connell, K.
3.0
PLSC 250 CIVIL LIBERTIES AND CIVIL RIGHTS
The U.S. Supreme Court’s treatment of the rights of political, racial,
religious, and sexual minorities and criminal defendants. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU/UC)
32673 PLSC 250 AA MWF
9:10 10:00 16-273 Roney, J.
3.0
PLSC 310 CALIFORNIA STATE AND LOCAL
GOVERNMENT
Study of the institutions and problems of state and local government in
California; California in the federal system. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU)
32675 PLSC 310 AA TTh
32678 PLSC 310 BB TTh
10:10 11:00 16-269 Staff
12:10 1:00 16-269 Staff
2.0
2.0
Political Science courses continued on next page
82
P
POLITICAL
SCIENCE
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
EVENING CLASSES
38227 PLSC 310 JA T
7:00 10:05 16-273 Kennedy, K.
ONLINE CLASSES
36383 PLSC 310 WW See pages 96-97
Online-CRS Kennedy, K.
2.0
2.0
PLSC 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and completion of at
least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
32681 PLSC 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
32682 PLSC 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-169 Acena, A.
15-169 Acena, A.
2.0
1.0
PSYCHOLOGY
PSYC 100 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Introduction to psychology; perception, motivation, emotion, learning
and thinking, observation of behavior and measurement. Recommended
Preparation: eligiblity for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC) (CAN PSY 2)
35695 PSYC 100 AA
34841 PSYC 100 AB
35698 PSYC 100 AC
35700 PSYC 100 AD
32685 PSYC 100 AF
35723 PSYC 100 AG
32686 PSYC 100 BA
32690 PSYC 100 BC
EVENING CLASSES
34826 PSYC 100 JA
35434 PSYC 100 JB
32692 PSYC 100 JC
TV CLASSES
32695 PSYC 100 TV
MWF
MWF
TTh
MWF
MWF
MWF
MWF
W
M
T
W
9:10
9:10
9:45
10:10
10:10
11:10
1:10
3:30
10:00
10:00
11:00
11:00
11:00
12:00
2:00
6:20
16-267
16-155
16-155
16-267
16-155
16-155
16-155
16-155
Clifford, J.
Fisher, A.
Clare, D.
Clifford, J.
Fisher, A.
Clare, D.
Clare, D.
Clare, D.
7:00 10:05 16-155 Staff
7:00 9:50 16-155 Rose, M.
6:30 9:20 16-155 Staff
See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Clifford, J.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
PSYC 105 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Laboratory experiments in memory, problem solving, perception, animal
learning, conditioning, reaction time, child development and prejudice.
Plus one hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: PSYC 100 with
a grade of C or higher. Recommended Preparation: PSYC 121. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
33982 PSYC 105 AA MWF
12:10 1:00 16-267 Clifford, J.
By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
16-267
3.0
PSYC 110 COURTSHIP, MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY
TV-CRS McAllister, L.
3.0
PSYC 121 BASIC STATISTICAL CONCEPTS
12:10
1:00 14-103 Fisher, A.
1:00 16-155 Clare, D.
3.0
7:00
9:50 16-155 Clare, D.
3.0
A research-based treatment of the biological and experiential forces
that shape and influence human development during the childhood
years. Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Recommended Preparation: eligibility
for ENGL 800 or 836. (UC credit limited to either PSYC 200 or 201.)
(CSU/UC*)
32704 PSYC 201 AA TTh
9:45 11:00 16-267 Clifford, J.
3.0
PSYC 225 THEORIES OF PERSONALITY
Covers the major theories of personality, from Freud to modern day,
and introduces personality assessment and research. Examines cultural
and gender differences as they relate to the development of personality.
Recommended Preparation: PSYC 100; eligibility for ENGL 800 or
836. (CSU/UC)
37003 PSYC 225 AA TTh
11:10 12:25 16-155 Clifford, J.
3.0
PSYC 300 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Study of human interaction with emphasis on social patterning and
process of perception, identify, roles, and attitudes. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC*)
33835 PSYC 300 AA TTh
12:30
1:45 16-267 Clifford, J.
3.0
PSYC 410 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
Types and patterns of abnormal behavior; major theories regarding its
causes; clinical assessment and modes of treatment. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU/UC)
32707 PSYC 410 AA TTh
9:45 11:00 18-291 Tollefson, P.
EVENING CLASSES
32708 PSYC 410 JA Th
7:00 9:50 16-267 Stegner, P.
TV CLASSES
32709 PSYC 410 TV See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Stegner, P.
3.0
3.0
3.0
PSYC 675 HONORS COLLOQUIUM IN PSYCHOLOGY
Selected advanced topics in General Psychology. Readings, discussion
and lectures. Course content determined by Humanities Department
and the Honors Program. Limited to students in the Honors Program
(ENGL 100 eligibility; GPA=3.3) who have past or concurrent
enrollment in an associated non-honors course in Psychology. (CSU/
UC*)
11:10 12:00 14-103 Clifford, J.
1.0
PSYC 680 CHILD PSYCHOLOGY: TIME TO GROW
TELECOURSE: “A Time to Grow” Study of growth processes from
conception through adolescence by using a developmental approach
to the study of the child. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
34026 PSYC 680 TV See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Fraser, M.
3.0
PSYC 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Introduction to basic descriptive techniques and statistical inferences
used in the behavioral sciences. Prerequisite: MATH 120 or four
semesters of high school level algebra with a C average; PSYC 100 or
SOCI 100 or ANTH 110. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for
ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC*) (CAN PSY 6)
32703 PSYC 121 AA MWF
12:10
PSYC 201 CHILD DEVELOPMENT
32710 PSYC 675 HA M
Societal, psychological and biological aspects of gender, sex, love,
conflict, etc., in dating, marital and familial interaction. May not be
taken for credit following SOCI 110. Recommended Preparation:
eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/ No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU/UC)
TV CLASSES
32702 PSYC 110 TV See pages 98-102
34610 PSYC 200 AA MWF
EVENING CLASSES
36205 PSYC 200 JA Th
3.0
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
32711 PSYC 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
32682 PSYC 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-169 Acena, A.
15-169 Acena, A.
2.0
1.0
PSYC 200 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Psychological development across the life-span. Focuses particularly
on the development of thinking, social interaction, and the sense of
self from birth through old age. Prerequisite: PSYC 100 with a grade of
C or higher. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or
836. (UC credit limited to either PSYC 200 or 201.) (CSU/UC*)
@ Courses open for audit.
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
READING
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
are Spanish, Italian, or French. Credit/No Credit grading. Open entry/
open exit. (Unit does not apply toward AA/AS degree.) Students may
register at any time but should go to the Reading Center (18-190)
during the third week of the semester to meet with an instructor.
READ 807 BASIC PHONIC SKILLS FOR
NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS
37455 READ 815 AA By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
Study of basic speech sounds and practice in techniques for pronouncing
unknown words. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. It is
recommended that students enroll concurrently in ENGL 841 or higher
course, READ 841 or higher course, and SPCH 841 or higher course.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken twice for a
maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
10:10 11:00 16-168 Wills, C.
3.0
READ 808 BASIC PHONIC SKILLS
Introduction to basic speech sounds and practice in techniques for
pronouncing unknown words. Review of dictionary symbols, diacritical
marks, syllabication, and fundamental phonic generalizations. Plus
one lab hour by arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. May be taken twice for a maximum of 6 units. (Units do
not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32748 READ 808 AX MWF
10:10 11:00 16-168 Wills, C.
3.0
READ 809 SPELLING IMPROVEMENT FOR NON-NATIVE
SPEAKERS OF ENGLISH
Improvement of spelling skills for academic, professional, and personal
needs. Includes basic and advanced rules of spelling, commonly
misspelled words, and individualized spelling word lists. Plus one lab
hour by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: READ
807 or 808 with Credit or a grade of C or higher OR eligibility for
READ 843, READ 800 or 816, READ 801 or 826, or higher course (as
indicated by the Reading placement tests and other measures). Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken twice for a maximum of
6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32749 READ 809 AA MWF
11:10 12:00 16-168 Wills, C.
3.0
READ 812 INDIVIDUALIZED READING IMPROVEMENT
Improvement of reading skills. Practice in methods of increasing speed,
comprehension, and vocabulary. Emphasizes computer-assisted and
audio-visual instruction. Credit/No Credit grading. Open entry/open
exit. Variable units. May be taken four times for a maximum of 6 units.
(Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32750 READ 812 A9
32752 READ 812 C9
36635 READ 812 D9
38513 READ 812 F2
38512 READ 812 G9
EVENING CLASSES
36469 READ 812 J8
36937 READ 812 S8
By Arr
By Arr
By Arr
By Arr
By Arr
1.5-9.0
1.5-9.0
1.5-9.0
1.5-9.0
1.5-9.0
Hrs/Wk
Hrs/Wk
Hrs/Wk
Hrs/Wk
Hrs/Wk
18-190
18-190
18-190
18-190
18-190
Wills, C.
Paolini, N.
Dunlap, K.
Vashio, P.
Mueller, F.
.5-3.0
.5-3.0
.5-3.0
.5-3.0
.5-3.0
By Arr 1.5-9.0 Hrs/Wk 18-190 Mahon, D.
By Arr 1.5-9.0 Hrs/Wk 18-190 Mahon, D.
.5-3.0
.5-3.0
READ 814 BASIC SPELLING MASTERY
Self-paced course that incorporates textbook and computer- assisted
instruction to facilitate basic spelling mastery. Includes silent letters, a
review of basic phonetic rules, rules for spelling compound words, ie/
ei rules, final e rules, basic plural rules, and basic homonyms. Credit/
No Credit grading. Open entry/open exit. (Unit does not apply toward
AA/AS degree.) Students may register at any time but should go to the
Reading Center (18-190) during the third week of the semester to
meet with an instructor.
37454 READ 814 AA By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
83
Units
READING
32747 READ 807 AX MWF
R
18-190 Wills, C.
1.0
READ 815 ADVANCED SPELLING MASTERY
Self-paced course that incorporates textbook and computer-assisted
instruction to facilitate advanced spelling mastery. Includes advanced
rules for doubling final consonants, plurals, advanced homonyms,
spelling prefixes and suffixes, and English words whose etymologies
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
18-190 Wills, C.
1.0
READ 816 PREPARATION FOR COLLEGE STUDY AND
READING
Strategies for successful basic comprehension: main ideas, supporting
details, word building, and speed efficiency. Practice in reading a
variety of fiction and nonfiction materials and application of basic
study skills. Qualifies as preparation for READ 826. Plus one lab hour
by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: READ 843
with Credit or a grade of C or higher (or appropriate skill level
indicated by the Reading placement tests and other measures). Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken twice for a maximum of
6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32731 READ 816 AA TTh
32732 READ 816 AC MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32733 READ 816 JA W
9:45 11:00 16-168 Wills, C.
11:10 12:00 16-268 Mueller, F.
6:30
9:20 16-168 Wills, C.
3.0
3.0
3.0
READ 826 INTRODUCTION TO STUDY SKILLS AND
COLLEGE READING
Intended to help students increase comprehension of college textbooks
and improve study strategies such as textbook marking, notetaking,
test taking, concentration, critical reading, vocabulary, and speed.
Qualifies as preparation for READ 836. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: READ 800 or 816
with Credit or a grade of C or higher or READ 843 with Credit or a
grade of B or higher (or appropriate skill level indicated by the Reading
placement tests and other measures). May be taken twice for a maximum
of 6 units. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (Units do not apply
toward AA/AS degree.)
32736 READ 826 AA
32734 READ 826 AB
37269 READ 826 AC
38805 READ 826 AD
32738 READ 826 AE
32737 READ 826 AG
EVENING CLASSES
32739 READ 826 JA
TTh
MWF
TTh
MWF
MWF
TTh
W
8:10
9:10
9:45
10:10
11:10
12:45
6:30
9:25
10:00
11:00
11:00
12:00
2:00
16-256
16-168
18-287
14-118
14-118
16-250
Mueller, F.
Wills, C.
Marron, J.
Marron, J.
Marron, J.
Simnitt, C.
9:20 14-206 Staff
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
READ 836 ACADEMIC SUCCESS STRATEGIES AND
ADVANCED COLLEGE READING
Application of advanced reading and study strategies to college textbook
chapters in various disciplines. Practice in content area test-taking
strategies, advanced critical thinking, speed, and vocabulary essential
to academic work. Preparation for reading in academic courses such
as social sciences, humanities, natural sciences, and literature. Plus
one lab hour by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation:
READ 801 or 826 with Credit or a grade of C or higher (or appropriate
skill level indicated by the Reading placement tests and other measures).
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. Partially satisfies the English
competency requirement for AA/AS degree. May be taken twice for a
maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32741
37427
32745
37078
32742
37429
32743
32744
*
READ 836 AA
READ 836 AB
READ 836 AC
READ 836 AE
READ 836 AG
READ 836 AH
READ 836 AJ
READ 836 AL
READ 836 AM
TTh
MWF
MWF
TTh
MWF
MWF
MWF
TTh
TTh
8:10
9:10
9:10
9:45
10:10
10:10
11:10
11:10
11:10
9:25
10:00
10:00
11:00
11:00
11:00
12:00
12:25
12:25
18-287
14-104
18-280
16-268
14-104
18-280
18-280
16-254
16-168
Marron, J.
Vashio, P.
Scherer, C.
Simnitt, C.
Vashio, P.
Scherer, C.
Scherer, C.
Mueller, F.
Wills, C.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
*READ 836 AM is part of the Learning Community: Reading and
Writing: Race and Ethnicity in the U.S. See page 64.
Reading courses continued on next page
84
R
READING
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
37267 READ 836 AN TTh
38806 READ 836 AP MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32746 READ 836 JA M
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
11:10 12:25 16-250 Simnitt, C.
1:10 2:00 16-251 Marron, J.
6:30
9:35 18-289 Chief Elk, K.
Units
3.0
3.0
3.0
AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDENT RECRUITMENT
AND RETENTION PROGRAM
ACADEMIC SUCCESS STRATEGIES AND ADVANCED
COLLEGE READING
READ 850 ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY FOR NON-NATIVE
SPEAKERS OF ENGLISH
A self-paced, individualized course designed to help non-native speakers
of English build their vocabulary skills through a words-in-context
approach. Students will use textbooks and computer programs to
study 300 basic words. Credit/No Credit grading. Open entry/open
exit. (Unit does not apply toward AA/AS degree.) Students may register
at any time but should go to the Reading Center (18-190) during the
third week of the semester to meet with an instructor.
Application of advanced reading and study strategies to college textbook
chapters in various disciplines. Practice in content area test-taking
strategies, advanced critical thinking, speed, and vocabulary essential
to academic work. Preparation for reading in academic courses such
as social sciences, humanities, natural sciences, and literature. Plus
one lab hour per week. Recommended Preparation: READ 801 or 826
with Credit or a grade of C or higher (or appropriate skill level
indicated by the Reading placement tests and other measures). Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. Partially satisfies the English
competency requirement for AA/AS degree. May be taken twice for a
maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
37456 READ 850 AO By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
Special Note: Reading 863 AF must be taken as part of the AfricanAmerican Student Recruitment and Retention Program. See page 24.
37457 READ 851 AO By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
READ 836 AF MWF
10:10 11:00 16-268 Mueller, F.
3.0
READ 841 READING FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS I
Designed to build basic vocabulary skills, improve the understanding
of written instructions, and introduce main ideas and details. Plus one
lab hour by arrangement per week. It is recommended that students
enroll concurrently in ENGL 841 or higher course, SPCH 841 or
higher course, and READ 807. Credit/No Credit grading. May be taken
twice for a maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS
degree.)
32753 READ 841 AC TTh
EVENING CLASSES
32755 READ 841 JA W
9:45 11:00 16-250 Paolini, N.
3.0
6:30
3.0
9:20 14-104 DeProsse, G.
READ 842 READING FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS II
Designed to improve vocabulary, build general background knowledge,
and strengthen literal and inferential reading skills. Plus one lab hour
by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: Credit in READ
841 (or appropriate skill level as indicated by the Reading placement
tests and other measures). It is recommended that students enroll
concurrently in ENGL 841 or higher course, SPCH 841 or higher
course, and READ 807. Credit/No Credit grading. May be taken twice
for a maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
32756 READ 842 AA MWF
32757 READ 842 AC MW
EVENING CLASSES
32758 READ 842 JA W
8:10 9:00 18-287 Paolini, N.
11:10 12:25 14-100 Paolini, N.
6:30
9:20 16-167 Staff
3.0
3.0
3.0
Designed to emphasize higher-level vocabulary, focus on critical
reading, increase basic reading speed, and introduce fiction. Plus one
lab hour by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: Credit
in READ 842 (or appropriate skill level as indicated by the Reading
placement tests and other measures). It is recommended that students
enroll concurrently in ENGL 841 or higher course and SPCH 841 or
higher course. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May be taken
twice for a maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS
degree.)
32760 READ 843 AA TTh
32761 READ 843 AB MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32763 READ 843 JA W
@ Courses open for audit.
8:10 9:25 16-250 Paolini, N.
9:10 10:00 18-287 Paolini, N.
3.0
3.0
6:30
3.0
9:20 18-289 Mahon, D.
.5-1.0
READ 851 VOCABULARY FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS
OF ENGLISH
A self-paced, individualized course designed to help non-native speakers
of English build their vocabulary skills through a words-in-context
approach. Students will use textbooks and computer programs to
study 300 basic words. Credit/No Credit grading. Open entry/open
exit. (Unit does not apply toward AA/AS degree.) Students may register
at any time but should go to the Reading Center (18-190) during the
third week of the semester to meet with an instructor.
18-190 Paolini, N.
.5-1.0
READ 852 VOCABULARY IMPROVEMENT I
A self-paced, individualized course designed to help students build
their vocabulary skills through a words-in-context approach. Students
will use textbooks and computer programs to study 300 basic words.
Credit/No Credit grading. Open entry/open exit. (Unit does not apply
toward AA/AS degree.) Students may register at any time but should
go to the Reading Center (18-190) during the third week of the
semester to meet with an instructor.
37458 READ 852 AO By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
18-190 Wills, C.
.5-1.0
READ 853 VOCABULARY IMPROVEMENT II
A self-paced, individualized course designed to help students build
their vocabulary skills through a words-in-context approach. Students
will use textbooks and computer programs to study 300 basic words.
Credit/No Credit grading. Open entry/open exit. (Unit does not apply
toward AA/AS degree.) Students may register at any time but should
go to the Reading Center (18-190) during the third week of the
semester to meet with an instructor.
37459 READ 853 AO By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
18-190 Wills, C.
.5-1.0
READ 854 VOCABULARY IMPROVEMENT III
A self-paced, individualized course designed to help students build
their vocabulary skills through a words-in-context approach. Students
will use textbooks and computer programs to study 300 basic words.
Credit/No grading. Open entry/open exit. (Unit does not apply toward
AA/AS degree.) Students may register at any time but should go to the
Reading Center (18-190) during the third week of the semester to
meet with an instructor.
37460 READ 854 AO By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
READ 843 READING FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS III
18-190 Paolini, N.
18-190 Wills, C.
.5-1.0
READ 855 VOCABULARY IMPROVEMENT IV
A self-paced, individualized course designed to help students build
their vocabulary skills through a words-in-context approach. Students
will use textbooks and computer programs to study 300 basic words.
Credit/No grading. Open entry/open exit. (Unit does not apply toward
AA/AS degree.) Students may register at any time but should go to the
Reading Center (18-190) during the third week of the semester to
meet with an instructor.
37461 READ 855 AO By Arr 3.0 Hrs/Wk
18-190 Wills, C.
.5-1.0
READ 883 SUCCESSFUL STRATEGIES FOR READING
816, 826, AND 836
Students receive individualized instructor support in areas of identified
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
READING
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
.5-1.0
R.E. 301 ESCROW PROCEDURES: BASIC
Basic methods, techniques of escrow procedure for business transactions
with emphasis on real estate. Meets State requirements for the
salesperson’s and broker’s licenses.
REAL ESTATE
EVENING CLASSES
32728 R.E. 301 JA
R.E. 100 REAL ESTATE PRINCIPLES
R.E. 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Property, contracts, agency, financing, liens and encumbrances, taxes,
escrows, land descriptions. Meets State requirements for the
salesperson’s and the broker’s licenses. (CSU)
32713 R.E. 100 AA
EVENING CLASSES
32715 R.E. 100 JA
Th
12:10
3:00 11-031 Keavney, B.
3.0
T
7:00
9:50 11-131 Gottlieb, M.
3.0
R.E. 105 REAL ESTATE VALUATION
Measuring the changing value of money, estimating cost, depreciation,
tax rules on capital gain and loss. Meets State requirements for the
salesperson’s and the broker’s licenses. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32717 R.E. 105 JA
M
7:00 10:05 11-131 Gottlieb, M.
3.0
R.E. 110 REAL ESTATE PRACTICE
Real estate brokerage skills. Emphasis on daily activities of salesmen
and brokers. Meets State requirements for the salesperson’s and the
broker’s licenses. (CSU)
32719 R.E. 110 AA
W
12:10
3:00 11-031 Keavney, B.
3.0
R.E. 121 LEGAL ASPECTS OF REAL ESTATE I
Legal aspects of real estate brokerage, sales, property management,
ownership, California real estate law. Meets State requirements for the
salesperson’s and the broker’s licenses. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32720 R.E. 121 JA
T
6:30
9:20 14-218 Bruss, R.
3.0
R.E. 131 REAL ESTATE FINANCE I
Practices, customs, and laws relating to mortgage lending/financing of
real estate. Emphasis on private houses. Meets State requirements for
the salesperson’s and the broker’s licenses. (CSU)
32721 R.E. 131 AA
M
12:10
3:15 11-031 Keavney, B.
3.0
R.E. 141 REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL: BASIC
Basic appraisal: analysis of residential and commercial properties.
Determine loan, market, and insurance values. Meets State requirements
for the salesperson’s and broker’s licenses. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32722 R.E. 141 JA
Th
6:30
9:20 14-216 Flinn, T.
3.0
R.E. 215 COMMERCIAL INVESTMENT PROPERTY
For licensed real estate agents and brokers, financing officials, and
investors. Emphasizes the process of selecting properties for investment,
including analyzing income, operating expenses, and income tax
implications. Meets State requirements for the salesperson’s and
broker’s licenses. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
35210 R.E. 215 JA
M
7:00 10:05 14-206 Nelson, L.
3.0
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 157. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33175 R.E. 690 AA
33177 R.E. 690 BB
By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-157 Avelar, L.
15-157 Avelar, L.
2.0
1.0
SOCIAL SCIENCE
SOSC 302 PHARMACOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGICAL
EFFECTS OF ALCOHOL AND OTHER DRUG ABUSE
Physical and physiological effects of alcohol and other drugs on the
body. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836.
(CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
37348 SOSC 302 JA
M
7:00 10:05 14-122 DeDomenico, J. 3.0
SOSC 303 ALCOHOL AND OTHER DRUG ABUSE
PREVENTION AND EDUCATION
History, theories, models, and approaches to prevention. Review of
research on epidemiology, environmental factors, and prevention
strategies; effective prevention programs. Recommended Preparation:
SOSC 301 and eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
33978 SOSC 303 JA
T
7:00
9:50 14-118 Stocker, A.
3.0
SOSC 304 INTERVENTION, TREATMENT AND
RECOVERY
Introduction to the recovery process in chemical dependency covering
intervention strategies, dependency in its clinical and social contexts,
and philosophical, organizational and clinical approaches in treatment.
Recommended Preparation: SOSC 301 and eligibility for ENGL 800
or 836. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
33979 SOSC 304 JA
Th
7:00
9:50 14-118 DeDomenico, J. 3.0
SOSC 307 COUNSELING THE FAMILY OF THE
ADDICTED PERSON
Designed to assist the significant persons (family, employer, etc.) in the
lives of chemically dependent persons. The AOD (alcohol and other
drug) counselor will develop strategies after exploring the dynamics of
the family system. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
33981 SOSC 307 JA
M
7:00 10:05 14-118 Durazzo, R.
3.0
SOSC 316 FIELD STUDIES AND SEMINAR II
T
7:00
9:50 14-205 Gilmartin, T.
3.0
R.E. 220 REAL ESTATE PROPERTY MANAGEMENT
Apartment property cash flow, projection, valuation, merchandising,
maintenance, evictions. Meets State requirements for the salesperson’s
and broker’s licenses. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
37359 R.E. 220 JA
85
Units
need in READ 816, 826, or 836. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in
READ 816, 826, or 836 required. Open entry/open exit.
36603 READ 883 A1 W
12:10 1:00 16-168 Wills, C.
Start and end dates for section 36603: 1/15
5/14
R
Th
6:30
9:20 14-218 Whitley, D.
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
3.0
Supervised practicum/internship. The second semester of a two-semester
sequence placing students in alcohol/drug abuse agencies/organizations;
emphasizes and applies the values, concepts, and skills gained from
previous courses to the process of aiding chemically dependent persons.
Participants must already be knowledgeable about chemical
dependency. Plus 100 hours of documented work in an agency or
organization in the alcohol/drug abuse field (255 hours if CAADAC
certification is sought). Prerequisite: SOSC 315. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
33980 SOSC 316 JA
W
7:00
9:50 14-120 Stocker, A.
3.0
Social Science courses continued on next page
86
S
SOCIAL
SCIENCE
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
SOSC 319 MULTIPLE/DUAL DIAGNOSIS IN AOD
(ALCOHOL AND OTHER DRUG) ISSUES
Covers the relationship between alcohol and other drug dependency/
addiction and psychological/mental disorders. Focuses on identification
and assessment of individuals diagnosed with multiple/dual disorders,
current treatment approaches, medication, referral procedures, and
interface with the professional mental health community.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
37349 SOSC 319 JA
Th
7:00
9:50 14-120 Eiland, B.
3.0
SOSC 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean, Bldg. 15, Room 169. Register after first week of classes.
Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and completion of at least two
college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
32791 SOSC 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
32792 SOSC 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-169 Acena, A.
15-169 Acena, A.
2.0
1.0
SOCIOLOGY
SOCI 100 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY
Analysis processes of group behavior and interaction between the
individual and society. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800 or 836; READ 802 or 836 with a grade of C or higher (or
appropriate skill level indicated by the reading placement tests and
other measures.) Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
(CAN SOC 2)
32767 SOCI 100 AA MWF
9:10 10:00
32766 SOCI 100 AB TTh
9:45 11:00
32768 SOCI 100 AD MW
12:10 1:25
EVENING CLASSES
34541 SOCI 100 JB Th
7:00 9:50
EVENING/OFF-CAMPUS CLASSES
32963 SOCI 100 JA W
6:00 8:50
TV CLASSES
32772 SOCI 100 TV See pages 98-102
16-167 Mathur, M.
14-120 Mathur, M.
16-167 Mathur, M.
3.0
3.0
3.0
16-167 Manders, D.
3.0
KING
3.0
Crawford, Z.
TV-CRS Moynihan, M.
3.0
SOCI 105 SOCIAL PROBLEMS
Theoretical and descriptive studies of selected social problems that
affect the quality of life in contemporary America. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter
grade option. (CSU/UC) (CAN SOC 4)
* SOCI 105 AA
MWF
10:10 11:00 16-167 Mathur, M.
3.0
*SOCI 105 AA must be taken as part of the Learning Community:
THE AMERICAN DREAM: FACTS AND FICTION. See page 64.
34542 SOCI 105 AX MW
1:40
2:55 16-167 Mathur, M.
3.0
SOCI 105 HONORS SOCIAL PROBLEMS
Theoretical and descriptive studies of selected social problems that
affect the quality of life in contemporary America. Open only to
Honors Program students. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
(CSU/UC) (CAN SOC 4)
37982 SOCI 105 HX MW
1:40
2:55 16-167 Mathur, M.
3.0
SOCI 110 COURTSHIP, MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY
Societal, psychological and biological aspects of gender, sex, love,
conflict, etc., in dating, marital and familial interaction. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. May not be taken for credit
following PSYC 110. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
34785 SOCI 110 AA MWF
10:10 11:00 16-255 Staff
3.0
SOCI 340 HUMAN SEXUALITY
viewpoint. Emphasis on need for affiliation, commitment and intimacy.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
32779 SOCI 340 AA Th
1:10
4:00 16-167 Manders, D.
3.0
SOCI 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 15, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
32781 SOCI 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
32782 SOCI 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
15-169 Acena, A.
15-169 Acena, A.
2.0
1.0
SPANISH
For a general explanation of course numbers and levels, please see
FOREIGN LANGUAGES, page 55.
SPAN 110 ELEMENTARY SPANISH
Conversation in Spanish. Dictation, reading, fundamentals of grammar,
and writing of simple Spanish exercises. Plus two lab hours by
arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL
800/810 or 836/837 or a higher English course. Credit/No Credit or
letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
32793 SPAN 110 AA Daily
8:10
9:00 16-252 Castillo, R.
5.0
SPAN 111 ELEMENTARY SPANISH I
Covers approximately the first half of the semester’s work in SPAN
110. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800/810 or 836/837 or a higher
English course. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
32795 SPAN 111 AA MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32798 SPAN 111 JB T
32797 SPAN 111 JF W
11:10 12:00 16-252 Castillo, R.
7:00
7:00
9:50 16-253 Dinelli, A.
9:50 16-153 D’Anna, M.
3.0
3.0
3.0
SPAN 112 ELEMENTARY SPANISH II
Covers approximately the second half of the semester’s work in SPAN
110. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: SPAN
111 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
32799 SPAN 112 AA MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32800 SPAN 112 JA Th
12:10
1:00 16-252 Castillo, R.
3.0
7:00
9:50 18-280 Dinelli, A.
3.0
SPAN 115 BEGINNING SPANISH I
TELECOURSE: Basic Spanish vocabulary and language structures
studied through text, audio cassettes, and broadcast video tapes.
Equivalent to SPAN 111 but without the oral component. Credit/No
Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
36065 SPAN 115 TV See pages $$
TV-CRS Castillo, R.
3.0
SPAN 116 BEGINNING SPANISH II
TELECOURSE: Basic Spanish vocabulary and language structures
studied through text, audio cassettes, and broadcast video tapes.
Equivalent to SPAN 112 but without the oral component. Prerequisite:
SPAN 115 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
36066 SPAN 116 TV See pages $$
TV-CRS Castillo, R.
3.0
SPAN 117 ADVANCED BEGINNING SPANISH I
TELECOURSE: Continued elementary Spanish vocabulary and language
structures studied through text, audio cassettes, and broadcast video
Human sexuality from a physiological, psychological and cultural
@ Courses open for audit.
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
SPANISH
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
TV-CRS Castillo, R.
87
Units
tapes. Equivalent to SPAN 121 but without the oral component.
Prerequisite: SPAN 116 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
36067 SPAN 117 TV See pages 98-102
S
3.0
Credit grading. (This course will not fulfill the language requirement at
California State Universities or the University of California.)
EVENING CLASSES
33995 SPAN 803 JX
W
7:00
9:50 14-102 Collis, H.
2.0
SPAN 118 ADVANCED BEGINNING SPANISH II
TELECOURSE: Continued elementary Spanish vocabulary and language
structures studied through text, audio cassettes, and broadcast video
tapes. Equivalent to SPAN 122 but without the oral component.
Prerequisite: SPAN 117 or equivalent. Credit/No Credit or letter grade
option. (CSU)
TV CLASSES
36068 SPAN 118 TV See pages 98-102
TV-CRS Castillo, R.
3.0
SPAN 120 ADVANCED ELEMENTARY SPANISH
Continuation of SPAN 110. Includes short readings that serve as a
basis for classroom conversation. Plus two lab hours by arrangement
per week. Prerequisite: SPAN 110 or 112 or equivalent with Credit or
a grade of C or higher. Credit/ No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/
UC)
32801 SPAN 120 AA Daily
9:10 10:00 16-254 Castillo, R.
5.0
SPAN 131 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I
Covers approximately the first half of the semester’s work in SPAN
130. Conversation, composition, grammar review, and selected
readings. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
SPAN 120 or 122 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or higher.
Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
32803 SPAN 131 AX MWF
11:10 12:00 16-256 Candamil, B.
3.0
SPAN 132 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH II
Covers approximately the second half of the semester’s work in SPAN
130. Conversation, composition, grammar review, and selected
readings. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite:
SPAN 131 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of C or higher. Credit/
No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC*)
32804 SPAN 132 AX MWF
11:10 12:00 16-256 Candamil, B.
3.0
SPAN 140 ADVANCED INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
Further practice in conversation and composition based on reading
modern Spanish and Latin American authors; grammar review.
Prerequisite: SPAN 130 or 132 or equivalent with Credit or a grade of
C or higher. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. (CSU/UC)
32805 SPAN 140 AX MWF
11:10 12:00 16-256 Candamil, B.
3.0
SPAN 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 17, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33259 SPAN 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33260 SPAN 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
17-169 Estes, S.
17-169 Estes, S.
2.0
1.0
SPAN 802 CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH II,
ADVANCED ELEMENTARY
Further advanced work in conversation following the model of SPAN
803. Prerequisite: SPAN 803 or equivalent with Credit. Credit/No
Credit grading. (This course will not fulfill the language requirement at
California State Universities or the University of California.)
EVENING CLASSES
33996 SPAN 804 JX
W
7:00
9:50 14-102 Collis, H.
2.0
SPAN 805 CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH V, ADVANCED
Advanced conversation based on current themes and selected readings,
topical vocabulary, and syntactical structures to improve fluency.
Prerequisite: SPAN 804 or equivalent with Credit. Credit/No Credit
grading. (This course will not fulfill the language requirement at
California State Universities or the University of California.)
EVENING CLASSES
35686 SPAN 805 JX
Th
7:00
9:50 14-102 Collis, H.
2.0
SPAN 806 CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH VI, UPPER
ADVANCED
Continuation of advanced conversation based on selected readings
and syntactical structures of an increasingly demanding nature to
develop a higher level of fluency. Prerequisite: SPAN 805 or equivalent
with Credit. (This course will not fulfill the language requirement at
California State Universities or the University of California.)
EVENING CLASSES
36471 SPAN 806 JX
Th
7:00
9:50 14-102 Collis, H.
2.0
SPEECH COMMUNICATION
Further work in conversation following the model of SPAN 801.
Prerequisite: SPAN 801 or equivalent with Credit. Credit/No Credit
grading. (This course will not fulfill the language requirement at
California State Universities or the University of California.)
EVENING CLASSES
33994 SPAN 802 JA
SPAN 804 CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH IV, ADVANCED
INTERMEDIATE
For information about a Certificate of Completion in Speech
Communication, see the catalog or contact the Language Arts Division
Office (Building 17, Room 169, 574-6314).
SPCH 100 PUBLIC SPEAKING
T
7:00
9:50 16-168 Collis, H.
2.0
SPAN 803 CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH III,
INTERMEDIATE
More
advancedtowork
in conversation
following the model of SPAN
(CSU)
Transferable
California
State Universities
802.
Prerequisite:
SPAN of
802
or equivalent
Credit. Credit/No
(UC)
Transferable
to University
California,
(*) Withwith
limitations
Practice in delivering speeches; study of effective communication;
organizing and outlining; critical listening; analysis and evaluation.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 100. (CSU/UC) (CAN SPCH 4)
32807 SPCH 100 AD MWF
32808 SPCH 100 AF TTh
9:10 10:00 18-289 Motoyama, C.
9:45 11:00 16-256 Motoyama, C.
3.0
3.0
Speech Communication courses continued on next page
88
S
SPEECH
COMMUNICATION
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
32809 SPCH 100 AH MWF
32810 SPCH 100 AJ MWF
32811 SPCH 100 AL TTh
32812 SPCH 100 AM MWF
EVENING CLASSES
32813 SPCH 100 JA M
32814 SPCH 100 JC W
FRIDAY/SATURDAY CLASS
33822 SPCH 100 J2 F
S
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
10:10 11:00 18-276 Li, Y.
11:10 12:00 18-276 Motoyama, C.
11:10 12:25 14-206 Alleyne, A.
12:10 1:00 18-276 Motoyama, C.
6:30
6:30
9:35 18-276 Paoli, P.
9:20 18-276 Rope, C.
6:30 9:35 18-276 Kramm, G.
9:00 11:50 18-276
12:40 2:30
Start and end dates for section 33822: 3/21
5/03
Units
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Oral reading of poetry, short stories, drama; analysis of meaning, voice
quality; enunciation, pronunciation, and expressiveness; recordings
and performances for audiences. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 100. (CSU/UC)
11:10 12:25 16-256 Motoyama, C.
3.0
Continuation of oral reading of poetry, short stories, drama; analysis of
meaning, voice quality; enunciation, pronunciation, and expressiveness;
recordings and performances for audiences. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Prerequisite: SPCH 111 with a grade of C or
higher. (CSU/UC)
11:10 12:25 16-256 Motoyama, C.
3.0
SPCH 120 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Theory and practice of interpersonal communication skills. Analysis of
perception, verbal and nonverbal messages, listening skills, and strategies
for resolving conflict. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 800 or 836. (CSU/UC)
32818 SPCH 120 AA
32820 SPCH 120 AB
32819 SPCH 120 AC
32822 SPCH 120 AD
32821 SPCH 120 AG
32823 SPCH 120 AL
32825 SPCH 120 AN
32824 SPCH 120 BA
32827 SPCH 120 BF
EVENING CLASSES
32828 SPCH 120 JA
MWF
TTh
MWF
MWF
TTh
MWF
MWF
TTh
MWF
M
8:10
8:10
9:10
9:10
9:45
10:10
11:10
11:10
1:10
6:30
9:00
9:25
10:00
10:00
11:00
11:00
12:00
12:25
2:00
16-256
14-104
18-276
16-256
18-276
18-286
18-286
18-276
18-276
Rope, C.
Alleyne, A.
Li, Y.
Rope, C.
Paoli, P.
Reed, K.
Reed, K.
Paoli, P.
Reed, K.
9:35 14-104 Li, Y.
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
SPCH 140 SMALL GROUP DISCUSSION
Understanding of the principles of group interaction and decision
making. Participation in discussion groups to share information, solve
problems, and reach consensus. Plus one per hour by arrangement per
week. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 100. (CSU/UC)
35688 SPCH 140 AA TTh
36472 SPCH 140 AB MWF
11:10 12:25 14-205 Kramm, G.
12:10 1:00 16-153 Kramm, G.
3.0
3.0
SPCH 150 COMMUNICATING ACROSS CULTURES
Study of round table discussion, panel discussion, and public speaking
in an intercultural context in U.S. Plus one lab hour by arrangement
per week. Recommended Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 100. (CSU/UC)
EVENING CLASSES
32830 SPCH 150 JA
W
6:30
9:20 16-256 Paoli, P.
3.0
SPCH 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
Independent study in a specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 17, Room 169. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33261 SPCH 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33262 SPCH 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
17-169 Estes, S.
17-169 Estes, S.
2.0
1.0
Introduction, comprehension, and practice of listening and speaking
skills. It is recommended that students enroll concurrently in ENGL
841 or higher course, READ 841 or higher course, and READ 807. Plus
one lab hour by arrangement per week. Credit/No Credit grading. May
be taken twice for a maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward
AA/AS degree.)
32831 SPCH 841 AA MW
SPCH 112 ORAL INTERPRETATION II
32817 SPCH 112 BX TTh
TV-CRS Alleyne, A.
SPCH 841 CONVERSATION FOR
NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS I
SPCH 111 ORAL INTERPRETATION I
32815 SPCH 111 BX TTh
TV CLASSES
37418 SPCH 180 TV See pages 98-102
3.0
SPCH 180 FAMILY COMMUNICATION
TELECOURSE: Through the televised segments, this course explores
family interaction patterns through discussion, exercises, video guests,
and in-studio guests. Examines the ways in which family members
communicate, make decisions, settle conflict, and learn to relate to
one another.
Recommended
Preparation: eligibility for ENGL 100 and
@ Courses
open for
audit.
completion of SPCH 120. (CSU)
11:10 12:25 16-254 Scholer, L.
3.0
Speech 841 AA may be taken as part of the learning community:
English for Life: Learn It Today – Use It Tomorrow. See page 64.
EVENING CLASSES
32832 SPCH 841 JA
M
6:30
9:35 16-153 Bazigos, M.
3.0
SPCH 842 CONVERSATION FOR
NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS II
Continued introduction of listening and speaking skills. Plus one lab
hour by arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: SPCH
841 with Credit (or appropriate skill level as indicated by placement
tests and other measures). It is recommended that students enroll
concurrently in ENGL 841 or higher course, READ 841 or higher
course, and READ 807. Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week.
Credit/No Credit grading. May be taken twice for a maximum of 6
units. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
38236 SPCH 842 AA MWF
32833 SPCH 842 AB TTh
EVENING CLASSES
32834 SPCH 842 JB M
12:10 1:00 18-286 Schulze, F.
11:10 12:25 14-201 Kehret, R.
6:30
9:35 16-254 Nims, C.
3.0
3.0
3.0
SPCH 843 CONVERSATION FOR
NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS III
Advanced practice in conversation, listening, and pronunciation skills.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Recommended
Preparation: SPCH 842 with Credit (or appropriate skill level indicated
by placement tests and other measures). It is recommended that students
enroll concurrently in ENGL 843 or higher course and READ 843,
READ 816, 826, or 836. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option. May
be taken twice for a maximum of 6 units. (Units do not apply toward
AA/AS degree.)
32835 SPCH 843 AA MWF
34566 SPCH 843 AC TTh
EVENING CLASSES
38565 SPCH 843 JA M
11:10 12:00 14-102 Sobel, A.
12:45 2:00 16-268 Staff
6:30
9:35 14-120 Staff
3.0
3.0
3.0
SPCH 885 CONVERSATION FOR
NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS IV
Advanced practice in conversation, listening, pronunciation skills, the
use of idiomatic expressions, and note-taking. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: SPCH 843 with
Credit (or appropriate skill level as indicated by placement tests and
other measures). It is recommended that students enroll concurrently in
ENGL 844 or higher course and READ 800, 801, or 802. Credit/No Credit
or letter grade option. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
38184 SPCH 885 AA MWF
10:10 11:00 14-102 Sobel, A.
3.0
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
SPEECH
COMMUNICATION
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
Practice in using pitch, rate, volume, and vocal quality to convey
accurate meaning and emotion; practice in discussion, interviews, and
extemporaneous public speaking; listening skills appropriate for
discussions, interviews, and public speaking. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Recommended Preparation: SPCH 843 with
Credit or a grade of C or higher (or appropriate skill level indicated by
placement tests and other measures). It is recommended that students
enroll concurrently in ENGL 844 or higher course and READ 826,
836, or 420. Credit/No Credit or letter grade option.
12:10
1:00 14-102 Li, Y.
3.0
SPCH 847 ACCENT REDUCTION FOR
NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS
Designed for non-native speakers of English. Accent reduction focusing
on the production of vowels, diphthongs, and consonants and on the
correct use of pitch, rate, volume, vocal quality, and vocal image. Plus
one lab hour by arrangement per week. Prerequisite: SPCH 842 or
equivalent with Credit or eligibility for SPCH 843 or higher. Credit/No
Credit grading. (Units do not apply toward AA/AS degree.)
37848 SPCH 847 AB MWF
11:10 12:00 16-167 Staff
3.0
SPCH 860 COMMUNICATION IN THE WORKPLACE
Covers development of successful job interviewing skills and
assertiveness skills; methods for reducing workplace stress; and strategies
to help clients feel at ease in uncomfortable situations. Credit/No
Credit grading.
38566 SPCH 860 AA T
1:10 4:00 16-153 Kramm, G.
Start and end dates for section 38566: 2/04
3/11
1.0
WELD 120 ELEMENTARY WELDING THEORY II
Introduction to conventional arc welding of steel, stainless steel and
TIG welding of aluminum. Student must provide personal tools and
extra supplies. A $20.00 materials fee is payable upon registration.
Prerequisite: WELD 110/111. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in
WELD 121. (CSU)
11:10 12:20 26-140 Combs, D.
4.0
Advanced experience in welding steel and aluminum. Student must
provide personal tools and extra supplies. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in WELD
120. (CSU)
8:10 11:00 27-110 Combs, D.
3.0
WELD 220 ADVANCED WELDING THEORY II
Theory of MIG, pulsed MIG, TIG, electron beam, sub-arc, electro-slag
and pipe welding. Extra supplies required. A $20.00 materials fee is
payable upon registration. Prerequisite: WELD 210/211. Corequisite:
concurrent enrollment in WELD 221. (CSU)
32870 WELD 220 AA TTh
10:10 12:00 26-140 Combs, D.
4.0
WELD 221 ADVANCED WELDING PRACTICE II
Experience in welding exotic metals and advanced techniques. Job
estimation, production and maintenance techniques. Student must
provide personal tools and extra supplies. Plus one lab hour by
arrangement per week. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in WELD
220. (CSU)
32871 WELD 221 AA Daily
A study of the history and development of nondestructive testing and the
conditions necessary to perform meaningful nondestructive testing. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32872 WELD 250 JA T
7:00
8:50 26-140 Staff
2.0
WELD 300 WELDING FOR TECHNOLOGY
Theory of oxyacetylene, bronze, conventional shielded metal arc, low
hydrogen shielded metal arc, resistance welding, and silver brazing.
Plus one lab hour by arrangement per week. Extra supplies required. A
$20.00 materials fee is payable upon registration. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
32873 WELD 300 JA Th
Th
9:00
6:00
9:50 26-140 Shoup
8:50 27-110
2.0
WELD 680 BEGINNING WELDING AND METAL
FABRICATION FOR CRAFTSPEOPLE AND ARTISTS
Designed to inform the student about metal joining processes, materials
and equipment. Demonstrations and hands-on lab will cover sheetmetal
fabrication; arc processes (Mig and Tig) welding and oxy-acetylene
welding, brazing and cutting. Students are encouraged to design and
fabricate furniture or sculpture as a final project. Lab fee: Materials for
final project supplied by student. A $40.00 materials fee is payable
upon registration. Course may be taken twice for a maximum of six
units. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
35544 WELD 680 JA MW
6:00
8:50 27-110 Vorobey, V.
3.0
7:10 10:00 27-110 Combs, D.
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations
Fundamentals of metal fabrication, surface treatment, tolerances, and
production. Shop skills and techniques will be demonstrated. Students
will design and build a project out of metal. Prerequisite: 6 units of
WELD 680, Beginning Welding and Metal Fabrication for Crafts people
and Artists. (CSU)
EVENING CLASSES
36522 WELD 681 JA MW
MW
6:00
7:00
6:50 26-140 Vorobey, V.
8:50 25-170
3.0
WELD 690 SPECIAL PROJECTS
WELD 121 ELEMENTARY WELDING PRACTICE II
32869 WELD 121 AA MWF
WELD 250 FUNDAMENTALS OF
NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING
FABRICATION I
WELDING
32868 WELD 120 AA MWF
89
Units
SPCH 844 SPEECH FOR NON-NATIVE SPEAKERS
32836 SPCH 844 AA MWF
S
5.0
Independent study in specific field or topic. Requires approval of
Division Dean; Bldg. 19, Room 113. Register after the first week of
classes. Prerequisite: 3.0 GPA in subject field and successful completion
of at least two college-level courses in subject field. (CSU)
33991 WELD 690 AA By Arr 2.0 Hrs/Wk
33999 WELD 690 BB By Arr 1.0 Hrs/Wk
19-113 McGinnis, T.
19-113 McGinnis, T.
2.0
1.0
WORKPLACE WELLNESS
PHYSICALLY CHALLENGED ADULTS ACHIEVE
WORKPLACE WELLNESS AT CSM!
The Workplace Wellness Program focuses on promoting long-term
wellness among those with either chronic disabilities or temporary
injuries who seek retraining or immediate re-entry into the work force
or who need to maintain their current employment. CSM staff work
closely with health care providers and employment agencies to provide
physical education classes tailored to the students' needs, evaluation
and monitoring of fitness status, academic and vocational counseling,
and access to a variety of other services to help participating students
return to work. The following Workplace Wellness program courses
are offered this semester.
ADAP 150
Workplace Wellness (first 8 weeks)
ADAP 150
Workplace Wellness (second 8 weeks)
For course descriptions and class meeting times, see listing under
Physical Education (Adapted) on page 76.
90
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Hours
Bldg/
Room
Instructor
OFF-CAMPUS LOCATIONS
CAN
Cañada Cove
Highway 1 and Miramontes Point Road
Half Moon Bay
COAST The Senior Coastsiders - Adcock Community Center
535 Kelly Avenue
Half Moon Bay
CPFR
Coyote Point Firearms Range
1601 Coyote Point Drive
San Mateo
HSAH
Human Services Administration Headquarters
400 Harbor Boulevard
Belmont
KING
Martin Luther King Center
725 Monte Diablo Avenue
San Mateo
PEN
Peninsula Regent
1 Baldwin Avenue
San Mateo
POS
Peninsula One Stop
500 Quarry Road
San Carlos
SETON Seton Medical Center
1900 Sullivan Avenue
Daly City
SMGH San Mateo General Hospital
222 West 39th Avenue
San Mateo
SMSC
San Mateo Senior Center
2645 Alameda de las Pulgas
San Mateo
@ Courses open for audit.
Units
IF YOU CAN'T FIND IT AT CSM
San Mateo County Community College District also operates Cañada
College in Redwood City and Skyline College in San Bruno which offer
a number of special programs not available at College of San Mateo:
Cañada College
4200 Farm Hill Blvd.
Redwood City, CA 94061
(650) 306-3100 or
(650) 364-1212
Skyline College
3300 College Drive
San Bruno, CA 94066
(650) 355-7000 (day)
(650) 738-4251 (evening)
Programs
Center for the American
Musical
Drama
Early Childhood Education
(Certificate)
English Institute
Fashion/Design
Food Service
Interior Design (Certificate)
Paralegal
Radiologic Technology
Small Business Development
and Job Training Center
(Office Automation and Small
Business Development)
Travel Industry Careers
Tourism
Programs
Automotive Technology
Convention and Meeting
Management
Cosmetician/Esthetician
(Eve. & Sat.)
Early Childhood Education
Fashion Merchandising
Fiber Optics/
Telecommunications
Home Economics
Hospitality Administration
Hotel Operations
International Trade
Image Consulting
Japanese Automotive Technology
Paralegal
Public Transit Management
Recreation Education
Respiratory Therapy
Surgical Technology
Telecommunications Technology
Toyota Technical Education
Network
Athletics
Men’s Golf
Men’s Soccer
Men’s Tennis
Women’s Badminton
Women’s Soccer
Athletics
Men’s Basketball
Men’s Soccer
Men’s Wrestling
Women’s Badminton
Women’s Soccer
Women’s Volleyball
An X in the Class ID indicates a class that meets concurrently
with another class (e.g., ART 201 JX/ART 202 JX).
91
Course
Ref.
No.
Class ID
Days
Bldg/
Room
Hours
Instructor
Units
Final Examination Schedule
Final examinations are held in the classroom in which the class has met during the semester.
Students are requested not to contact instructors or the Office of Admissions and Records for individual grades.
Final grades will be available beginning June 9, 2003, on SMART and the Web (http://gocsm.net).
Day Classes
Time and Days of Regular Class Meeting
Day and Time of Final Examination
7 a.m. Daily and
MTWTh; MWF; MW; WF; M; W; F ............... Wednesday, May 21
T; Th; TTh ......................................................... Thursday, May 22
8:10 a.m. to 10:40 a.m.
8:10 a.m. to 10:40 a.m.
8 a.m. Daily and
MTWTh; MWF; MW; WF; M; W; F ........................ Friday, May 23
T; Th; TTh ......................................................... Thursday, May 22
8:10 a.m. to 10:40 a.m.
8:10 a.m. to 10:40 a.m.
9 a.m. Daily and
MTWTh; MWF; MW; WF; M; W; F ..................... Monday, May 19
T; Th; TTh ............................................................ Tuesday, May20
8:10 a.m. to 10:40 a.m.
8:10 a.m. to 10:40 a.m.
10 a.m. Daily and
MTWTh; MWF; MW; WF; M; W; F ............... Wednesday, May 21
T; Th; TTh ......................................................... Thursday, May 22
11:10 a.m. to 1:40 p.m.
11:10 a.m. to 1:40 p.m.
11 a.m. Daily and
MTWTh; MWF; MW; WF; M; W; F ..................... Monday, May 19
T; Th; TTh ........................................................... Tuesday, May 20
11:10 a.m. to 1:40 p.m.
11:10 a.m. to 1:40 p.m.
Noon Daily and
MTWTh; MWF; MW; WF; M; W; F ............... Wednesday, May 21
T; Th; TTh ........................................................... Tuesday, May 20
2:10 p.m. to 4:40 p.m.
2:10 p.m. to 4:40 p.m.
1 p.m. Daily and
MTWTh; MWF; MW; WF; M; W; F ........................ Friday, May 23
T; Th; TTh ......................................................... Thursday, May 22
11:10 a.m. to 1:40 p.m.
2:10 p.m. to 4:40 p.m.
2 p.m. Daily and
MTWTh; MWF; MW; WF; M; W; F ..................... Monday, May 19
T; Th; TTh ......................................................... Thursday, May 22
2:10 p.m. to 4:40 p.m.
2:10 p.m. to 4:40 p.m.
Notes: When a class meets for one hour on one day and two hours on a second day, or for 11⁄2 hours on two days per week,
the final examination is scheduled at the hour common to both days (e.g. T 10 and Th 9–11 or TTh 9:45–11, the
examination will be scheduled according to 10 TTh). When a course consists of both lecture and laboratory sessions, the
final exam is scheduled in accordance with the lecture hours.
Unavoidable conflicts may arise in cases such as a two-unit class meeting two hours a week on Monday and Wednesday
and a one-unit class meeting at the same hour on Friday. Students with such conflicts should make arrangements with one
of the instructors to take the exam with another group.
Evening Classes
Final examinations for all short courses and weekend courses will be given during the last scheduled
class meeting. Final examinations for semester-long evening courses are as follows:
Saturday only
May 17
Thursday only
May 22
Monday only
May 19
Friday only
May 23
Tuesday only
May 20
Monday/Wednesday
May 21
Wednesday only
May 21
Monday/Thursday
May 22
Tuesday/Thursday
May 22
(CSU) Transferable to California State Universities
(UC) Transferable to University of California, (*) With limitations